Politics & IR Textbooks Catalogue 2011

R O U T L E D G E

Politics and International RelationsNew Titles and Key Backlist 2011

www.routledge.com/politics


Welcome to Routledge

Politics and International RelationsNew Titles and Key Backlist 2011

Page 4 Page 5 Page 31 Page 33 Page 56 Page 60 Page 90 Page 93

The Easy Way to OrderOrdering online is fast and efficient, simply follow the on-screen instructions. Alternatively, you can call, fax, or see order form at the back of this catalog.

UK and Rest of WorldCall: +44 (0)1235 400524 Fax: +44 (0)20 7017 6699

US, Canada and Latin AmericaCall: 1-800-634-7064 Fax: 1-800-248-4724

eBooksOver 20,000 of our titles are available as eBooks – available to browse at: www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk.

eUpdatesRegister your email address at www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates to receive information on books, journals and other news within your area of interest.

Trade Customers’ Representatives, Agents and DistributionFor a complete list, visit: www.routledge.com/representatives.

UK AND REST OF WORLDMarketing:

Michael King – Associate Marketing ManagerEmail: [email protected]

Editorial:

Craig Fowlie – Senior PublisherEmail: [email protected]

Heidi Bagtazo – Senior EditorEmail: [email protected]

Nicola Parkin – Assistant EditorEmail: [email protected]

Journals:

Online: www.informaworld.com/journalsEmail: [email protected]: +44 (0)20 7017 5544

US, CANADA AND LATIN AMERICAMarketing:

Christine Swedowsky – Marketing ManagerEmail: [email protected]

Jessica Plummer – Marketing CoordinatorEmail: [email protected]

Editorial:

Michael Kerns – EditorEmail: [email protected]

Mary Altman – Editorial AssistantEmail: [email protected]

Journals:

Online: www.informaworld.com/journalsEmail: [email protected]: Toll Free: 1-800-354-1420 Overseas: 1-215-625-8900

CONTENTSCourse Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1

American Politics: Introductory American Politics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3

American Politics: Institutions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5

American Politics: Campaigns and Elections . . . . . . . .7

American Politics: Political Parties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9

American Politics: Public Opinion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9

American Politics: Law & Courts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10

American Politics: Identity Politics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10

Introduction to Politics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12

Comparative Politics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13

Latin American Politics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14

European Politics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16

British and Irish Politics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .19

Middle East Politics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20

African Politics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24

Asian Politics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24

Chinese Politics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .28

International Relations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .29

International Relations Theory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .35

International Organisations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .38

Governance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .44

Foreign Policy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .45

International Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .49

Critical Security Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55

Peace and Conflict Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .56

Conflict Management and Resolution . . . . . . . . . . . .58

Terrorism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60

Strategic Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .63

Intelligence Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .64

Genocide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .65

Human Rights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .67

Development . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .68

International Political Economy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .69

Globalization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .73

Environmental Politics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .75

Political Communication & Political Psychology . . . . .77

Extremism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .80

Gender Politics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .81

Political Theory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .82

Public Policy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .83

Religion and Politics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .87

Research Methods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .89

Essay Collections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90

Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .94

Order Form . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Back Pages

CONTACTS

CONSIDERING BOOKS FOR COURSE USE?Books marked with are available as complimentary exam copies for lecturers or faculty considering them for course adoption. To obtain your copy visit the URL listed beneath the title in the catalog and select your choice of print or electronic copy. Visit www.routledge.com or in the US you can call 1-800-634-7064.

Books marked with are available as electronic inspection copies only.

1

BROWSE AND ORDER ONLINE: www.routledge.com/politics

COURSE GUIDE

ROUTLEDGE POLITICS AND INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS COURSE GUIDEThis quick reference grid highlights just a few of the textbooks and supporting additional reading material that we offer; and the relevant courses they can be used for. If you would like information on our textbooks for any specific course you may teach, please contact us – our details are on the inside front cover.

AFRICAN POLITICS Introduction to African Politics 3rd ed 24

AMERICAN POLITICS (INTRODUCTION) American Government 6th ed. 3

Perspectives on American Government 4

The American Anomaly 5

AMERICAN FOREIGN POLICY New Directions in US Foreign Policy 47

U.S. Foreign Policy in Perspective 46

Soft Power and US Foreign Policy 48

ASIAN POLITICS International Politics of the Asia Pacific, 3rd edition 27

The New Global Politics of the Asia Pacific 27

East Asian Transformation 26

Japan’s International Relations 27

Chinese Politics 28

Chinese Foreign Policy 28

Government and Politics of Taiwan 26

BRITISH AND IRISH POLITICS Britain and Europe 19

Britain and European Integration since 1945 19

Politics in the Republic of Ireland 5th ed. 19

Understanding Northern Ireland 19

COMPARATIVE POLITICS Comparative Politics 13

Issues and Methods in Comparative Politics 3rd ed. 89

Comparative European Politics 13

The American Anomaly 5

DEMOCRACY & DEMOCRATIZATION Democratic Innovations 13

Social Democracy 86

In Search of Democracy 90

DEVELOPMENT POLITICS International Development and Global Politics 68

Theories of Development 68

Theories and Practices of Development 69

Global Development 68

DIPLOMACY Practice of Diplomacy 2nd ed. 32

Routledge Handbook of Public Diplomacy 45

ENVIRONMENTAL POLITICS Global Environmental Politics 75

Politics and the Environment 3rd ed. 76

Environmental Politics 2nd ed. 77

Cases in Environmental Politics 2nd ed. 77

Green Political Thought 4th ed. 76

Environmental Policy 2nd ed 77

Governing Climate Change 38

EUROPEAN POLITICS Contemporary European Politics 16

Comparative European Politics 3rd ed. 13

EU 3rd Edition 16

European Union 17

European Union: The Basics 12

The Origins & Development of the European Union 1945-2008 17

The Politics of the New Germany 17

Italy Today 18

Russian Politics & Society 4th ed. 16

FOREIGN POLICY Foreign Policy Analysis 45

New Directions in US Foreign Policy 47

GENDER POLITICS Gender Matters in Global Politics 81

Feminism and International Relations 82

Feminism and the Transformation of International Relations 81

Women’s Rights in the USA 81

GENOCIDE STUDIES Genocide 2nd ed. 65

Genocide Studies Reader 65

Century of Genocide 3rd ed. 65

New Directions in Genocide Research 66

Fifty Key Thinkers on the Holocaust and Genocide Studies 66

HUMAN RIGHTS Measuring Human Rights 66

United Nations & Human Rights 2nd ed. 67

Human Rights Reader 67

Humanitarianism Contested 50

INTELLIGENCE STUDIES Intelligence and Politics 63

Secret Intelligence Reader 64

INTRODUCTION TO POLITICS Politics: An Introduction 2nd ed. 12

Politics: The Basics 4th ed 12

Politics: The Key Concepts 12

Explaining Politics 12

Governing Subjects 12

INTERNATIONAL LAW International Law, International Relations and Global Governance 40

Routledge Handbook of International Law 31

INTERNATIONAL ORGANISATIONS & GLOBAL GOVERNANCE Global Institutions Series 38

International Organisations 4th ed. 44

INTERNATIONAL POLITICAL ECONOMY & GLOBALIZATION International Political Economy: Contrasting Worldviews 69

International Political Economy: Debating the Past, Present & Future 71

Routledge Handbook of International Political Economy 69

Political Economy Reader 70

Globalization Reader 75

INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS & GLOBAL POLITICS Global Politics 30

Introduction to Global Politics 30

Issues in International Relations 2nd ed. 29

International History & International Relations 29

Routledge Companion to International Relations 31

The Conduct of Inquiry in International Relations 31

The Modern State 3rd ed. 31

INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS THEORY International Relations Theory: A Critical Introduction 3rd ed. 35

International Relations Theory: A Brief Introduction 35

Realism Reader 35

Recovering Realism 35

INTERNATIONAL SECURITY Security Studies: An Introduction 49

Security Studies: A Reader 49

Critical Security Studies: An Introduction 55

Security 55

US Security Policy 51

LATIN AMERICAN POLITICS Comparative Politics of Latin America 14

Contemporary U.S.-Latin American Relations 14

Understanding U.S.-Latin American Relations 15

Latin American Democracy 16

United States and Mexico 14

Political Economy of Latin America 15

MEDIA & POLITICAL COMMUNICATION An Introduction to Political Communication 78

Political Marketing 77

Making Sense of Media and Politics 79

Blogging the Political 79

MIDDLE EAST POLITICS Government and Politics of the Contemporary Middle East 21

An Atlas of Middle Eastern Affairs 20

State, Power and Politics in the Making of the Modern Middle East 22

The Arab-Israeli Conflict 23

The Israeli-Palestinian Conflict 22

The Middle East Today 23

US Foreign Policy in the Middle East 46

Political Islam: A Reader 89

Global Political Islam 87

MIGRATION Migration Theory 2nd ed. 36

International Migration 38

International Migration & Citizenship Today 73

2

Complimentary Exam Copy e-Inspection New in Paperback Companion Website

COURSE GUIDE

PEACE AND CONFLICT STUDIES Peace and Conflict Studies: A Reader 56

Handbook of Peace and Conflict Studies 57

Peace and Conflict Research 58

Understanding Peace Research 57

Ethnic Conflict: An Introduction 56

Theories of Violent Conflict 57

POLITICAL PSYCHOLOGY Political Psychology 78

Introduction to Political Psychology, 2nd Ed. 78

POLITICAL THEORY Political Ideologies 4th ed. 82

Governing Subjects 12

Contemporary Political Theorists in Context 82

POST-COMMUNIST POLITICS Russian Politics & Society 4th ed. 16

PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION Comparative Public Administration 2nd ed. 84

State Management 83

The Politics of Bureaucracy 6th ed. 85

Understanding Government Budgets 84

PUBLIC POLICY The Public Policy Primer 85

Making Policy Work 85

Designing Public Policies 84

Analyzing Public Policy 2nd ed. 83

Applied Policy Research 84

RELIGION & POLITICS Routledge Handbook of Religion and Politics 87

Global Political Islam 87

Political Islam 89

Muslims in the West after 9/11 87

Islamic Radicalism and Multicultural Politics 88

RESEARCH METHODS Political Research 89

A Positive Political Theory Primer 89

Surviving Field Research 89

The Future of Political Science 90

Interpretive Approaches to Research Design 90

Understanding Methods 90

Issues and Methods in Comparative Politics 3rd ed. 89

Conducting Terrorism Field Research 61

Peace and Conflict Research 58

Understanding Peace Research 57

STRATEGIC STUDIES Understanding Contemporary Strategy 63

Modern Strategy 63

Masters of War 63

Strategic Studies Reader 63

Understanding Counterinsurgency 64

Seapower 2nd ed. 63

War, Peace and International Relations 32

TERRORISM & POLITICAL VIOLENCE Terrorism Studies: A Reader 60

Contemporary Debates on Terrorism 60

Critical Terrorism Studies 60

Terrorism Versus Democracy 60

Conducting Terrorism Field Research 61

Explaining Terrorism 61

Understanding Violent Radicalisation 62

ROUTLEDGE POLITICS AND INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS COURSE GUIDE

3


AMERICAN POLITICS: INTRODUCTORY AMERICAN POLITICS


NEW6th Edition

American GovernmentPolitical Development and Institutional ChangeCal Jillson, Southern Methodist University, USA

‘Many American Government textbooks are boring. This one is not. You will like this book, and your students will like it too.’ – Anthony J. Nownes, University of Tennessee, USA

‘With this textbook, Cal Jillson speaks directly to today’s students, drawing on history to illuminate the workings of American politics. This is a rich, dense, nuanced approach to the study of American government. The book is a remarkable feat, a thorough overview of contemporary political behavior and institutions that demonstrates the value of the past for comprehending the present.’ – Gerald Gamm, University of Rochester, USA

To gain a fuller understanding of American politics today, students need to learn how it has evolved, from its founding principles to its contemporary practices. Such a perspective is crucial for making sense of the strategic and ideological battles in twenty-first century American politics. Cal Jillson’s American Government fosters this understanding by providing insights into how institutions, avenues of participation, and policies have changed over time to produce today’s political environment in the United States. Going one step further, Jillson homes in on the critical question of how American democracy might work better, focusing in every chapter on reform and change into the future.

These revisions make the sixth edition better than ever:

• New chapter opening vignettes emphasizing the Constitution and how it both structures political change and is continually reinterpreted

• Separate chapters for civil liberties and civil rights, each subject receiving a fuller treatment than in previous editions

• Updates throughout to reflect the 2010 midterm elections

• Coverage of President Obama’s first two years in office.

Along the way, several pedagogical features foster critical thinking and analysis:

• Key terms defined in the margins on the page where they appear help students study important concepts

• Focus questions at the beginning of every chapter highlight the central learning objectives, and focus question icons throughout the chapter flag relevant discussions

• Colorful figures and charts help students visualize important information

• ’Let’s Compare’ boxes analyze how functions of government and political participation work in other countries, a proven method for better learning

• ’Pro & Con’ boxes bring to life a central debate in each chapter, from questions over campaign finance, bias in the media, and the balance between the president and Congress in war making, to judicial activism and restraint, gay marriage, and equitable taxes

• Time lines in every chapter give students an at-a-glance reference to important stages in political development

• End-of-chapter summaries, suggested readings, and web resources help students master the material and guide them to further critical investigation of important concepts and topics.

The companion website at www.routledge.com/textbooks/Jillson offers students useful study tools to master the book’s lessons, including practice quizzes, chapter summaries, flash cards, participation activities, interactive timelines, and links to further resources online. In addition, instructors have access to password-protected class prep and testing resources.

February 2011: 246 x 174: 656pp • Pb: 978-0-415-88157-9: £45.99 • eBook: 978-0-203-83807-5 • For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415881579

SELECTED CONTENTS:

1. The Origins of American Political Principles 2. The Revolution and the Constitution 3. Federalism and American Political Development 4. Political Socialization and Public Opinion 5. The Mass Media and the Political Agenda 6. Interest Groups: The Politics of Influence 7. Political Parties: Winning the Right to Govern 8. Voting, Campaigns, and Elections 9. Congress: Local Representation and National Lawmaking 10. The President: Governing in Uncertain Times 11. Bureaucracy: Redesigning Government for the Twtenty-First Century 12. The Federal Courts: Activism versus Restraint 13. Civil Liberties: Ordered Liberty in America 14. Civil Rights: Where Liberty and Equality Collide 15. Government, the Economy, and Domestic Policy 16. America’s Place in a Dangerous World. Appendix A: Declaration of Independence. Appendix B: The Articles of Confederation. Appendix C: Constitution of the United States. Appendix D: Federalist Numbers 10, 51, and 78. Appendix E: Partisan Control of the Presidency, Congress, and the Supreme Court

4



NEW3rd Edition

Texas PoliticsGoverning the Lone Star State

Cal Jillson, Southern Methodist University, USA

‘A brief textbook can be an instructor’s boon or bane, depending upon what’s included. Professor Jillson’s choices and his writing style make this textbook a joy to use, thoroughly covering the essentials while allowing an instructor the freedom to expand on the topics that engage and interest students.’ – Stefan D. Haag, Austin Community College, USA

Approaching the politics of the Lone Star State from historical, developmental, and analytical perspectives, Cal Jillson’s text avoids partisanship, ideology, and gimmicks to provide the most comprehensive, readable, and accurate brief description

of Texas politics available today. Throughout the book students are encouraged to connect the origins and development of government and politics in Texas — from the Texas Constitution, to party competition, to the role and powers of the Governor — to its current day practice and the alternatives possible through change and reform. This text will allow teachers to share with their students the evolution of Texas politics, where we stand today, and where we are headed.

Texas Politics is one of the briefest and most affordable texts on the market, yet it offers instructors and students an unmatched range of pedagogical aids and tools. These include:

• chapter resources, with each chapter including:

- opening ‘focus questions’ to orient readers to the learning objectives

- concluding ‘Chapter Summary’

- photos and numerous tables and figures to highlight the major ideas, issues, individuals, and institutions discussed

- ‘Let’s Compare’ feature, a half page dedicated to comparing selected states to Texas on various dimensions

• a list of Key Terms - bolded in the text, listed at the end of the chapter, and included in a Glossary

• suggested readings, and web resources.

Selected Contents: 1. Texas and the Texans: Then and Now 2. The Texas Constitution and American Federalism 3. Political Participation in Texas: Voters, Campaigns, and Elections 4. Interest Groups in Texas 5. Political Parties in Texas 6. The Texas Legislature 7. The Governor and the Executive Branch 8. The Judicial System in Texas 9. Local Government in Texas 10. Financing State Government: Budgets, Revenues, and Expenses

February 2011: 246 x 174: 224ppPb: 978-0-415-89060-1: £35.99 eBook: 978-0-203-82941-7

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415890601

Perspectives on American GovernmentReadings in Political Development and Institutional Change

Edited by Cal Jillson, Southern Methodist University, USA and David Robertson, University of Missouri - St. Louis, USA

‘Jillson and Robertson have created the perfect companion text for an APD-themed American Politics course. This collection of essential readings has been carefully edited to help students understand each author’s central claims without feeling overwhelmed. Engaging end-of-chapter questions promote reflection and discussion of enduring themes of democracy and government.’ – McGee Young, Marquette University, USA

Perspectives on American Government offers an accessible and coherent selection of readings to students of American politics. Grounded in foundational debates, classic political science scholarship, and the best contemporary analysis of developmental trends, this reader invites students to probe the

historical dynamics that brought the United States to where it is today and how those dynamics are likely to affect its future course. Even a full-length textbook can do no more than hit the high points of broad and complicated topics like federalism, the role of government, labor, race, gender, parties and interest groups, polarization, the presidency, and America’s place in the world. This well-designed reader is an invitation to instructors to draw your students into a deeper conversation on the key themes and topics in each section of your course.

Jillson and Robertson have carefully edited each selection to ensure readability and fidelity to the original arguments. Their insightful editorial introductions frame the context in which these topics are studied and understood. Several key pedagogical tools help students along the way:

• an introductory essay providing an overview of American political development

• chapter introductions to provide necessary context situating the readings in broader debates

• head notes at the start of each reading to contextualize that selection

• questions for discussion at the end of each chapter, prompting students to draw out the implications and connections across readings

• further reading lists at the end of each chapter to guide student research.

The broad readings in this volume take seriously the effort to present materials that help students make sense of the historical changes and institutional developments that are essential for understanding American government and politics today.

Selected Contents: Introduction 1. The Origins of American Political Principles 2. The Revolution and the Constitution 3. Federalism and the American Political System 4. Political Socialization and Public Opinion 5. The Mass Media 6. Interest Groups 7. Political Parties 8. Voting, Campaigns, and Elections 9. Congress: Lawmaking and Representation 10. The President 11. Bureaucracy: Shaping Government for the 21st Century 12. The Federal Courts: Activism v. Restraint 13. Civil Liberties and Civil Rights 14. Government, the Economy, and Domestic Policy 15. America’s Place in a Dangerous World

2009: 234 x 156: 552ppPb: 978-0-415-99921-2: £31.99


Complimentary Exam CopiesTitles marked with this icon are available as

complimentary exam copies for lecturers or faculty considering them for course adoption. Visit the

URL to obtain your print or electronic copy.

5


AMERICAN POLITICS: INSTITUTIONS

FORTHCOMING8th Edition

American Political ProcessAn Introduction

Alan Grant, Oxford Brookes University, UK

This well-established introduction to American politics is now available in an eighth edition, having been thoroughly revised and updated throughout. New to this edition:

• the impact of demographic changes

• controversies surrounding immigration

• deficits in the US economy

• the impact of the Patriot Act and changes to homeland security

• analysis of both of President Bush’s terms in office

• changes to campaign finance legislation

• the use of the internet as a campaigning tool

• the implications of Hurricane Katrina.

American Political Process will be an essential textbook for students of American studies, American politics and politics and international relations in general.

Selected Contents: 1. The Framework of American Politics 2. Making the Laws: The American Congress 3. Law Execution: The President and Administration 4. Law Adjudication: The Supreme Court and the Judiciary 5. Pressure Group Politics 6. Party Politics 7. Elections and Voting 8. Federalism, the States and Local Government

December 2011: 246 x 174: 320ppHb: 978-0-415-42184-3: £80.00 Pb: 978-0-415-42185-0: £24.99


NEW2nd Edition

The American AnomalyU.S. Politics and Government in Comparative Perspective

Raymond A. Smith, Columbia University, USA and New York University, USA

Seymour Martin Lipset pronounced over a decade ago, ’Those who know only one country know no country.’ It is well established that students learn the intricacies of American politics better when they are presented in a comparative context. In today’s globalized society and workforce, it is all the more important for students to understand that the American political system is in

many ways the exception and not the rule. Introductory textbooks on American government, however, rarely emphasize in sufficient depth how the United States compares to other political systems. And introductions to comparative politics infrequently situate the United States in their analysis.

The American Anomaly systematically analyzes the U.S. political system by way of comparison with other countries, especially other industrialized democracies. It is organized into four sections, respectively covering the constitutional order, governmental institutions, political participation, and public policy. Extended case studies in each chapter draw on all the major regions of the world.

Thoroughly revised throughout, the second edition also includes:

• a new chapter on domestic public policy, including civil rights and liberties

• a new chapter on foreign policy

• updates throughout to reflect the 2008 elections and the beginning of the Obama administration

• a reorganized section on political participation

• over a dozen new figures and tables.

A companion website also offers overview slides, links, and other supporting features.

Selected Contents: Part 1: The Constitutional Order 1. The American Nation, State, and Regime 2. The U.S. Constitution 3. Federalism 4. Separation of Powers Part 2: The Institutions of Government 5. The Executive Branch: The Presidency and the Bureaucracy 6. The Legislative Branch: The Two Houses of Congress 7. The Judicial Branch: The Supreme Court and the Federal Courts Part 3: Political Participation 8. Political Participation: The Spectrum from the Unconventional to the Conventional 9. Voting and Elections 10. Political Parties 11. Public Opinion and Political Values Part 4: Public Policy and Policymaking 12. Domestic Policy: Socioeconomic Policy, Civil Liberties, and Civil Rights 13. Foreign Policy: The U.S. in the World Conclusion: The American Anomaly on Balance

October 2010: 229 x 152: 240ppHb: 978-0-415-87972-9: £100.00 Pb: 978-0-415-87973-6: £28.99 eBook: 978-0-203-85106-7



FORTHCOMING

The US MilitaryA Basic Introduction

Judith Stiehm, Florida International University, USA

Series: Cass Military Studies

This book aims to provide a basic guide to the US military and will raise questions for further discussion by students.

The US spends as much on its military as all other nations of the world combined; even in a severe recession, the military budget has been sacrosanct. The US military can reach into the most remote areas of the globe and kill its enemies from long distances with impunity. It

is not a citizen military, but a military of senior professionals who command young volunteers — many of them attracted by rewards unavailable to them in civilian life, such as an education. Both are supported by large numbers of contractors working for profit.

While political scientists study the legislature, the presidency, the courts, public opinion, voting, campaigns, state and local government, only rarely do they refer to government’s defining institutions, those that exercise legitimate force, i.e., the police and more especially, the military. As Prof. Michael Walzer asserts, in a democracy citizens are responsible for the kind of military they have and how and where it is used. Nevertheless, few political science students have much knowledge on the military.

This book will be of much interest to students of the US military, US politics, US defense, and military studies in general.

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. The A, B, Cs 3. The Military in Action 4. Strategy and Doctrine 5. Weapons: What They Can Do, What They Cost, Relationship to Strategy 6. The Budget 7. Policy Questions. Sources Bibliography

September 2011: 198 x 129: 176ppHb: 978-0-415-78214-2: £90.00Pb: 978-0-415-78215-9: £23.99


6



NEW

New Directions in the American PresidencyEdited by Lori Cox Han, Chapman University, USA

Series: New Directions in American Politics

New Directions in the American Presidency takes a current look at the various issues facing the presidency.

It covers all of the standard topics necessary for use in an undergraduate-level presidency course or a graduate-level seminar while also bringing together key disciplinary debates and treatment of important current real-world developments.

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction: Studying the Presidency 2. The Presidency and the Constitution 3. Presidential Campaigns and Elections 4. The Public Presidency: Communications and Media 5. The Presidency and Public Opinion 6. The Presidency and Congress 7. The Presidency and the Courts 8. White House Staff 9. The Presidency and the Executive Branch 10. The Presidency and Domestic Policy 11. The Presidency and Foreign Policy

December 2010: 229 x 152: 240ppHb: 978-0-415-87801-2: £100.00Pb: 978-0-415-87802-9: £30.99eBook: 978-0-203-85501-0


FORTHCOMING

Barack Obama and the Politics of RedemptionStanley A. Renshon, City University of New York Graduate Center, USA

Based on extensive biographical, psychological, and political research and analysis, noted political psychologist Stanley Renshon follows Obama’s presidency through the first year. He digs into the question of who is the real Obama and assesses the advantages and limitations that he brings to the presidency. Renshon explains that Obama’s ambition has an undercurrent in its developmental history of the fear of failure that has enormous consequences for his choices as president of an America that remains politically divided.

Selected Contents: Part 1: Foundations 1. The Early Obama Presidency: From Campaigning to Governing 2. The Puzzle of Obama’s Political Identity 3. The Arc of Ambition and the Development of a Style Part 2: Understanding the Obama Presidency 4. Obama’s Presidential Leadership: Transformation and Redemption 5. The Moral Thrust of Obama’s Ambition: Fairness 6. The Question of Leadership Integrity 7. Ambition’s Confidence 8. A Zen-like President’s Emotional Undercurrents 9. Psychology in the White House Part 3: The Future of the Obama Presidency 10. Transformation’s Demise and the Redemption of the Obama Presidency. Appendix A: Analyzing Barack Obama: A Note on Theory, Method, Evidence and Inference. Appendix B: A Mysterious President: Puzzlement from the Left, Right and Center

June 2011: 229 x 152: 400ppHb: 978-0-415-87394-9: £95.00Pb: 978-0-415-87395-6: £21.99eBook: 978-0-203-86413-5


FORTHCOMING

The Obama PresidencyChange and Continuity

Edited by Andrew Dowdle, and Dirk van Raemdonck and Robert Maranto, all at University of Arkansas, USA

This timely volume of notable thinkers on the presidency presents scholarly as well as applied insights on Obama’s administration at the half-way point. Assessing the political context of his first two years; the inter-branch relations; and policy developments all provide the necessary grounding for students to make sense of the continuity and change that Barack Obama represents.

Selected Contents: Part 1: The Setting 1. Barack Obama: A Reagan of the Left? Andrew Dowdle, Dirk C. van Raemdonck, and Robert Maranto 2. Making Race Go Away President Obama and the Promise of a Post-Racial Society Wilbur C. Rich 3. Presidential Leadership and Public Opinion in an Age of Polarization Jeffrey E. Cohen and Costas Panagopoulos Part 2: Managing the Executive Branch 4. The Obama Cabinet: A Team of Rivals or Pragmatic Governance? Shirley Anne Warshaw 5. Presidential Appointments in the Obama Administration: An Early Evaluation David E. Lewis 6. President Barack Obama, Unilateralist Christopher S. Kelley, Melanie Cook Marlowe, and Ryan J. Barilleaux 7. Continuity and Change in White House Communications: President Obama Meets the Press Martha Joynt Kumar Part 3: Managing Relations with the Other Branches 8. No Place for a Community Organizer: Barack Obama’s Leadership of Congress Justin S. Vaughn 9. Beyond Two Terms: Shaping the Supreme Court and a Legacy Richard L. Pacelle, Jr. Part 4: Managing Policies 10. Economic Policymaking During the Great Recession Ted Gayer 11. President Obama’s Health Care Reform: The Inevitable Impossible Mark Carl Rom 12. President Obama and Education: The Personal and the Political Robert Maranto and Michael Q. McShane 13. Fighting Two Wars Lawrence J. Korb and Laura Conley Part 5: At the End of the Beginning: Judging President Obama 14. Barack Obama’s First Two Years: Policy Accomplishments, Political Failure William A. Galston

July 2011: 229 x 152: 176ppHb: 978-0-415-88770-0: £100.00Pb: 978-0-415-88771-7: £28.99eBook: 978-0-203-83151-9


FORTHCOMING

New Directions in Congressional PoliticsEdited by Jamie Carson, University of Georgia, USA


New Directions in Congressional Politics offers an accessible and lucid overview of the current developments in our understanding of the U.S. Congress.

Jamie Carson helps students bridge the gap between roles, rules, and outcomes by focusing this unique volume on four themes woven throughout: the importance of electoral considerations; legislators’ strategic behavior to accomplish individual or collective objectives; the unique challenges of Congress as a bicameral institution; and the often-overlooked policy outputs of the institution.

This book brings together leading scholars of Congress to provide an overview of the entire field. Each chapter covers the cutting edge developments on its respective topic and offers a state of the art overview that professors can enthusiastically assign to their undergraduates.

Selected Contents: Part 1: Overview Introduction Jamie Carson Part 2: Historical and Electoral Foundations 1. Studying Congress Historically Jeffery Jenkins 2. Recruitment and Candidacy Cherie Maestas and Melissa Neal 3. Congressional Elections Erik Engstrom Part 3: Congressional Institutions 4. Parties and Leaders in Congress Larry Evans 5. Congressional Committees Charles Stewart III 6. House Rules and Procedure Jason Roberts 7. Senate Rules and Procedure Anthony Madonna 8. Voting on the Floor Andrew Taylor 9. Bicameral Resolution Nathan Monroe Part 4: The Policymaking Process 10. Congress and the Executive Bryan Marshall 11. Congress and the Courts Sarah Treul 12. Congress and Interest Groups Thomas Brunell 13. Congressional Budgeting and Earmarks Michael Crespin and Charles Finocchiaro



FORTHCOMING

Federalism and the Making of AmericaDavid Brian Robertson, University of Missouri - St. Louis, USA

This nuanced and comprehensive overview of federalism allows students to see that both major political parties throughout the country’s past have swapped positions when it has suited other goals, such as conflicts over race and economic growth. Both liberals and conservatives, Democrats and Republicans, still use federalism as an expedient tool to deal with difficult issues such as the corporate behavior, the environment, education, abortion, gay rights, and other pressing policy agendas.

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction Part 1: Bringing American Federalism to Life 2. Federalism at the Founding 3. Federalism, Political Parties, and Interests Part 2: Enduring Fault Lines of American Politics 4. Federalism and Race 5. Federalism, Capitalism, and Economic Growth Part 3: The Construction of Active Government 6. Progressive Reform 7. The New Deal 8. Liberal Activism and Intergovernmental Relations 9. Federalism and Conservative Governance after 1980 10. American Federalism in the Twenty-first Century

August 2011: 229 x 152: 208ppHb: 978-0-415-87918-7: £100.00Pb: 978-0-415-87919-4: £30.99eBook: 978-0-203-85212-5


7


AMERICAN POLITICS: CAMPAIGNS AND ELECTIONS

Congressional Representation & ConstituentsThe Case for Increasing the U.S. House of Representatives

Brian Frederick, Bridgewater State College, USA

Series: Controversies in Electoral Democracy and Representation

Brian Frederick uses empirical data to scrutinize whether representation has been diminished by keeping a ceiling on the number of seats available in the House and argues that now is the time for the House to be increased in order to better represent a rapidly growing country.

2009: 229 x 152: 184ppHb: 978-0-415-87345-1: £100.00Pb: 978-0-415-87346-8: £22.99


FORTHCOMING

Thinking About CongressEssays on Congressional Change

Lawrence C. Dodd, University of Florida, USA

This volume charts the thinking of scholar Lawrence Dodd in his development of theoretical explanations for Congressional change over time - explained by members’ pursuit of power, institutional and electoral contexts, cyclical rhythms, social learning, and polarization within society.

Selected Contents: Foreword Eric Schickler Part 1: Introduction 1. Congress as Public Mirror:

Reflections on Congress across Time/Reflecting on our Illusive Congress/Reflections on our Illusive Congress Part 2: Member Goals and Institutional Context 2. Congress and the Quest for Power: 1977 3. Congress, the Constitution and the Crisis of Legitimation: 1981 4. Bicameralism in Congress: The Changing Partnership, with Edward Carmines: 1985 Part 3: Cyclical Rhythms, Agenda Shifts and Era Transformations 5. The Cycles of Legislative Change: Building a Dynamic Model: 1986a 6. The Theory of Congressional Cycles: Solving the Puzzle of Change: 1986b 7. Woodrow Wilson’s Congressional Government and the Modern Congress: 1987 Part 4: Idea Innovation, Social Learning and Political Renewal 8. Congress, The Presidency and the American Experience: A Transformational Perspective: 1991 9. Congress and the Politics of Renewal: Redressing the Crisis of Legitimation: 1993 10. The New American Politics: Reflections on the Early 1990s: 1995 Part 5: The Multiple Dimensions and Processes of Change 11. Re-Envisioning Congress: Theoretical Perspectives on Congressional Change: 2001 12. Making Sense Out of Our Exceptional Senate: 2002 13. Congress And the Space/Time Continuum: Theoretical Unities and Behavioral Disjunctures

December 2011: 229 x 152: 432ppHb: 978-0-415-99155-1: £90.00Pb: 978-0-415-99156-8: £22.99



NEW

Campaigning in the Twenty-First CenturyA Whole New Ballgame?

Dennis W. Johnson, George Washington University, USA

So much has changed during the past decade in political campaigning, that we can almost say ’it’s a whole new ball game.’ This book analyzes the way campaigns have been traditionally run and the extraordinary changes that have occurred in the last decade.

Selected Contents: 1. The Modern Campaign 2. Communicating with Voters: The New Media

3. Communicating with Voters: The Old Media 4. Fundraising 5. Independent Voices 6. Taking the Pulse of the Electorate 7. Voter Identification, Contact, and Mobilization 8. Campaigning in the Next Decade



Campaigning for President 2008Strategy and Tactics, New Voices and New Techniques

Edited by Dennis W. Johnson, George Washington University, USA

The focus of this book is political management: the tactics, strategy, and techniques used by the campaigns and outside interests trying to influence the presidential campaign of 2008. Combining perspectives from applied politics and political science, the book is written by individuals with broad experience in presidential politics and campaigning.

Selected Contents: Part 1: The Primaries Part 2: New Voices and New Techniques Part 3: The General Election

2009: 229 x 152: 288ppHb: 978-0-415-80374-8: £90.00Pb: 978-0-415-99988-5: £26.99eBook: 978-0-203-87897-2


FORTHCOMING2nd Edition

Cases in Congressional CampaignsStorming the Hill

Edited by Randall E. Adkins, University of Nebraska, USA and David Dulio, Oakland University, USA

During the 2010 congressional elections, Republicans were able to take back control of Congress and Democrats were unable to stem this tide. Examining a sample of congressional campaigns waged during the 2010 election, Adkins and Dulio provide a clear explanation of the macro trends in this election cycle, followed by twelve in depth and fascinating case studies of House and Senate toss up races involving seats held by endangered Democratic incumbents.

Framed by a common set of questions and topics, each chapter focuses on the micro-level effects active in the individual campaigns. Furthermore, the editors discuss how the 2010 cycle fits into the existing literature on campaigns and elections, and speculate on what might be ahead in 2012.

In addition, the companion website provides instructors with useful teaching tools, including sample assignments, dynamic PowerPoint slides, graphs, and links to relevant YouTube clips.

Selected Contents: 1. Playing Defense in a Year of Change 2. Sinking in “The Perfect Storm” 3. All Politics is Still Local 4. Running Scared from the Hill and at Home 5. Defending Principles Against a Tsunami 6. Painting the High Plains Blue 7. Campaigning Against the Uncontrollable 8. Defending the Party’s Turf in the Wake of Scandal 9. Campaign Cash, Negative Ads, and Court Battles 10. All Politics is Local ... Except When It Isn’t 11. Courting the Obama-Terry Voter 12. Back to Blue? Shifting Tides in the Tar Heel State 13. One Election is Not Enough 14. Looking for a Silver Bullet

August 2011: 234 x 156: 264ppHB: 978-0-415-89516-3: £95.00PB 978-0-415-89517-0: £25.99

For more information, visit:www.routledge.com/9780415895170

2nd Edition

No Place for AmateursHow Political Consultants are Reshaping American Democracy


2007: 229 x 152: 336ppHb: 978-0-415-95786-1: £100.00Pb: 978-0-415-95787-8: £28.99eBook: 978-0-203-94069-3


8



FORTHCOMING

Helping America VoteThe Limits of Election Reform

Martha E. Kropf, University of North Carolina at Charlotte, USA and David C. Kimball, University of Missouri-St. Louis, USA


Helping America Vote is focused on the conflict between values of access and integrity in U.S. election administration. Kropf and Kimball examine both what was included in The Help America Vote Act, and what was not. There are specific issues that the legislation de-emphasizes which the authors argue are important. Widespread agreement that voting equipment was a

problem made technology the centerpiece of the legislation, and it has remedied a number of pressing concerns. But, there is still reason to be concerned about key aspects of electronic voting, ballot design, and the politics of partisan administrators.

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. How Does Definition of the Problem Affect the Solution? 3. Did the Reforms Increase Accuracy? 4. At What Cost? What are the Unintended Consequences of Reform? 5. We Eliminated the Butterfly Ballot…Isn’t that Enough? 6. Defining the Problem in Human, not Mechanical Terms: Who Implements Reform 7. What Have Reforms Accomplished?

September 2011: 229 x 152: 150ppHb: 978-0-415-80407-3: £75.00Pb: 978-0-415-80408-0: £20.99eBook: 978-0-203-87031-0


The Imperfect PrimaryOddities, Biases, and Strengths of U.S. Presidential Nomination Politics

Barbara Norrander, University of Arizona, USA


Reforming the presidential nomination process is as complex as the current system. In this book Norrander explores how presidential candidates are nominated, discusses past and current proposals for reform, and examines the possiblity for more practical, incremental changes to the electoral rules.

Selected Contents: 1. Happenstance and Reforms 2. Presidential Nomination Politics

at the Dawn of the 21st Century 3. Is This a Fair Way to Select a Presidential Nominee? 4. Alternative Methods for Nominating Presidents 5. Oddities, Biases, and Strengths of U.S. Presidential Nomination Politics



NEW

New Directions in Campaigns and ElectionsEdited by Stephen K. Medvic, Franklin and Marshall College, USA


The ground upon which campaigns and elections are contested has been shifting rapidly in the last decade. Radical and ongoing changes to the way elections are administered and campaigns are financed; new approaches to polling, campaign management and advertising, and voter mobilization; and recent developments in the organization of political parties

and interest groups, the operation of the media, and the behavior of voters require close examination. New Directions in Campaigns and Elections guides students through the tangle of recent developments in real-world politics drawing on the insights of innovative scholarship on these topics.

Like other volumes in the New Directions in American Politics series, the focused exploration of the latest developments across a comprehensive range of topics makes this an ideal companion for students eager to understand the rapidly changing political environment of the U.S. electoral process.

Selected Contents: 1. Election Administration: Setting the Rules of the Game Thad Hall and M. Kathleen Moore 2. Campaign Finance: Adapting to a Changing Regulatory Environment David B. Magleby 3. Polling: Innovations in Survey Research Brian F. Schaffner 4. Campaign Management and Organization: The Use and Impact of Information and Communication Technology Stephen K. Medvic 5. Campaign Advertising: Reassessing the Impact of Campaign Ads on Political Behavior Bryce Corrigan and Ted Brader 6. Voter Mobilization: The Scientific Investigation of Getting the Electorate to the Polls Robert A. Jackson 7. Political Parties: The Tensions Between Unified Party Images and Localism Jeffrey M. Stonecash 8. Interest Groups: Back to Basic Questions Clyde Wilcox 9. Media: The Complex Interplay of Old and New Forms Diana Owen 10. Voting Behavior: Traditional Paradigms and Contemporary Challenges Andrew Dowdle, Pearl K. Ford, and Todd G. Shields 11. Congressional Elections: Why Some Incumbent Candidates Lose Jamie L. Carson and Carrie P. Eaves 12. Presidential Elections: Campaigning within a Segmented Electorate Scott D. McClurg and Philip Habel 13. State and Local Elections: The Unique Character of Sub-National Contests Timothy B. Krebs and Jonathan Winburn 14. Election Reform: What is Expected, and What Results? Todd Donovan and Shaun Bowler

January 2011: 229 x 152: 336ppHb: 978-0-415-87882-1: £100.00Pb: 978-0-415-87883-8: £28.99eBook: 978-0-203-85299-6


NEW2nd Edition

Rethinking American Electoral DemocracyMatthew J. Streb, Northern Illinois University, USA


This critical examination of the rules and institutional arrangements that shape the American electoral process analyzes the major debates ranging from the number of elections we hold and the use of nonpartisan elections, to the presidential nominating process and campaign finance laws. Ultimately, it argues for a less burdensome democracy, a democracy in which citizens can

participate more easily in transparent, competitive elections.

Selected Contents: 1. Creating a Model Electoral Democracy 2. Factors that Influence Voter Turnout 3. The Offices We Elect 4. Direct Democracy 5. Ballot Laws 6. Voting Machines 7. The Redistricting Process 8. Presidential Primaries 9. The Electoral College 10. Campaign Finance 11. Conclusion: Moving Toward a Model Electoral Democracy

February 2011: 229 x 152: 256ppHb: 978-0-415-88201-9: £100.00Pb: 978-0-415-88202-6: £25.99eBook: 978-0-203-84815-9


The Presidential Campaign of Barack ObamaA Critical Analysis of a Racially Transcendent Strategy

Dewey M. Clayton, University of Louisville, USA

’The Presidential Campaign of Barack Obama is a compelling examination of Barack Obama’s successful 2008 campaign and its significance for racial politics and American politics. Professor Clayton’s thorough examination of the concept of deracialization makes this book superior to other examinations of the Obama phenomenon. His book is a

must read for teachers, students, and researchers.’ – Sharon Wright Austin, University of Florida, USA

Selected Contents: Part 1: The Historical Nature of African Americans Running for Political Office, Coalition Politics and Obama’s Winning Coalition 1. Introduction 2. Descriptive and Substantive Representation 3. Obama’s Winning Coalition Part 2: The Dynamics of the Campaign Process 4. Obama and the Demographic Groups that Supported Him 5. The Clinton Factor: Hillary and Bill 6. The Campaign for the White House 7. Innovations in Technology and Media 8. Change Comes to America

March 2010: 229 x 152: 240ppHb: 978-0-415-99734-8: £100.00Pb: 978-0-415-99735-5: £21.99eBook: 978-0-203-88395-2


9


AMERICAN POLITICS: PUBLIC OPINION

AMERICAN POLITICS: POLITICAL PARTIES

AMERICAN POLITICS: POLITICAL PARTIES

New Directions in American Political PartiesEdited by Jeffrey M. Stonecash, Syracuse University, USA


Our portraits of voters, their relationship to parties, and the behavior of elected party members have changed significantly within the last 10 to 15 years. Characterizations of dealignment and decreased importance of parties have been fairly rapidly replaced by a focus on party polarization. Voters are becoming more ideological and the debate is now about the relative role of ideology,

religious attachment, views on immigration, and class in affecting party identification and voting. In a short period of time we have gone from concern that parties are not responsive or sufficiently different to whether polarization has become too great.

This volume, with contributions from some of the most noted scholars of political parties, brings together assessments of these changes to provide a comprehensive overview of current trends in the field. It serves as an excellent companion to courses on parties and elections, and a useful overview for scholars and students of American politics generally.

Selected Contents: 1. Changing American Political Parties Jeffrey M. Stonecash 2. Social Change in America: The Context for Parties Jeffrey M. Stonecash 3. Strategic Maneuvers: Political Parties and the Pursuit of Winning Coalitions in a Constantly Changing Electoral Environment Mark D. Brewer 4. Parties and the Media: Getting Messages to Voters Danny Hayes 5. Party Organization and Mobilization of Resources: Evolution, Reinvention and Survival Diana Dwyre 6. Blacks and the Democratic Party: A Resilient Coalition Kerry Haynie and Candis S. Watts 7. Class in American Politics Jeffrey M. Stonecash 8. Ideological Realignment Among Voters Alan Abramowitz 9. Religion, Moralism and the Cultural Wars: Competing Moral Visions Laura Olson 10. Immigrants and Political Parties Marika Dunn and Jane Junn 11. Partisan Trends in the South and Northeast: Political Ping Pong Howard L. Reiter 12. The President as a Partisan Actor Sidney M. Milkis 13. Consequences of Electoral and Institutional Change: The Evolution of Conditional Party Government in the U.S. House of Representatives David Rohde and John Aldrich 14. Parties, Public Policy Differences, and Impact Rebekah E. Liscio and Jeffrey M. Stonecash

April 2010: 229 x 152: 312ppHb: 978-0-415-80523-0: £100.00Pb: 978-0-415-80524-7: £31.99eBook: 978-0-203-86841-6


FORTHCOMING

Polarized!Partisan Politics in America

Richard Fleisher, Fordham University, USA and Jon R. Bond, Texas A&M University, USA

Fleisher and Bond provide an understanding of the causes and consequences of the partisan polarization that has gripped American politics for the past twenty-five years. This book presents a synthesis of the extensive academic literature on various aspects of partisan polarization in contemporary American politics as well as original data analysis in a way that will be accessible to undergraduate and beginning graduate students.

Selected Contents: 1. A Polarized Political System 2. Is American Society Polarized? 3. Culture War: The Role of Religion in Contemporary American Politics 4. A Polarized Electoral System 5. A Polarized Congress 6. Separation of Powers and Checks and Balances in a Polarized System 7. Partisan Polarization and American Democracy



FORTHCOMING

Third Party BluesThe Truth and Consequences of Two-Party Dominance

Scot Schraufnagel, Northern Illinois University, USA


More than many areas of American politics research, studies of minor party competition and success are often overly driven by normative concerns that do not hold up to empirical scrutiny. This concise book presents a concerted effort to analyze the barriers in election law, such as ballot access restrictions and single member districts with a plurality rule, that prevent third parties

from gaining a durable hold in American politics.

Selected Contents: 1. The Case for Third Party Representation 2. The Effect of Election Laws on Third Party Failure 3. More of the Truth: Ballot Access Change in Maryland and Florida 4. Third Parties and Landmark Policy Productivity 5. Third Parties and Civic Engagement 6. How to Make Third Parties Viable Once More?



AMERICAN POLITICS: PUBLIC OPINION

FORTHCOMING

New Directions in Public OpinionEdited by Adam Berinsky, Massachusetts Institute of Technology, USA


New Directions in Public Opinion brings together leading scholars explore the current state of the field of public opinion. Each chapter provides a general overview of cutting edge topics of study as well as cornerstones of the field. Suitable for use as a main textbook or in tandem with a lengthier survey, it comprehensively covers the field and pushes students further to explore critical topics in contemporary politics.

Selected Contents: Introduction Adam Berinsky Part 1: The Meaning and Measurement of Public Opinion 1. History and the Meaning of Public Opinion Susan Herbst 2. The Practice of Survey Research: Changes and Challenges D. Sunshine Hillygus 3. Two-thirds Full? Citizen Competence and Democratic Governance Martin Gilens Part 2: Foundations of Political Preferences 4. The Structure, Foundations, and Expression of Ideology Christopher Federico 5. Race and Groups Jane Junn, Tali Mendelberg and Erica Czaja 6. Race, Gender, and Public Opinion Nancy Burns and Donald Kinder 7. Partisanship and Polarization in Contemporary Politics Marc Hetherington 8. Personality and Public Opinion Jeffery Mondak and Matthew Hibbing 9. Emotions and Public Opinion Ted Brader 10. Religion and Public Opinion David E. Campbell, Geoffrey C. Layman and Kasey Swanke Part 3: The Public and Society 11. Campaigns and Elections John Sides 12. Media and Politics Matt Baum 13. Public Opinion and Public Policy Andrea Louise Campbell 14. Conclusion David Sears



FORTHCOMING

A Crisis in Public Opinion PollingAmy Fried, University of Maine, USA

A Crisis in Public Opinion Polling argues that early political pollsters, market researchers, and academic and government survey researchers were entrepreneurial figures who interacted through a broad network that was critical to the growth of public opinion enterprises.

Selected Contents: 1. Building the Polls 2. Media, Markets, and Men from Mars 3. From the Fields of Hunger through the Cauldron of War 4. Pols, Politics, and Polls 5. ‘Honest But Dumb’ or ‘Menace to the Public Interest’? 6. A Defense against ‘Extensive and Unjustified Repercussions’ 7. Beyond the Builders



10


AMERICAN POLITICS: LAW & COURTS

AMERICAN POLITICS: LAW & COURTS

In Defense of Judicial ElectionsChris W. Bonneau, University of Pittsburgh, USA and Melinda Gann Hall, Michigan State University, USA


Ought judges be independent of democratic pressures, or should they be subjected to the preferences and approval of the electorate? In this book, Bonneau and Hall use empirical data to shed light on these normative questions and offer a coherent defense of judicial elections.

2009: 229 x 152: 200ppHb: 978-0-415-99132-2: £90.00Pb: 978-0-415-99133-9: £19.99eBook: 978-0-203-87699-2


The Laws That Shaped AmericaFifteen Acts of Congress and Their Lasting Impact


Dennis W. Johnson tells the story of fifteen major laws enacted over the course of two centuries of American democracy, for each looking at the forces and circumstances that led to its enactment—the often tempestuous political struggles, the political players who were key in proposing or enacting the legislation, and the impact of the legislation and its place in American history.

2009: 229 x 152: 544ppHb: 978-0-415-99972-4: £100.00Pb: 978-0-415-99973-1: £23.99


FORTHCOMING

Judging Law and PolicyCourts and Policymaking in the American Political System

Robert Howard and Amy Steigerwalt, both at Georgia State University, USA

To what extent do courts make social and public policy and influence social and public policy change? This innovative text analyzes this question generally and in seven distinct policy areas that play out in both federal and state courts—tax policy, environmental policy, reproductive rights, sex equality, affirmative action, school finance, and same-sex marriage. The authors address these issues through the twin lenses of how state and federal courts must and do interact with the other branches of government and whether judicial policy-making is a form of activist judging.

Each chapter analysis investigates the current state of the law, the extent of court involvement in policy change, the responses of other governmental entities and outside actors, and the factors which influenced the degree of implementation and impact of the relevant court decisions. Throughout the book, Howard and Steigerwalt examine and analyze the literature on judicial policy-making as well as evaluate existing measures of judicial ideology, judicial activism, court and legal policy formation, policy change and policy impact. This unique text offers new insights and areas to research in this important field of American politics.

Selected Contents: 1. Law, Courts, and Judicial Policymaking. Law and Policy. Reaches and Limitations to Judicial Policymaking. Incidence of Judicial Policymaking. Legitimacy of Law and Policy Part 1: Federal Court Policymaking 2. Taxes and Other Money Woes: Law and Economic Policy Courts and Taxes. Litigation and Responses. An Evaluation of the Use of Litigation to Influence Federal Economic Policy 3. The Aire We Breathe: Law and Environmental Policy Environmental Policy and Courts. The Environmental Protection Agency. Environmental Litigation and Responses. An Evaluation of the Use of Litigation to Save the Environment 4. The Status of Women: Reproductive Rights and the Law 5. Sex Equality and the Law 6. Affirmative Action Part 2: State Court Policymaking 7. School Finance Federal Court Response. State Court Response. State Legislative Responses and Interaction. A Final Analysis of Attempts at School Finance Reform through Litigation 8. Same-Sex Marriage State Court Response. State Legislative Responses and Interaction. Public Responses and Interaction. Impact of the State-level Pushes for Policy Changes through the Courts: Prospects and Perils Part 3: Conclusion 9. Unnecessary Judicial Activism or a Necessary Part of the Policy Process? Summary of State and Federal Court Policymaking. Assessing the Costs and Benefits of Policy Change Through Litigation. Arguing for Judicial Policymaking as a Necessary Part of the Policy Process



AMERICAN POLITICS: IDENTITY POLITICS

FORTHCOMING

Black Politics after the Civil Rights RevolutionDianne Pinderhughes, University of Notre Dame, USA

Black Politics after the Civil Rights Revolution brings together three decades of hard-to-find essays by influential scholar Dianne Pinderhughes. The essays provide a window into the institutional, political, and policy developments in African American politics in the post civil rights era. Although written separately, the chapters form a corpus for understanding a number of dimensions of African American politics, as well as for addressing the intellectual and theoretical issues explored in political science by scholars of racial and ethnic politics.



FORTHCOMING

Black Politics TodayThe Era of Socioeconomic Transition

Theodore J. Davis Jr., University of Delaware, USA

Series: Routledge Series on Identity Politics

Theodore Davis argues that the greatest threat to the social and political cohesiveness of the so-called black community may be the rise of a socially and economically privileged group among the ranks of black America. Davis traces the changes in economic status, public opinion, political power and participation, and leadership over three generations of black politics.

The result is an insightful analysis of black politics today.

Selected Contents: 1. Three Eras of Contemporary Black Politics: The Protest, The Politics, and The Socioeconomic Transition Eras 2. Divided by Class: The Rise of a New Black Middle Class and the Dilemmas for Black Politics 3. Public Opinion in Black and White 4. Changing Values and the Rise of Intra-racial Politics 5. Patterns of Public Opinion Among Blacks: A Question of Consensus 6. Blacks’ Struggle for Political Power 7. Black Leadership and Politics 8. Beyond Class: Other Factors That May Influence an Evolving Black Politics



11


AMERICAN POLITICS: IDENTITY POLITICS

Whose Black Politics?Cases in Post-Racial Black Leadership

Edited by Andra Gillespie, Emory University, USA

This volume uses multiple case studies to probe the implications of the emergence of a new vanguard of leaders for the future of African American politics. Editor Andra Gillespie establishes an original theoretical framework based on the interaction of three factors: black leaders’ crossover appeal, their political ambition, and connections to the black establishment.

Selected Contents: Introduction Part 1: Creating Opportunity: How Young Black Politicians Break Into the Political Scene Part 2: Inheritance and Governance: What Political Scions Do Once They Get Elected Part 3: The Rise of Barack Obama: Its Implications for Black Politics Part 4: New Perspectives on Deracialization Part 5: Intersectionality and African American Politics in the 21st Century

2009: 229 x 152: 352ppHb: 978-0-415-99215-2: £100.00Pb: 978-0-415-99216-9: £22.99eBook: 978-0-203-89372-2


Political Institutions and Lesbian and Gay Rights in the United States and CanadaMiriam Smith, York University, Canada

Series: Routledge Studies in North American Politics

’This arresting book historically interrogates the relationship between sexuality and social policy development in the United States and Canada. A must read for scholars of sexuality and of political development, Smith’s study helps us to see how conflict over cultural issues can map through institutional developmental dynamics and

then how these dynamics can reformulate cultural struggles. The book also provides a finely grained explanation of the interplay among legal-institutional development, the discourse of rights, and lesbian and gay movement politics. Political Institutions and Lesbian and Gay Rights in the United States and Canada is the definitive analysis of the relationship between sexuality and political development – and shows clearly why this relationship must be understood by any serious student of politics.’ - Julie Novkov, University at Albany, SUNY, USA

’This work is a contribution to the fields of LGBT studies, Canadian politics, and comparative politics more generally. Summing Up: Recommended. General readers, upper-division undergraduate students, graduate students, and research faculty.’ - CHOICE, April 2009 Vol. 46 No. 08

2009: 229 x 152: 244ppHb: 978-0-415-98871-1: £75.00Pb: 978-0-415-80651-0: £28.99


FORTHCOMING

Framing Sarah PalinPitbulls, Puritans, and Politics

Linda Beail, Point Loma Nazarene University, USA and Rhonda Kinney Longworth, Eastern Michigan University, USA

Using the notion of “framing” as a way of understanding political perception, the authors analyze the narratives told by and about Sarah Palin in the 2008 election – from beauty queen, maverick, faithful fundamentalist and post-feminist role model to pit bull hockey mom, frontier woman, and political outsider. They discuss where those frames are rooted historically in popular and political culture, why they were selected, and the ways that the frames resonated with the electorate.

Selected Contents: Part 1: Analytical Framework 1. Introduction 2. Women Candidates and the Strategic Environment Part 2: The Republican Frames 3. Frontier Woman 4. Political Outsider/Ordinary Citizen 5. Reformer/”Maverick” 6. Faithful Fundamentalist Part 3: The Gender Frames 7. The Beauty Queen 8. Hockey Mom 9. Post-feminist Role Model Part 4: Framing Forward: The 2008 Campaign and Beyond 10. Late-night Comedy and the Campaign 11. Sarah Palin’s Reception and Reframing in the Blogosphere 12. Conclusion: Post-2008: Going Rogue and Running for the White House?



Everyday Practice of Race in AmericaAmbiguous Privilege

Utz McKnight, University of Alabama, USA

Series: Postcolonial Politics

An original contribution to political theory and cultural studies this work argues for a reinterpretation of how race is described in US society. McKnight develops a line of reasoning to explain how we accommodate racial categories in a period when it has become important to adopt anti-racist formal instruments in much of our daily lives.

Selected Contents: 1. Representation: Class Ambiguity and Racial Subjectivity 2. The Everyday and Ordinary: Developing a Theory of Race 3. Cody’s, Foucault, and Race 4. Working Together: Conditional Subjectivity 5. Walking the Streets 6. Passing and Mixing: Challenging the Racial Subject



NEW

The Politics of Inclusion and ExclusionIdentity Politics in Twenty-First Century America

Edited by David F. Ericson, George Mason University, USA

’These essays present a panoply of ideas, analysis and case studies of the contours and reactions to the multcultural and transracial nature of politics in the U.S. These scholars present new challenges to old issues that need re-examination and re-analysis to help this society advance to a 21st century understanding of

what it means to be included or excluded in the U.S.’ — Robert Stanley Oden, California State University, Sacramento, USA

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction David F. Ericson Part 1: Politics of Inclusion 2. Minimal Political Inclusion of Minorities at Risk: The Case of the Americas, 1870-2000 Victor Asal 3. Race, Nativity, and the Political Participation of Asian and Other Americans Pei-te Lien 4. The Home Styles of California Latino Representatives: Policy, Constituency, and Symbolic Representation Sally Friedman and Shannon Scotece 5. Puerto Rican Politics in New York City During the 1960s: Structural Ideation, Contingency, and Power José E. Cruz 6. Inclusion, Exclusion, and Citizenship Kathleen Sullivan and Patricia Strach Part 2: Politics of Exclusion 7. The Micro-Politics of Immigration: Local Government Policies of Inclusion and Exclusion Nadia Rubaii-Barrett 8. Outside the Binary: Transgendered Politics on a Global Stage Jenna Basiliere 9. Politics and the Disabled Body: Diverse Thoughts about Human Diversity William Roth 10. The Conservative Attack on Affirmative Action: Toward a Legal Genealogy of Color Blindness Julie Novkov



Want more information on a book?

Visit the direct URL found at the bottom of the title description.

12


INTRODUCTION TO POLITICS

INTRODUCTION TO POLITICS

FORTHCOMING

Politics: The Key ConceptsLisa Harrison, University of the West of England, UK, Adrian Little, University of Melbourne, Australia and Ed Lock, University of the West of England, UK

Series: Routledge Key Guides

Politics: The Key Concepts is an up-to-date and broad-ranging introduction to the terms that lie at the heart of political discourse. Entries are drawn from areas such as political theory, international politics, political science and methodology. As well as explaining core, established principles, this informative guide explores some of the more complex, topical and

contested concepts from the world of politics. In an accessible A-Z format with helpful cross-referencing and suggestions for further reading, this is a valuable reference for all students of politics, international relations and related courses.

Selected Contents: Introduction. A-Z of Key Concepts. Bibliography.



4th Edition

Politics: The BasicsStephen D. Tansey, Bournemouth University, UK and Nigel Jackson, University of Plymouth, UK

Series: The Basics

This highly successful introduction provides comprehensive coverage and explores the varieties of political systems, the main political movements and key issues at the beginning of the twenty-first century.

2008: 198 x 129: 304ppHb: 978-0-415-42243-7: £55.00Pb: 978-0-415-42244-4: £11.99


2nd Edition

European Union: The BasicsAlex Warleigh-Lack, Brunel University, UK

Series: The Basics

This is the best short and accessible introduction to the politics of the European Union, written by one of the world’s most well-known authorities in the area. It explains in clear jargon-free language:

• the EU’s development to date

• how the EU works, and why it works this way

• the EU’s major policies

• the EU’s biggest problems and controversies

• the EU’s likely evolution in the coming years.

KEY FEATURES INCLUDE:

• Boxed descriptions of key issues and events.

• A guide to further reading at the end of each chapter.

• A glossary of key terms, concepts and people.

• Helpful appendices about the EU’s member states and good internet sources.

2008: 198 x 129: 192ppHb: 978-0-415-41466-1: £55.00Pb: 978-0-415-41467-8: £11.99


Explaining PoliticsCulture, Institutions, and Political Behavior

Oliver Woshinsky, University of Southern Maine, USA

’Woshinsky’s book is unsurpassed in its ability to communicate basic concepts in political theory and in American politics to the undergraduate student. It is clearly written, and even entertaining in its presentation of examples and anecdotes which neatly illustrate abstract ideas. Explaining Politics is sure to provoke lively classroom

discussion about fundamental political ideas.’ - Andrew S. McFarland, University of Illinois at Chicago, USA

2007: 229 x 152: 424ppPb: 978-0-415-96078-6: £35.99eBook: 978-0-203-93318-3


International Relations: The BasicsPeter Sutch and Juanita EliasSeries: The Basics ‘Here’s a student’s trusted

companion for the introductory course. IR: The Basics lays out in accessible and inviting fashion key concepts, methods, values and choices that face each newcomer to this vital field of enquiry.‘ - Jan Aart Scholte, University of Warwick, UK

2007: 198 x 129: 224ppHb: 978-0-415-31184-7: £70.00Pb: 978-0-415-31185-4: £11.99


2nd Edition

Politics: An IntroductionBarrie Axford, Gary K. Browning, Richard Huggins, Ben Rosamond and John Turner The second edition of this

user-friendly text for students taking introductory courses in politics provides completely updated and stimulating coverage of topics essential to the understanding of contemporary politics.

2002: 246 x 189: 624ppHb: 978-0-415-25181-5: £100.00Pb: 978-0-415-22642-4: £26.99


Governing SubjectsAn Introduction to the Study of PoliticsIsaac D. Balbus, University of Illinois at Chicago, USA This introduction to the study of

politics highlights the ideas of key thinkers to illustrate how our whole lives are politically conditioned and subject to governance. Looking across every major component of the discipline this book encourages students to engage in critical thinking by evaluating arguments for their internal coherence and explanatory power.

Selected Contents: Part 1: Law and Institutions Part 2: Markets and Power Part 3: Culture and Identity Part 4: Conclusion

2009: 229 x 152: 304ppHb: 978-0-415-99889-5: £95.00Pb: 978-0-415-99890-1: £28.99eBook: 978-0-203-88144-6


13


COMPARATIVE POLITICS

COMPARATIVE POLITICS

FORTHCOMING

Democratic InnovationsTheories, Practice & Evaluation

Edited by Kenneth Newton and Brigitte Geissel

This text is the most comprehensive account of various democratic innovations. Written by an outstanding team of international experts it examines the theories behind these democratic innovations, how they have worked in practice and evaluates their success or failure.

Selected Contents: Introduction Forms of Democratic Innovation Direct Democracy 1. Parties And Direct Democracy Ian Budge 2. Direct Democracy Hanspeter Kriesi Deliberation 3. Deliberative Polling Jim Fishkin 4. Deliberative Democracy and Mini-Publics Graham Smith 5. Deliberative Democracy and Power in Global Justice Movements Dieter Rucht Co-Governance 6. When Democratic Innovations Let The People Decide: An Evaluation of Co-Governance Experiments Julien Talpin E-Democracy 7. Engagement, Deliberation and the Internet Andrew Chadwick. Challenges of Comparing Democratic Innovations 8. On the Impacts of Democratic Innovations in Europe Brigitte Geissel 9. New and Old Forms of Citizens‘ Engagement David Beetham 10. Conclusion Brigitte Geissel



The Democracy Advantage, Revised EditionHow Democracies Promote Prosperity and Peace

Morton H. Halperin, Open Society Institute, USA, Joseph T. Siegle, National Defense University, USA and Michael M. Weinstein, Robin Hood Foundation, USA

The Democracy Advantage provides an empirically-grounded analysis of the consistently positive development track record of poor countries with democratic governments versus those with more oppressive political systems. Building on the democratic peace literature, Halperin, Siegle, and Weinstein connect the dots of how democracy and development

contribute to lower levels of intrastate conflict and popular support for extremist ideologies. This analysis provides a foundation for a series of policy recommendations for how democracy can become a more central feature of US and international engagement in the developing world. The Democracy Advantage is an evenly argued liberal internationalist justification for making democracy a central feature of US foreign policy.

2009: 229 x 152: 296ppPb: 978-0-415-99065-3: £22.99eBook: 978-0-203-85697-0


Comparative PoliticsContinuity and Breakdown in the Contemporary World

Paul W. Zagorski, Pittsburg State University, USA

’Zagorski has written a book that is at once in-depth and accessible, thorough in its coverage of the topic and rich in the examples it employs. With meticulous care, the book begins by introducing the basic foundations of the discipline and then moves on to the phenomenon of political continuity and breakdown, modernization and

revolution, dictatorship and democracy, patrimonialism and autocracy, and globalization and postmodernity, all the meanwhile grounding his analysis in a wide array of case studies. I highly recommend this book to anyone interested in the study of comparative politics.’ - Mehran Kamrava, Georgetown University School of Foreign Serivice, Qatar

’This is a lively textbook that provides an engaging introduction for undergraduates to the field of comparative politics. By focusing on alternative theoretical approaches to the comparative study of political regimes, Zagorski makes a valuable addition to the pedagogical arsenal of modern political science.’ - Richard Snyder, Brown University, USA

2009: 178 x 254: 640ppHb: 978-0-415-77728-5: £90.00Pb: 978-0-415-77729-2: £27.99eBook: 978-0-203-88247-4


3rd Edition

Comparative European Politics Edited by Josep M. Colomer,

University Pompeu Fabra, Barcelona, Spain

2008: 246 x 174: 320ppHb: 978-0-415-43755-4: £85.00Pb: 978-0-415-43756-1: £23.99


The Rise of Regional AuthorityA Comparative Study of 42 Democracies

Liesbet Hooghe and Gary Marks, both at University of North Carolina, USA and Arjan H. Schakel, University of Edinburgh, UK

’This book represents a major advance in the study of regional government and spatial rescaling. It is a fascinating study in its own right, but also an invaluable data set for scholars of comparative government and politics.’ - Michael Keating, University of Aberdeen, UK

’The study of decentralized governance, multi-level politics and regional governance is of mounting importance in a broad swath of the social sciences. To date, researchers have been stuck with very dissatisfying public finance data from the IMF, horrible indicators from the Polity data set and sundry other sources of dubious value. This book fills a gaping hole in that literature.’ - Erik Wibbels, Duke University, USA

Selected Contents: 1. Measuring Regional Authority 2. Operationalizing Regional Authority 3. Validation of the Regional Authority Index 4. An Era of Regionalization Appendix A: Profiles of Regional Reform in 42 Countries (1950–2006) Appendix B: Country and Regional Scores



eInspection CopiesTitles marked with this icon are available as

electronic inspection copies only for lecturers or faculty considering them for course adoption.

Visit www.routledge.com to obtain your copy.

14


LATIN AMERICAN POLITICS


Contemporary U.S.-Latin American RelationsCooperation or Conflict in the 21st Century?

Edited by Jorge I. Domínguez, Harvard University, USA and Rafael Fernández de Castro, Instituto Tecnologico Autonomo de Mexico

Series: Contemporary Inter-American Relations

“Fifteen outstanding scholars, eight residing in Latin America and seven residing in the United States, collaborate in this exceptionally well-informed, balanced, nuanced and up-to-date discussion of contemporary relations between the United States and the diverse Latin American and Caribbean nations. This is a valuable

primer on how and why U.S.-Latin American relations are changing, and where they are heading. I will assign it to my students and recommend it to decision-makers.” – Abraham F. Lowenthal, University of Southern California, USA

Selected Contents: 1. The Changes in the International System during the 2000s Jorge I. Domínguez Part 1 2. U.S.-Mexican Relations in the Twenty-First Century Jorge I. Domínguez and Rafael Fernández de Castro 3. The United States and Cuba since 2000 Marifeli Pérez-Stable 4. The United States and Central America since 2000: Free Trade and Diaspora Diplomacy Cristina Eguizábal 5. U.S.-Caribbean Relations: Modifying Traditional Hegemony and Sovereignty in the Caribbean Anthony P. Maingot Part 2 6. Argentina and the United States: A Distant Relationship Roberto Russell 7. Brazil-U.S. Relations: Getting Better All the Time Monica Hirst 8. Chile and the United States 2000-2009: From Elusive Friendship to Cooperative Friendship Claudia F. Fuentes Julio and Francisco Rojas Aravena 9. Colombia and the United States: Strategic Partners or Uncertain Allies? Cynthia J. Arnson and Arlene B. Tickner 10. The United States and Peru in the 2000s Cynthia McClintock and Fabián Vallas 11. Relations between the United States and Venezuela, 2001-2009: A Bridge in Need of Repairs Carlos A. Romero and Javier Corrales

May 2010: 229 x 152: 272ppHb: 978-0-415-87999-6: £100.00Pb: 978-0-415-88000-8: £22.99eBook: 978-0-203-85047-3


NEW

Comparative Politics of Latin AmericaDemocracy at Last?

Daniel C. Hellinger, Webster University, USA

This text offers a unique balance of comparative politics theory and interdisciplinary country-specific context, of a thematic organization and in-depth country case studies, of culture and economics, of scholarship and pedagogy. No other textbook draws on such a diverse range of scholarly literature to help students understand the ins and outs of politics in Latin America today.

The insightful historical background in early chapters provides students with a way to think about how the past influences the present. However, while history plays a part in this text, comparative politics is the primary focus, explaining through detailed case studies and carefully paced analysis such concepts as democratic breakdown and transition, formal and informal institutions, the rule of law, and the impact of globalization.

Several important pedagogical aids foster student learning, including:

• learning objectives at the start of every chapter

• learning checkpoints at the end of each section to insure comprehension

• bolded key terms focus attention on important concepts

• glossary at the end of the book provides a useful reference

• discussion questions at the end of each chapter

• integrated case studies on most countries in the region

• a companion website with practice quizzes and other useful study aids.

Selected Contents: Part 1: Comparative Political Theory and Latin American Area Studies 1. Conceptions of Democracy 2. Inequality, Political Culture, and Popular Sovereignty Part 2: History: Colonial Legacies, Mass Politics and Democracy 3. Democratic and Autocratic Threads in Latin American History 4. Political Without Economic Independence Part 3: Development, Mass Politics in the Twentieth Century 5. Development and Dependency: Theory and Practice in Latin America 6. Populism, Development and Democracy in the Twentieth Century Part 4: Democratic Breakdown, Economic Struggles, and Transitions 7. Democratic Breakdown and Military Rule 8. State and Market in Latin America 9. Transitions and ’Pact Democracies’ in Brazil and the Southern Cone 10. Transitions of Party-Dominant Regimes in Mexico and Venezuela Part 5: Revolution and Democracy 11. Nationalism and Revolution in Mexico and Cuba 12. Democracy in Times of Revolution Part 6: Movements, Civil Society and Parties 13. Social Class and Politics in Latin America 14. ’New’ Social Movements, New Politics? 15. Parties and Electoral Politics Part 7: Rights, Institutions and Law: The Formal Rules of the Game 16. Institutions, Constitutions and Governance 17. Corruption, Human Rights, and the Rule of Law Part 8: Globalization and the Role of the United States 18. Democracy in Times of Globalization 19. Democracy, Intervention and American Foreign Policy

February 2011: 234 x 156: 608ppPb: 978-0-415-88917-9: £29.99eBook: 978-0-203-82966-0


2nd Edition

United States and MexicoBetween Partnership and Conflict

Jorge I. Domínguez, Harvard University, USA and Rafael Fernández de Castro, Instituto Tecnologico Autonomo de Mexico


By sharing one of the longest land borders in the world, the United States and Mexico will always have a special relationship. The ideal introduction to U.S.-Mexican relations, this book moves from conflicts all through the nineteenth century up to contemporary democratic elections in Mexico. By covering immigration, drug trafficking, NAFTA, democracy,

environmental problems, and economic instability, the second edition of The United States and Mexico provides a thorough look back and an informed vision of the future.

Selected Contents: Introduction 1. History 2. The Changes in the International System: Effects on the Bilateral Relationship 3. International Security 4. The Effect of International Institutions 5. The Domestic Context for Foreign Policy Decision Making 6. Content and Conduct of Foreign Policy 7. Transborder Relations 8. US.-Mexican Relations in the Twenty-First Century

2009: 229 x 152: 256ppHb: 978-0-415-99218-3: £95.00Pb: 978-0-415-99219-0: £23.99eBook: 978-0-203-87925-2


FORTHCOMING

Mexican Security FailureCollapse into Criminal Violence

Edited by Monica Serrano, Ralph Bunche Institute for International Studies, CUNY, USA

Serrano’s volume is both timely, with Mexico much in the news, but also of lasting value. It explains Mexican insecurity in a full-dimensional manner that hasn’t been attempted before. Mexico received much scholarly attention a decade ago with the onset of democratization. Since then, the leading topic has become immigration. However, the security environment compelling many Mexicans to leave has been dramatically under studies. This tightly organized volume begins to correct that gap.

Selected Contents: Introduction Mónica Serrano Part 1: Security Failure at Home 1. Arbitrariness and Inefficiency in the Mexican Justice Administration Ana Laura Magaloni 2. Accounting for the Unaccountable: The Police in Mexico Ernesto López-Portillo Vargas 3. The Mexican State and Organized Crime: An Unending Story Mónica Serrano and Paul Kenny Part 2: Security Failure Abroad 4. Drug-Trafficking and US-Mexico Relations: Causes of Conflict Jorge Chabat 5. Mexico’s War on Terrorism: Rhetoric and Reality Athanasios Hristoulas 6. The Mesoamerican Dilemma: External Insecurity and Internal Vulnerability Raúl Benítez and Arturo Sotomayor. Conclusion Mónica Serrano

August 2011: 229 x 152: 176ppHb: 978-0-415-89327-5: £95.00Pb: 978-0-415-89328-2: £21.99


15



FORTHCOMING

Debating U.S.-Cuban RelationsShall We Play Ball?

Edited by Jorge I. Domínguez, Rafael Hernandez and Lorena Barberia, all at Harvard University, USA


Drawing on perspectives from within Cuba as well as those in the United States, Canada, and Europe, Debating U.S.-Cuban Relations sets out to analyze contemporary policies, reflect on current circumstances, and consider possible alternatives for improved U.S.-Cuban relations. Each topic is represented by perspectives from both Cuban and non-Cuban scholars, leading to a resource rich in insight and a model of transnational dialogue.

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction Jorge I. Domínguez and Rafael M. Hernández 2. Intimate Enemies: Paradoxes in the U.S.-Cuba conflict Rafael M. Hernández 3. Reshaping the Relations between the United States and Cuba Jorge I. Domínguez 4. Cuban National Security against the United States: Conflict and Cooperation? Carlos Alzugaray Treto 5. Cuban-United States Cooperation in the Defense and Security Fields: Where Are We? Where Might We Be Able to Go? Hal Klepak 6. Terrorism and the Anti-Hijacking Accord in Cuba’s Relations with the United States Peter Kornbluh 7. The European Union and its role in U.S.-Cuba Relations Eduardo Perera 8. European Union Policy in the Cuba-United States-Spain Triangle Susanne Gratius 9. U.S.-Cuba Relations: The Potential Economic Implications of Normalization Archibald R.M. Ritter 10. U.S.-Cuban Economic Relations: Normalization Pending Jorge Mario Sánchez Egozcue 11. U.S.-Cuba: Emigration and Bilateral Relations Antonio Aja DÌaz 12. Cuba, Its Immigration and U.S.-Cuba Relations Lorena Barberia 13. The Subject(s) of Academic and Cultural Exchange: Paradigms, Powers, and Possibilities Sheryl Lutjens 14. Academic Diplomacy: Cultural Exchanges between Cuba and the United States Milagros Martínez Reinosa

August 2011: 229 x 152: 240ppHb: 978-0-415-89322-0: £95.00Pb: 978-0-415-89323-7: £24.99


The Immigrant DivideHow Cuban Americans Changed the U.S. and Their Homeland

Susan Eckstein, Boston University, USA

’Few social scientists know Cuba as deeply or as subtly as Susan Eckstein. She has written the best sociological analysis of the political evolution of the island during the revolutionary period, Back from the Future. Now, she turns her attention to the Cuban diaspora and, with the same dispassionate eye, tells us of its behavior and its consequences both

for their native and their adopted countries. A must-read for anyone interested in Cuba or immigrant politics.’ – Alejandro Portes

2009: 229 x 152: 312ppHb: 978-0-415-99922-9: £95.00Pb: 978-0-415-99923-6: £22.99


FORTHCOMING

Understanding U.S.- Latin American RelationsTheory and History

Mark Eric Williams, Middlebury College, USA

This book examines U.S.-Latin American relations from a historical, contemporary, and theoretical perspective. By drawing examples from the distant and more recent past—and interweaving history with theory—Williams illustrates the enduring principles of International Relations theory and provides students with the conceptual tools required to help them organize facts, think systematically about issues, weigh competing explanations, and have confidence in their own conclusions regarding the past, present, and future of international politics in the region.

Selected Contents: 1. Why U.S.-Latin American Relations Matter (And Sometimes seem Unintelligible) 2. Foreign Policy Determinants: International Systems and Levels of Causality 3. The Expansion of American Power 4. Hemispheric Relations through WWII 5. The Cold War Comes to Latin America 6. Crisis Management 7. Responding to Revolutions 8. Globalization and Interdependence 9. Hemispheric Relations in the 21st Century

August 2011: 229 x 152: 320ppHb: 978-0-415-99314-2: £90.00Pb: 978-0-415-99315-9: £25.99


NEW

The United States and CubaIntimate Enemies

Marifeli Pérez-Stable, Florida International University, USA, and Inter-American Dialogue


This book systematically covers the background of U.S.-Cuban relations after the Cold War and explores tensions that extend into the twenty-first century. The author explores the future of this strained relationship under Obama’s presidency and in a post-Castro Cuba.

Selected Contents: 1. The United States and Cuba Have Never Had Normal Relations 2. ’Next Christmas in Havana’ 3. ’Half

Drunk and Throwing Bottles at Each Other’ 4. ’We Need to De-Americanize the Problem of Cuba’ 5. ’The Policy We’ve Had in Place for 50 Years Hasn’t Worked’ 6. The United States and Cuba: Comparative Reflections (essay by Ana Covarrubias Velasco)



NEW

The Political Economy of Latin AmericaReflections on Neoliberalism and Development

Peter Kingstone, University of Connecticut, USA

Neoliberalism has been at the centre of enormous controversy since its first appearance in Latin America in the early 1970s. Even neoliberalism’s strongest supporters concede that it has not lived up to its promises and that growth, poverty, and inequality all have performed considerably worse than hoped.

This brief text offers an unbiased reflection on the

neoliberal debate in Latin America and the institutional puzzle that underlies the region’s difficulties with democratization and development. In addition to providing an overview of this key element of the Latin American political economy, Peter Kingstone also advances an important but under-explored argument about political institutions. Kingstone offers a unique contribution by mapping out the problem of how to understand institutions, why they are created, and why Latin American ones function the way they do.

Selected Contents: 1. Markets, States, and the Challenge of Development in Latin America 2. Import-Substitution Industrialization and the Great Transformation in Latin America 3. Neoliberalism and its Discontents 4. The Two Lefts and the Return of the State 5. Government, Markets and Institutions: Reflections on Development



16



Latin American DemocracyEmerging Reality or Endangered Species?

Edited by Richard L. Millett, Southern Illinois University, USA, Jennifer S. Holmes, University of Texas at Dallas, USA and Orlando J. Pérez, Central Michigan University, USA

Contributors — both practitioners and academics, North Americans and Latin Americans — explore and assess the state of democratic consolidation in Latin America by focusing on the specific issues and challenges confronting democratic governance in the region.

2008: 229 x 152: 384ppHb: 978-0-415-99047-9: £95.00Pb: 978-0-415-99048-6: £25.99eBook: 978-0-203-88418-8


LeftoversTales of the Latin American Left

Edited by Jorge G. Castañeda and Marco A. Morales, both at New York University, USA

’Recommended. Upper-division undergraduate, graduate, and research collections.’ - CHOICE, April 2009 Vol. 46 No. 08

’This book will surely not be the last word written on the new Latin American left. But it offers several important contributions for those who want to understand the most recent set of surprises and puzzles that Latin America has offered the scholarly community.’ - Matthew R. Cleary, Syracuse University, USA

2008: 229 x 152: 280ppHb: 978-0-415-95670-3: £100.00Pb: 978-0-415-95671-0: £22.99eBook: 978-0-203-92673-4


EUROPEAN POLITICS

4th Edition

Russian Politics and SocietyRichard Sakwa, University of Kent at Canterbury, UK

’Altogether, this book serves as a great introduction to Russian politics, but it is by no means only that. There is an irrefutable balance between the necessary descriptive framework for non-specialists and more in-depth analysis, and there are always useful references for a more sophisticated public. As a whole, every reader will find something of

interest in this book, depending on their approach and background knowledge in Russian politics. The book provides the reader with both analytical frameworks and more targeted or specialised sections, so that this edition remains both comprehensive and scholarly. The book is not just a textbook but tries to combine strong research input with accessibility. It provides a strong theoretical interpretation, founded on a clear empirical base.’ - Henri Duquenne, Sciences-Po, Paris, France

2008: 246 x 174: 608ppHb: 978-0-415-41527-9: £100.00Pb: 978-0-415-41528-6: £24.99


3rd Edition

European UnionPower and Policy-Making

Edited by Jeremy Richardson

’Some authors can always be counted upon to deliver thorough and insightful studies that address the meat of any issue ... In the third edition of this highly appreciated volume, Jeremy Richardson seems to have assembled the best of these in the field of European politics and policy-making.’ - Journal of Common Market Studies, Vol. 44

2005: 246 x 174: 424ppHb: 978-0-415-35813-2: £100.00Pb: 978-0-415-35814-9: £26.99


Contemporary European PoliticsA Comparative Introduction

José Magone, Berlin School of Economics, Germany

In this important new introductory textbook, José Magone provides an accessible and comprehensive introduction to contemporary European politics.

The unification of the European continent since the Fall of the Berlin wall in 1989 and the collapse of communist regimes in Central and Eastern Europe has changed the nature of European politics. This book

seeks to address the new European politics that emerged out of this coming together of West and East.

Utilizing a pan-European comparative approach the book:

• covers key topics, with chapters on the history, theory, institutions, parties and party systems, interest groups, systems of interest intermediation and civil society, the impact of European public policy and the emergence of a European common and foreign policy

• provides detailed comparisons of the national political systems across Europe, including Central and Eastern Europe and the Balkans

• contextualises national politics in the growing importance of European integration

• examines the European Union multi-level governance system approach, highlighting relationships and interactions between the global, supranational, national, regional and local levels

• analyses the change from modern politics, in which the nation-state was still in command of domestic politics and its own borders, to postmodern politics in which de-territorialisation, de-nationalisation and internationalisation processes have transformed the national politics of European states

• facilitates learning through a wide range of pedagogical features, including chapter summaries, guides to further reading, questions for revision and extensive use of maps, figures, case studies and tables.

Richly illustrated throughout, this work is an indispensable resource for all students and academics of European politics.

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction to Contemporary European Politics 2. The Historical Development of European Politics 3. The Transformation of European Politics 4. National Politics and the European Union 5. Government in Europe 6. The Diversity of Parliamentarianism in Europe 7. Towards the European Public Administrative Space: The Europeanization of National Governance 8. Judicial Power in Multi-level Europe 9. Regional and Local Government in Multi-Level Europe 10. Political Parties 11. Electoral Systems and Party Systems 12. Interest Groups, Systems of Interest Intermediation and Civil Society 13. Convergence of National Policy Styles: The Role of the European Union 14. The Intertwinedness of National and European Foreign Policy 15. Conclusions: Reinventing Europe



17


EUROPEAN POLITICS

FORTHCOMING

The European Union’s New DemocraciesPolitics of the Accession States

Karen Henderson, University of Leicester, UK

The enlargement of the European Union (EU), with the accession of ten new member states, is probably the most important moment in its history.

The European Union’s New Democracies is carefully designed to introduce students to the politics of the post-communist states which are now part of the EU. It also explains the political systems of the states of Central and Eastern Europe within the framework of European integration. Written in an extremely clear and accessible style it:

• provides comprehensive coverage of Hungary, Poland, Estonia, Latvia, Lithuania, the Czech Republic, Slovakia and Slovenia, as well as Bulgaria, Croatia and Romania

• explains the historical background to the transition process

• compares the political systems, institutions, party systems and constitutions

• examines the conflicts between ’old’ and ’new’ Europe over foreign policy

• analyzes the development of the EU’s enlargement policy.

Selected Contents: Introduction: Eastern Europe under Communism 1945-1985 Part 1: The Transition to Democracy, 1985-1992 1. The Fall of Communism 2. The Course of the ’Revolutions’: Country Studies 3. Redefining Statehood 4. Constitutional Choices Part 2: The Struggle to Consolidate Democracy, 1993-1998 5. Building Democracy, 1992-1998 6. Alternation of Government: Country Studies 7. Economic and Social Transformation 8. Building Party Systems Part 3: The Return to Europe, 1999-2004 9. Negotiating with the European Union 10. The New Democracies: Country Studies 11. The Political Systems of the New Member States 12. The New Democracies in the Wider Europe. Conclusion: Europe Reunited. Bibliography. Index



The End of European IntegrationAnti-Europeanism ExaminedPaul TaylorSeries: Routledge/UACES Contemporary European Studies

Written by a leading international expert on European integration, this volume examines the European Union in a period of hesitation about future integration in the early twenty-first century.

2007: 234 x 156: 200ppHb: 978-0-415-43105-7: £85.00Pb: 978-0-415-43106-4: £22.99eBook: 978-0-203-93568-2


2nd Edition

European UnionAn Historical and Political Survey

Richard McAllister, University of Edinburgh, UK

The new edition of this best-selling text provides the most up-to-date single volume history of the European Union from its origins through to the present day. Fully updated and revised throughout, this is the ideal starting point for students and others wishing to read an accessible, readable and comprehensive account of the development of the EU.

Topics new to this edition:

• the impact of the Euro and economic and monetary union

• analysis of post-9/11 splits in the EU over Afghanistan and Iraq, and debates on the new European security order and the threat posed by terrorism

• the enlargement of the EU to 27 members and discussions over further expansion

• the initial failure of the EU Constitutional Treaty

• the growth in Euroscepticism across the continent.

An engaging contribution to the understanding of the past, present and uncertain future of European integration, European Union is essential reading for all students of European history, European Union politics, and International Relations.

2009: 234 x 156: 296ppHb: 978-0-415-40762-5: £90.00Pb: 978-0-415-40761-8: £24.99eBook: 978-0-203-87569-8


2nd Edition

The Origins & Development of the European Union 1945-2008A History of European Integration

Martin Dedman, Baylor University, Texas, USA

The new edition of this accessible introduction to the history of the European Union (EU) has been fully revised and updated to reflect the significant changes within the EU over the past decade. Revealing the politics beneath the surface, national rivalries and changing positions behind events, meetings and treaty negotiations, the text:

• provides a thematic history of European economic and political integration in its economic, military, monetary and political contexts

• outlines the major schools of thought regarding the causes and motives for European economic integration including the theories of Lipgens, Haas and Milward

• considers the economic and political reasons for establishing supranational organisations

• evaluates the impact of the collapse of communism on the EU, its policy implications and member states’ responses

• contains new and updated material on the Euro, enlargement of the EU, the constitutional debate, EU economic, monetary and foreign policies and other key recent developments.

2009: 234 x 156: 224ppHb: 978-0-415-43560-4: £85.00Pb: 978-0-415-43561-1: £21.99



The Politics of the New GermanySimon Green, University of Birmingham, UK, Dan Hough, University of Sussex, UK and Alister Miskimmon, University of Stirling

’This thematic treatment of contemporary Germany fills a much-needed gap in the student-oriented literature. The authors have succeeded in producing a fascinating and highly accessible account of all the key issues facing Germany today, making this book a ’must read’ for any undergraduate student of German and European Studies.’ – Paul Cooke, University of Leeds, UK

’Recommended. All readership levels.’ – CHOICE, October 2008 Vol. 46 No. 02

The Politics of the New Germany continues to provide the most comprehensive, authoritative and up-to-date textbook on contemporary German Politics. It covers the entire postwar era but has a particular focus on the post-reunification era.

This 2nd edition has been revised and updated throughout and features new material on:

• Grand Coalition • Lisbon treaty

• Constitutional Court • financial crisis and credit crunch

• reform of social policy • Afghanistan.

Selected Contents: Introduction 1. Germany and the Burden of History 2. Germany’s Post-War Development, 1945-1989 3. Towards German Unity? 4. A Blockaded System of Government? 5. The Party System and Electoral Behaviour: The Path to Stable Instability? 6. Economic Management: The End of the German Model? 7. Citizenship and Demographics: A Country of Immigration? 8. The Reform of the Welfare State? 9. Germany and the European Union: A European Germany or a German Europe? 10. Foreign and Security Policy: A New Role for the Twenty-First Century? 11. Conclusion

August 2011: 246 x 174: 208ppHb: 978-0-415-60438-3: £80.00Pb: 978-0-415-60439-0: £23.99


18


EUROPEAN POLITICS

Understanding E-Government in EuropeIssues and Challenges

Edited by Paul G. Nixon, Hague University of Professional Education, the Netherlands, Vassiliki N. Koutrakou, University of East Anglia, UK and Rajash Rawal

Presenting a multi-disciplinary approach, the comprehensive text analyses a range of challenges that governments are facing with the growth of e-government, spanning from those of a technological and managerial nature to those of a more political and legal nature.

Selected Contents: Part 1: The Fundamentals of e-Government in Europe 1. The Fifth Estate: Democratic Social

Accountability through the Emerging Network of Networks William H. Dutton 2. Delivering Citizen-Centric Public Services Through Technology in Europe-Facilitated Organisational Change Michael Blakemore, Neil Mcdonald, Nicola Hall and Rasa Jucuite 3. e-Government Beyond i2010: European e-Government current Challenges and Future Scenarios Cristiano Codagnone and David Osimo Part 2: Conceptual Challenges 4. Electronic Government and Government Transformation: Technical Interactivity, Political Influence and Citizen Return Filipe Montargil 5. e-Government, Customers, and Citizens Michael Margolis and Gerson Moreno-Riaño 6. Accountability in the Context Of e-Government Dimitra I. Petrakaki 7. Addressing the Real World of Public Consultation: Whither e-Consultation? David O’Donnell, Paul Mccusker, G. Honor Fagan, Simon Stephens, D. R. Newman, John Morison and Michael Murray Part 3: e-Government in Practice 8. Online Dispute Resolution, e-Justice and Web 2.0 Joseph Savirimuthu 9. Identity Management in e-Government Service Provision: Towards New Modes of Government and Citizenship Miriam Lips, John Taylor and Joe Organ 10. Biometrics: From Biometricised Borders to Securitising Non-territorial Space Juliet Lodge 11. The Merging of Health and Technology for Europe’s Future: Identifying Obstacles and Achieving a Successful eHealth Implementation Savvas Savvides and Vassiliki N. Koutrajou 12. Overcoming Barriers to Innovation in e-Government: The Swiss Way Gianluca Misuraca, Pierre Rossel and Olivier Glassey 13. Elected Politicians and their ‘Tastes’ For e-Democracy: Experiences from the Netherlands, United Kingdom and Norway Arthur Edwards Part 4: Perceptions, Subversions, and New Challenges to e-Government 14. Challengers to Traditional e-Government (Non-governmental Actors) Paul. G. Nixon, Antje Grebner and Maria Laura Sudulich 15. Responding to Cyberterror – A Failure to Firewall Freedoms? Rajash Rawal 16. Ministry of Truth? Perceptions of Trust in e-Government Paul G. Nixon 17. Using e-Government For Communication and Co-Ordination among Regional International Organizations – Preliminary Insights from Nascent Interactions Vassiliki N. Koutrakou. Conclusions Paul G. Nixon, Rajash Rawal and Vassiliki N. Koutrakou



Italy TodayThe Sick Man of Europe

Edited by Andrea Mammone, Kingston University, UK and Giuseppe A. Veltri, London School of Economics and Political Science, UK

’How is the current crisis and decline of contemporary Italy to be explained? Through its interdisciplinary analyses of old and new but unresolved issues affecting politics, the economy and society in Italy, this book seeks to give an answer to this important question. Unlike the existing books on Italy and its ‘shadows’, which usually focus either

on the political and electoral systems or on the scandals and the transition to the Second Italian Republic, this edited volume – including contributions from leading experts and young scholars – seeks to offer a comprehensive picture of the Italian situation, looking simultaneously at political life, the economic system, history and society. Moreover, it seeks to analyse both the causes and the effects of the problems that have become typical of Italy and, most importantly, to link the present and the past when offering possible explanations...Many of the chapters also offer recommendations regarding possible policy solutions for the problems of this ‘sick man of Europe’, and this can be considered a further merit of the book.’ - Manuela Caiani, Institute for Advanced Studies, Vienna, Austria

Selected Contents: Preface Paul Corner 1. A ‘Sick Man’ in Europe A. Mammone and G. Veltri Part 1: Politics and Society 2. Elites and the Democratic Disease Carlo Carboni 3. Common Manifestoes and Coalition Governance: How Italian Political Leaders Missed the Window of Opportunity Catherine Moury 4. The Programmatic Convergence of the Italian Parties and their Weakness in the Policy-Making Nicolò Conti 5. When Politics Matters: Federalism, Italian Style Christophe Roux 6. Family Politics, the Catholic Church and the Transformation of Family Life in the Italian Second Republic Stefania Bernini 7. The Italian Media between Market and Politics Chris Hanretty Part 2: History, Memory and Politics 8. The Legacy of the Strategy of Tension and the Armed Conflict in a Context of (non)Reconciliation Anna Cento Bull 9. Fascism as Heritage in Contemporary Italy Joshua Arthurs Part 3: Institutional(ized) Exclusion? 10. The Northern League and its ’Innocuous’ Xenophobia Martina Avanza 11. ’Gypsies out of Italy!’: Social Exclusion and Racial Discrimination of Roma and Sinti Nando Sigona 12. The Catholic Church, Universal Truth, and the Debate on National Identity and Immigration: A New Model of ‘Selective Solidarity’ Eva Garau Part 4: Mezzogiorno: A Never Ending Problem 13. The Strongest Mafia: ‘Ndrangeta made in Calabria Ercole Giap Parini 14. Revisiting Naples: Clientelism and Organized Crime Felia Allum and Percy Allum Part 5: Economy and Political Economy 15. Industrialization, Convergence and Governance: The Case of Italy Alfonsina Iona, Leone Leonida and Giuseppe Sobbrio 16. 20 years of European Funding: Italy still Struggling with Implementation Simona Milio 17. Labour and Welfare Reforms: The Short Life of Labour Unity in Contemporary Italy Marco Simoni 18. The Crisis of Family Firms and the Decline of Italian Capitalism Raoul Minetti



The Multiculturalism BacklashEuropean Discourses, Policies and Practices

Edited by Steven Vertovec, Max-Planck-Institute, Germany and Susanne Wessendorf, Max-Planck-Institute for the Study of Religious and Ethnic Diversity, Germany

’In Western European politics, ’the end of multiculturalism’ has become a dogma. Here is finally a book that reopens the debate by distinguishing between political rhetoric, public opinion and public policies.’ - Rainer Bauböck, European University Institute, Florence, Italy

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction: Assessing the

Backlash against Multiculturalism in Europe Steven Vertovec and Susanne Wessendorf 2. The Rise and Fall of Multiculturalism? New Debates on Inclusion and Accommodation in Diverse Societies Will Kymlicka 3. British and Others: From ‘Race’ to ‘Faith’ Ralph Grillo 4. From Toleration to Repression: The Dutch Backlash against Multiculturalism Baukje Prins and Sawitri Saharso 5. ‘We’re not all Multiculturalists Yet’: France Swings Between Hard Integration and Soft Anti-Discrimination Patrick Simon and Valerie Sala Pala 6. Denmark versus Multiculturalism Ulf Hedetoft 7. Switzerland: A Multicultural Country Without Multicultural Policies? Gianni d’Amato 8. Germany: Integration Policy and Pluralism in a Self-Conscious Country of Immigration Karen Schönwälder 9. Dymanics of Diversity in Spain: Old Questions, New Challenges Ricard Zapata-Barrero 10. Multiculturalism: A Canadian Defence David Ley



19


BRITISH AND IRISH POLITICS


5th Edition

Politics in the Republic of IrelandEdited by John Coakley, University College Dublin, Ireland and Michael Gallagher, University of Dublin Trinity College, Ireland

’Politics in the Republic of Ireland is a ’must buy’ for any course on Irish politics, a ’must read’ for any student of the subject, or even a casual, interested observer of all things Irish.’ - David Farrell, University College Dublin, Ireland

’This remains THE authoritative source for anyone needing a comprehensive grounding in

the government and politics of modern Ireland.’ - Michael Laver, New York University, USA

Selected Contents: Part 1: The Context of Irish Politics Part 2: Representative Democracy at Work Part 3: Policy and Administration Part 4: Ireland in a Wider World

2009: 234 x 156: 512ppHb: 978-0-415-47671-3: £85.00Pb: 978-0-415-47672-0: £22.99


FORTHCOMING3rd Edition

Understanding Northern IrelandColonialism, Control and Consociation

Brendan O’Leary, University of Pennsylvania, USA and John McGarry, Queen’s University, Canada

The third edition of this classic textbook continues to provide the best introductory account of the politics of Northern Ireland.

Completely revised and updated, it contains three new chapters devoted to the enormous changes to Northern Ireland politics brought about by the peace process. A brand new introduction and an updated audit of the conflict have also been added.

Selected Contents: 1. Auditing the Antagonism 2. The Colonial Roots of Antagonism: Fateful Triangles in Ulster, Ireland and Britain, 1609-1620 3. Exercising Control: The Second Protestant Ascendancy, 1920-1962 4. Losing Control: The Collapse of the Unionist Regime, 1963-1972 5. Deadlock, 1972-85: The Limits to British Arbitration 6. The Anglo-Irish Agreement and its Impact 7. Transcending Antagonism?: The Birth of the Peace Process 8. Ceasefires and Beyond 9. The Good Friday Agreement 10. Resolving the Politics of Antagonism 11. The Future of Northern Ireland

August 2011: 246 x 174: 320ppHb: 978-0-415-34905-5: £80.00Pb: 978-0-415-34906-2: £21.99


NEW

Britain and EuropeA Political History Since 1918

N.J. Crowson, University of Birmingham, UK

This textbook provides a comprehensive account of Britain’s uneasy relationship with continental Europe from 1918 to the present day.

Subjects covered include:

• how the experience of the inter-war years and the Second World War helped shape attitudes towards the EU

• european perspectives on Britain and vice versa

• key theories on European integration

• the changing nature of Britain’s global role

• issues of sovereignty and legitimacy

• the role of political parties and the Europeanisation of national government

• the rise of Euroscepticism in British politics and how ‘Europe’ has become entwined in the ideological battles of the main political parties.

Exploring the political, diplomatic and military relationship between Britain and Europe, this accessible and wide-ranging textbook is essential core reading for students of British and European history and politics.

Selected Contents: Introduction 1. Inter-War Years 1918-1939 2. The Post-War Settlement 1940-61 3. The Application Phase 1961-75 4. Britain in Europe: From EEC to EU, 1975-97 5. Europe and New Labour 1997-2010

October 2010: 234 x 156: 224ppHb: 978-0-415-40018-3: £90.00Pb: 978-0-415-40020-6: £25.99eBook: 978-0-203-84049-8


Britain and European Integration since 1945On the Sidelines

David Gowland, Arthur Turner and Alex Wright, all at University of Dundee, UK

’Anyone wishing to understand the historical background to current political and economic issues relating to the European Union cannot do better than start with this clear and accessible account.’ – George Peden, University of Stirling, UK

This book combines an historical account with political analysis to illustrate the changing and multifaceted nature of British and European politics.

Key questions addressed include:

• Why has Europe had such an explosive impact on British politics?

• What impelled British policymakers to join the European Community and to undertake one of the radical, if not the most radical, changes in modern British history?

• What have been the perceived advantages and disadvantages of British membership of the European Union?

• Why has British membership of the European Union rarely attracted a national consensus?

2009: 234 x 156: 312ppHb: 978-0-415-32212-6: £100.00Pb: 978-0-415-32213-3: £25.99eBook: 978-0-203-29990-6


20



NEW

British National PartyContemporary Perspectives

Edited by Nigel Copsey and Graham Macklin, both at University of Teesside, UK

This book examines the recent development of the far right in Britain, with a particular focus on the British National Party (BNP); the most electorally successful far right party in British history. It brings fresh perspectives to our understanding of the BNP in order to make a significant contribution to scholarly debate on the nature of far right extremism both nationally and

internationally.

The book is unique due to its focus on three important yet underdeveloped themes:

• the ideological and cultural politics of contemporary BNP

• responses to the BNP

• the BNP’s place within the contemporary domestic and international far-right milieu.

Written by an outstanding line-up of renowned experts in this field, this is essential reading for all those with an interest in British politics, fascism, political parties, race relations and extremism.

Selected Contents: Introduction: Contemporary Perspectives on the BNP Nigel Copsey Part 1: Ideological and Cultural Politics 1. Modernising the Past for the Future Graham Macklin 2. Race and Racial Difference: The Surface and Depth of BNP Ideology John E. Richardson 3. Multiculturalism and the Sub-Cultural Politics of the BNP James Rhodes Part 2: Responses to the BNP 4. ’The Media = Lies, Lies, Lies!’ The BNP and the Media in Contemporary Britain Nigel Copsey and Graham Macklin 5. Ambivalent Admiration: The Response of Other Extreme Right Groups to the Rise of the BNP Steven Woodbridge 6. From Direct Action to Community Action: The Changing Dynamics of Anti-Fascist Opposition Nigel Copsey 7. The BNP in Local Government: Support for the Far Right or for Community Politics? Karin Bottom and Colin Copus Part 3: International Perspectives 8. Assessing the Political Influence of Anti-Immigrant Parties: The BNP in Comparative European Perspective Anthony Messina 9. Alien Influence: Contextualising the ‘Modernised’ BNP Roger Griffin 10. Local Embedding as a Factor in Electoral Success: The BNP and NPD Compared Fabian Virchow and Nigel Copsey. Conclusion: Further Avenues for Research Graham Macklin



MIDDLE EAST POLITICS

Iraq’s Sunni InsurgencyAhmed S. Hashim, University of New South Wales, Canberra, Australia

Series: Adelphi series

From 2003 to 2008, the Sunni Arab insurgency in Iraq posed a key challenge to political stability in the country and to Coalition objectives there. This paper explains the onset, composition and evolution of this insurgency. It begins by addressing both its immediate and deeper sociopolitical origins, and goes on to examine the multiple ideological strands within the insurgency and their

often conflicting methods and goals.

2009: 234 x 156: 89ppPb: 978-0-415-46655-4: £15.99


Conspiracy Theories in the Arab WorldSources and Politics

Matthew Gray, Australian National University

Conspiracy theories, while not unique to the Middle East, are a salient feature of the political discourses of the region. Strongly reflecting and impacting on state-society relations and indigenous impressions of the world beyond the region, they affect how political behaviour within and among the states of the region is situated, structured, and controlled.

Discounting the common pathological explanation for conspiracism, the author argues that a complex mix of political factors account for most conspiracy theories in the contemporary Arab world. The author argues that the region’s modern history, genuine conspiracies, the complex and oftentimes strained relationship between state and society, the role of the state and the mass media as conspiracy theorists, and the impacts of new technologies have all helped to develop and sustain conspiracist narratives. Drawing on a range of examples and cases, including the impacts of globalization, economic reform, weak state legitimacy, the war in Iraq, the Arab-Israeli issue, the rise of political Islamism, and internet and satellite television, the book illuminates the complex sources of conspiracy theories.



An Atlas of Middle Eastern AffairsEwan W. Anderson, University of Durham, UK and Liam D. Anderson, Wright State University, USA

Cartography by Ian Cool

The Middle East is a major focus of world interest. This atlas provides accessible, concisely written entries on the most important current issues in the Middle East, combining maps with their geopolitical background. Providing a clear context for analysis of key concerns, it includes background topics, the position of the Middle East in the world and profiles of the constituent countries.

Features include:

• clearly and thematically organized sections covering the continuing importance of the Middle East, the background, fundamental concerns, the states and the crucial issues related to the area

• original maps integrated into the text, placing international issues and conflicts in their geographical contexts

• case studies and detailed analysis of each country, complete with relevant statistics and key facts

• coverage of fundamental considerations such as:

• water shortage

• the petroleum industry

• conflicts and boundary issues

• a comprehensive further reading section, enabling students to cover the topic in more depth.

A valuable introduction to undergraduate students of political science and Middle East studies and designed as a primary teaching aid for courses related to the Middle East in the areas of politics, history, geography, economics and military studies, this book is also an outstanding reference source for libraries and anyone interested in these fields.

Selected Contents: Section 1: The Middle East in Context Section 2: The Middle Eastern Background: Geographical and Historical Section 3: Fundamental Concerns Section 4: States of the Middle East Section 5: Key Issues Section 6: Further Reading

2009: 246 x 174: 296ppHb: 978-0-415-45514-5: £80.00Pb: 978-0-415-45515-2: £22.99eBook: 978-0-203-87136-2


21



FORTHCOMING

Gender and Violence in the Middle EastEdited by Moha Ennaji and Fatima Sadiqi, both at Fés University, Morocco

Series: UCLA Center for Middle East Development (CMED) series

This book explores the relationship between Islamism, secularism and violence against women in the Middle East and North Africa. Drawing on case studies from across the region, the authors examine the historical, cultural, religious, social, legal and political factors affecting this key issue.

Chapters by established scholars from within and outside the region highlight:

• the interconnections of violence and various sources of power in the Middle East: the state, society, and the family

• conceptions of violence as family and social practice and dominant discourse

• the role of violence as pattern for social structuring in the nation state.

Dealing with issues that are not easily accessible in the West, this book underlines the importance of understanding realities and problems relevant to Muslim and Arab societies and discusses possible ways of promoting reforms in the MENA region. As such it will be of great interest to students and scholars of gender studies, sociology, political science and criminal justice.



NEW

LebanonThe Politics of a Penetrated Society

Tom Najem, University of Windsor, Canada

Series: The Contemporary Middle East

Lebanon gives a concise and lucid account of contemporary Lebanese society. It provides both a developed understanding of the pre-civil war system and an analysis of how circumstances resulting from the civil war combined with essential pre-war elements to define the contemporary political processes in Lebanon.

Selected Contents: 1. Lebanon Before 1975 2. The Civil War: 1975-1990 3. The Post-War Political System 4. Post-War Reconstruction and the Economy 5. Post-War Foreign Policy: Syrian Penetration and Lebanese Interests 6. Conclusion



NEW

Women in the Middle East and North AfricaAgents of Change

Edited by Fatima Sadiqi and Moha Ennaji, both at Fés University, Morocco


This book examines the position of women in the contemporary Middle East and North Africa (MENA) region. Although it is culturally diverse, this region shares many commonalities with relation to women that are strong, deep, and pervasive: a space-based patriarchy, a culturally strong sense of religion, a smooth co-existence of tradition and modernity, a transitional stage in

development, and multilingualism/multiculturalism.

Experts from within the region and from outside provide both theoretical angles and case studies, drawing on extensive fieldwork and addressing the historical, socio-cultural, political, economic, and legal issues in the region.

Selected Contents: Introduction: Contextualizing Women’s Agency in the MENA Region Part 1: Reconsidering the Foundations of Women, Islam and Political Agency 1. The Veil: Religious/Historical Foundations of the Modern Political Discourse 2. Women, Islam and Political Agency in Morocco 3. Assia Djebar and Malika Mokeddem: Neo-Colonial Agents or Post-Colonial Subjects? 4. Women and Political Reform in Israel Part 2: Women’s Leadership in Civil Society 5. Women’s NGOs and Social Change in Morocco 6. Palestinian Women’s Movements: From Active Militants to Stateless Citizens Part 3: Women and Legal Reform 7. Tunisia at the Forefront of the Arab World: Two Waves of Gender Legislation 8. Feminism and Family Law in Iran: The Struggle for Women’s Economic Citizenship in the Islamic Republic 9. The Legal Status of Women in Egypt: Reform and Social Inertia Part 4: Women, Social, Cultural, Religious and Symbolic Change 10. Algerian Women as Actors of Change and Social Cohesion 11. Women in Turkey: Caught in the Bind Between Tradition and Modernity 12. Women and Language in Tunisia 13. Women, Education and the Redefinition of Empowerment and Change in a Traditional Society: The Case of Oman 14. Transforming Religious Expression: Ishelhin (Berber) Women and the Creation of a Local Islamic Tradition 15. Moroccan Women Contrabandists: Interferences in Public Space 16. The Orient Within: Women ’In-between’ Under Francoism



Government and Politics of the Contemporary Middle EastContinuity and Change

Tareq Y. Ismael, and Jacqueline S. Ismael, both at University of Calgary, Canada

This exciting new book for students of Middle Eastern politics provides a comprehensive introduction to the complexities of the region, its politics and people. Combining a thematic framework for examining patterns of politics with individual chapters dedicated to specific countries, the book explores current issues within an historical context.

Presenting information in an accessible and inclusive format, the book offers:

• coverage of the historical influence of colonialism and major world powers on the shaping of the modern Middle East

• a detailed examination of the legacy of Islam

• analysis of the political and social aspects of Middle Eastern life: alienation between state and society, poverty and social inequality, ideological crises and renewal

• case studies on countries in the Northern Belt (Turkey and Iran); the Fertile Crescent (Iraq, Syria and Lebanon, Israel and Palestine); and those West and East of the Red Sea (Egypt and the members of the Gulf Cooperation Council)

• extensive pedagogical features, including original maps and detailed further reading sections, provide essential support for the reader.

A key introductory text for students of Middle Eastern politics and history at advanced undergraduate and postgraduate levels, this book will also be a significant reference for policy-makers and any motivated reader.

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction: Middle East Politics in the 21st Century: Patterns of Continuity and Change Part 1: Dynamics in Middle East Politics 2. The Burden of History: From Empire to Nation State 3. Legacy of Islam: Continuity and Change Part 2: Major Governments and Politics. The Northern Belt 4. The Republic of Turkey 5. The Islamic Republic of Iran with Ali Rezai The Fertile Crescent 6. The Republic of Iraq with Shereen T. Ismael 7. The Syrian Arab Republic and the Lebanese Republic 8. The State of Israel and the Palestinian National Authority with Glenn E. Perry West and East of the Red Sea 9. The Arab Republic of Egypt 10. The Gulf Cooperation Council



22



NEW

International Law and the Israeli-Palestinian ConflictA Rights-Based Approach to Middle East Peace

Edited by Susan M. Akram, Boston University, USA, Michael Dumper, University of Exeter, UK, Michael Lynk, University of Western Ontario, Canada and Iain Scobbie, School of Oriental and African Studies, University of London, UK

The Israeli-Palestinian conflict has long been intertwined with, and has had a profound influence on, the principles of modern international law. Placing a rights-based approach to the Israeli-Palestinian conflict at the centre of discussions over its peaceful resolution, this book provides detailed consideration of international law and its application to political issues.

Through the lens of international law and justice, the book debunks the myth that law is not useful to its resolution, illustrating through both theory and practice how international law points the way to a just and durable solution to the conflict in the Middle East. Contributions from leading scholars in their respective fields give an in-depth analysis of key issues that have been marginalized in most mainstream discussions of the Israeli-Palestinian conflict:

• Palestinian refugees

• Jerusalem

• security

• legal and political frameworks

• the future of Palestine.



FORTHCOMING

The Kurds and IraqGareth Stansfield, University of Exeter, UK

This book focuses on the history, society and political development of Iraqi Kurdistan from the early twentieth century right up to the present time. It includes an analysis of the latest political developments in terms of the Kurds’ relationship with Iraq and their role in its future.

Selected Contents: Introduction 1. The Kurds and the Formation of Iraq 2. The Kurds and the Monarchy, 1920-1958 3. The Kurds and the Republic, 1958-1968 4. The Kurds and Saddam, 1968-1990 5. The De Facto State of Iraqi Kurdistan, 1991-2003 6. The Kurds and Regime Change. Conclusion



NEW

LibyaContinuity and Change

Ronald Bruce St John, Independent Scholar, USA


This book examines the socioeconomic and political development of Libya from earliest times to the present, concentrating in particular on the four decades of revolutionary rule which began in 1969. Focusing on the twin themes of continuity and change, Ronald Bruce St John emphasises the full extent to which the revolutionary government has distorted the

depth and breadth of the post-1969 revolution by stressing policy change at the expense of policy continuity.

Following a look at pre-independence Libya, the author then traces the progressive development of the revolutionary state through four stages:

• the consolidation of power to 1973

• the projection of power to 1986

• withdrawal and retrenchment to 1999

• the redefinition of the state after 1999.

Highlighting the issues facing the contemporary state and providing possible solutions, this book will be an important text for students of current affairs, history, North Africa and the Middle East.



3rd Edition

State, Power and Politics in the Making of the Modern Middle EastRoger Owen

’An excellent and exemplary introduction to the politics and society of the Middle East. The book’s strengths lie in its comprehensive treatment of the region and the range of themes provided for the reader.’ - Ray Bush, University of Leeds, UK

2004: 234 x 156: 296ppHb: 978-0-415-29713-4: £100.00Pb: 978-0-415-29714-1: £25.99eBook: 978-0-203-40325-9


FORTHCOMING

Modern TurkeyPeople and State in a Globalising World

Bill Park, King’s College London, UK

This book provides a wide ranging overview of Turkey and its people in the contemporary world. In particular it seeks to place them within the context of a rapidly globalizing world and includes chapters on politics, economics, international relations, the Turkic world, religion and recent historical background.

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction: Globalization, Turks and Turkey 2. The Kemalist Legacy: Cult, Ideology and Political Practice 3. Kemalism and State Security 4. Turkey’s Europeanization: A Journey Without an Arrival? 5. From Autarky to Globalization: Turkey’s Economic Transition 6. Turkey and the Kurdish Issue: A Transnationalized Domestic Problem 7. A New Foreign Policy For A Globalized Age? 8. Turkey Between East and West: A Bridge or Afloat? 9. Between Consumers and Producers: Turkey as an Energy Bridge? 10. The Armenian Genocide: A Foreign Policy Problem in a Globalized World 11. Migration, Turkey and Turks 12. The Fethullah Gulen Movement (and Turkish Al Qaeda) as Transnational Phenomena 13. Concluding Thoughts

July 2011: 234 x 156: 224ppHb: 978-0-415-44370-8: £80.00Pb: 978-0-415-44371-5: £23.99


The Israeli-Palestinian ConflictA People’s War

Beverley Milton-Edwards, Queen’s University Belfast, UK

’This book tries to be objective by presenting the spectra of Israeli and Palestinian perceptions of their conflict and possible resolutions. It offers historical background from Ottoman times until the breakdown of the British Mandate and then presents the period from 1948 to 2008 by topic ... The design is excellent ...’ – CHOICE, C.M.

Henry, University of Texas at Austin, USA

2008: 234 x 156: 240ppHb: 978-0-415-41044-1: £80.00Pb: 978-0-415-41043-4: £21.99eBook: 978-0-203-89426-2


23



The Arab-Israeli ConflictAn Introduction and Documentary Reader

Gregory S. Mahler, Earlham College, USA and Alden R.W. Mahler, CNN International, USA

The Arab-Israeli conflict has been one of the most protracted and contentious disputes in the Middle East. This wide-ranging textbook examines the diplomatic and historical setting within which the conflict developed, from both the Israeli and Palestinian perspectives, and gives a comprehensive overview of the peace process.

Enabling students to easily access and study original documents through the supportive framework of a textbook, The Arab-Israeli Conflict:

• presents the seventy most important and widely cited documents in the history of the Israeli-Palestinian conflict

• presents these documents in an edited form to highlight key elements

• includes an introductory chapter which sets the context for the study of the history of the area

• covers a comprehensive historical period, ranging from the 19th Century to the present day

• incorporates a wide range of pedagogical aids: original documents, maps and boxed sections.

This important textbook is an essential aid for courses on the Arab-Israeli conflict and the Middle East peace process, and will be an invaluable reference tool for all students of political science, Middle East studies and history.

Selected Contents: Part 1: Introductory Chapter Part 2: From Herzl (1896) to Recognition as a State (1949) Part 3: From Recognition (1949) Through the Start of a Peace Process (1978) Part 4: From a Peace Treaty (1979) to the Nobel Peace Prize (1994) Part 5: From Interim Agreements (1995) to the Present Time

2009: 246 x 174: 312ppHb: 978-0-415-77460-4: £80.00Pb: 978-0-415-77461-1: £23.99eBook: 978-0-203-87159-1


NEW

The Israel-Palestine ConflictParallel Discourses

Edited by Elizabeth Matthews, California State University, San Marcos, USA


This unique text brings together Israeli and Palestinian viewpoints on a number of key issues and topics in peace negotiations. It makes clear the points of agreement as well as the views that divide. The chapters deal first with three issues that require compromise and resolution for a peace treaty to be realized - water; refugees; and borders, territory and settlements – and then

with three important concepts that can either impede or promote peace: democracy; human rights; and peace culture and education. Thus, the book provides an invaluable opportunity to understand, at least in part, the divergent and even convergent interests and understandings of Israelis and Palestinians on issues and concepts important to the peace process.

Selected Contents: Introduction Part 1: Issues 1. Refugees 2. Borders, Territory, and Settlements 3. Water Part 2: Concepts 4. Democratization and the Domestic Political Environment 5. Human Rights 6. Peace Culture and Education



NEW

The Rise and Fall of Arab JerusalemPalestinian Politics and the City since 1967

Hillel Cohen, Hebrew University of Jerusalem, Israel

Series: Routledge Studies on the Arab-Israeli Conflict

This book examines Palestinian politics in Jerusalem since 1967, and in particular since the outbreak of the second Intifada in September 2000, focusing on the city’s decline as an Arab city and the identity crisis among the Jerusalemite Palestinians. Principally concerned with Palestinian politics and how they have evolved over time from the grass roots upwards, it covers issues such as the

separation wall, military activity and terror, planning regulations, the joint Jewish-Arab struggle against the occupation, and efforts to remove Palestinians from the city.



The Middle East TodayPolitical, Geographical and Cultural Perspectives

Dona Stewart, formerly of Georgia State University, USA

The Middle East Today is an accessible and comprehensive introductory textbook for undergraduate students of Middle East Studies, Middle East politics and geography. The book highlights a host of current issues facing the Middle East, linking them to the rich political, geographical and cultural history of the region. The author examines the crises and conflicts, both current and

potential, likely to dominate the region in coming years.

Key chapters focus on:

• stereotypes of the region

• the making of the modern state system

• contemporary Islamist thought

• the Arab-Israeli conflicts

• the struggle for economic and social development

• democracy and political transformation in the region.

Selected Contents: Part 1: Introduction to the Region Part 2: Emergence and Evolution of the Region Part 3: Contemporary Issues and Challenges Part 4: The Future of the Region

2009: 246 x 189: 232ppHb: 978-0-415-77243-3: £75.00Pb: 978-0-415-77242-6: £24.99eBook: 978-0-203-88414-0


TunisiaStability and Reform in the Modern Maghreb

Christopher Alexander, Davidson College, USA


This book gives a concise yet comprehensive overview of Tunisia’s political and economic development from the mid-nineteenth century to the present. Written specifically for a non-specialist audience, the book examines the factors that make Tunisia one of the Arab world’s most stable and prosperous countries, and deals with the political and economic dynamics of the Arabic-

speaking, Muslim world.

Selected Contents: Introduction 1. State-Building and Independence in Tunisia 2. Authoritarianism and Stability in Tunisian Politics 3. Stability, Reform, and Development in Tunisia’s Economy 4. Tunisia and the World 5. Stability, Reform, and Tunisia’s Future



24


AFRICAN POLITICS

AFRICAN POLITICS

China’s African ChallengesSarah Raine


This book examines the challenges facing chinese involvement in Africa, considering Africa as a testing ground, both for Chinese companies ‘going global’ and for a Chinese government that is increasingly having to deal with issues beyond its shores and immediate control. What does China need to do to protect and develop its African engagements, against a

backdrop of mounting African expectations, concerns from Western actors in Africa, and the rival presence of other emerging actors? How sustainable is the momentum that China has established in its African ventures?

2009: 234 x 156: 270ppPb: 978-0-415-55693-4: £9.99


3rd Edition

An Introduction to African PoliticsAlex Thomson, Coventry University, UK

’The diversity of African politics is further illustrated by the inclusion of detailed case studies of individual countries, accompanied by boxed summaries of the main point in each chapter. This is a textbook which is well-presented and user friendly.’ - The Times

’No student of Sub-Saharan African politics can afford to be without this text. It is, by

a quite considerable degree, the best current work in the field’ - Adrian Flint, University of Bristol, UK

The third edition of An Introduction to African Politics continues to be the ideal textbook for those new to the study of this fascinating continent. It gets to the heart of the politics of this part of the world, tackling questions such as: How is modern Africa still influenced by its colonial past? How do strong ethnic identities on the continent affect government? Why has the military been so influential? Why do African states have such difficulty managing their economies? How does African democracy differ from democracy in the West?

The result is a textbook that identifies the essential features of African politics, allowing students to grasp the recurring political patterns that have dominated this continent since independence.

FEATURES AND BENEFITS OF THE THIRD EDITION:

• Thematically organised, exploring colonialism, ethnicity, nationalism, religion, social class, ideology, legitimacy, authority, sovereignty and democracy.

• Identifies key recurrent themes such as the competitive relationships between the African state, its civil society and external interests.

• Boxed case studies, including: Kenya, Tanzania, Nigeria, Botswana, Côte d’Ivoire, Uganda, Somalia, Ghana, Democratic Republic of the Congo and Zimbabwe.

• Each chapter concludes with key terms and definitions, as well as questions and advice on further reading.

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction: State, Civil Society and External Interests 2. History: Africa’s Pre-Colonial and Colonial Inheritance 3. Ideology: Nationalism, Socialism, Populism and State Capitalism 4. Ethnicity and Religion: ’Tribes’, Gods and Political Identity 5. Social Class: The Search for Class Politics in Africa 6. Legitimacy: Neo-Patrimonialism, Personal Rule and the Centralisation of the African State 7. Coercion: Military Intervention in African Politics 8. Sovereignty I: External Influences on African Politics 9. Sovereignty II: Neo-Colonialism, Structural Adjustment and Africa’s Political Economy 10. Authority: The Crises of Accumulation, Governance and State Collapse 11. Democracy: Re-Legitimising the African State? 12. Conclusions: State and Civil Society in Post-Colonial Africa



ASIAN POLITICS

FORTHCOMING

The Routledge Atlas of Central Eurasian AffairsStanley D. Brunn, University of Kentucky, USA and Stanley Toops, Miami University, Ohio, USA

This Atlas provides concisely written entries on the most important current issues in the Central Asia and Eurasia. It will be a valuable resource for undergraduate and graduate classes in geography, history, economics, anthropology, international relations, political science and the environment as well as regional courses on the Former Soviet Union, Central Asia, and Eurasia.

Selected Contents: 1. Defining the Region 2. History 3. Population 4. Environmental Bases 5. Economy 6. Energy 7. Culture 8. Politics 9. Cities. Glossary. Bibliography. Listservs and Websites. Journals. Indexes: Subject and Places

November 2011: 246 x 174: 240ppHb: 978-0-415-49750-3: £85.00Pb: 978-0-415-49752-7: £23.99


FORTHCOMING

The Routledge Atlas of South Asian AffairsRobert W. Bradnock, King’s College London, UK

This Atlas highlights the global significance of South Asia in relation to economic, geopolitical and strategic interests. It provides a coherent descriptive and analytical account of the key elements of the complex societies that make up the region and its component countries.

Selected Contents: 1. South Asia in its Global Context 2. The Geographical Environment 3. The Historical Evolution of Modern South Asia 4. Key Issues in South Asia 5. The Economy 6. Defence and Security 7. South Asia, its Neighbours and the World



25


ASIAN POLITICS

NEW

Politics in IndiaStructure, Process and Policy

Subrata K. Mitra, University of Heidelberg, Germany

A comprehensive analysis of the broad spectrum of India’s politics, the book explains the key features of Indian politics in a comparative and accessible narrative, illustrated with relevant maps, life stories, statistics and opinion data. Using familiar concepts of comparative politics the book highlights the policy process, with a focus on anti-poverty measures, liberalisation of the

economy, nuclearisation and relations with the United States and Asian neighbours such as Pakistan and China. While managing to introduce the novice to India, this accessible, genuinely comparative account of India’s political evolution also engages the expert in a deep contemplation of the nature of strategic manoeuvring within India’s domestic and international context.

2010: 246 x 174: 288ppHb: 978-0-415-58588-0: £85.00Pb: 978-0-415-58589-7: £22.99


India, Pakistan, and DemocracySolving the Puzzle of Divergent Paths

Philip Oldenburg, Columbia University, USA

This book focuses on the specificities and the nuances of the state systems of India and Pakistan. It examines in detail the balance of authority and power between popular or elected politicians and the state apparatus through substantial historical analysis. A comparative analysis as well as a historical overview of the two countries, this book constitutes essential reading for students of

South Asian History and Politics. It is a useful and balanced introduction to the politics of India and Pakistan.

2010: 234 x 156: 288ppHb: 978-0-415-78018-6: £85.00Pb: 978-0-415-78019-3: £24.99


Indian Political ThoughtA Reader

Edited by Aakash Singh, Luiss University, Italy and Silika Mohapatra, University of Delhi, India

This Reader provides a comprehensive introduction to the study of contemporary Indian political theory. It gives students a clear introduction to the most influential literature in the field. Tracing the development of the discipline, it brings together contributions by outstanding and well-known academics on contemporary Indian political thought. Presenting a canon of names

and offering a framework for further research within the broad thematic categories, this is a timely and invaluable reference tool.

Selected Contents: Foreword. Introduction: What is Indian Political Thought? Aakash Singh and Silika Mohapatra Part 1: Provocation 1. The Poverty of Indian Political Theory Bhikhu Parekh Part 2: Evocation 2. Gandhi’s Ambedkar Ramachandra Guha 3. The Quest for Justice: Evoking Ghandi Neera Chandhoke 4. Tagore and His India Amartya Sen Part 3: Secularization 5. Is Secularism Alien to Indian Civilization? Romila Thapar 6. Secularism Revisited: Doctrine of Destiny or Political Ideology? T.N. Madan 7. The Distinctiveness of Indian Secularism Rajeev Bharghava Part 4: Communalization 8. The Blindness of Insight: Why Communalism in India is about Caste Dilip M. Menon 9. In Search of Integration and Identity: Indian Muslims since Independence Mushiral Hasan 10. Sikh Fundamentalism: Translating History into Theory Harjot Oberoi Part 5: Modernization 11. Gandhi, Newton and the Enlightenment Akeel Bilgrami 12. Scientific Temper: Arguments for an Indian Enlightenment Meera Nanda 13. Outline of a Revisionist Theory of Modernity Sudipta Kaviraj Part 6: Reconstruction 14. Reconstructing Childhood: A Critique of the Ideology of Adulthood Ashis Nandy 15. Subaltern Studies as Postcolonial Criticism Gyan Prakash 16. The Commitment to Theory Homi Bhabha Part 7: Emancipation 17. Justice of Human Rights in Indian Constitutionalism Upendra Baxi 18. Emancipatory Feminist Theory in Postcolonial India Ratna Kapur 19. Righting Wrongs Gayatri Chakravorty Spivak Part 8: Conclusion 20. The Poverty of Western Political Theory: Concluding Remarks on Concepts like ‘Community’ East and West Partha Chatterjee

2010: 246 x 174: 328ppHb: 978-0-415-56293-5: £85.00Pb: 978-0-415-56294-2: £25.99


Japan’s RemilitarisationChristopher W. Hughes


Is Japan on a path towards assuming a greater military role internationally, or has the recent military normalisation ground to a halt since the premiership of Junichiro Koizumi? In this book, Christopher W. Hughes assesses developments in defence expenditure, civil–military relations, domestic and international military–industrial complexes, Hughes argues that many post-war constraints on

Japan’s military role are still eroding, and that Tokyo is moving towards a more assertive military role and strengthened US–Japan cooperation. Japan’s remilitarisation will boost its international security role and the dominance of the US–Japan alliance in regional and global security affairs, but will need to be carefully managed if it is not to become a source of destabilising tensions.

2009: 234 x 156: 188ppPb: 978-0-415-55692-7: £9.99


Transforming PakistanWays Out of Instability

Hilary Synnott, IISS, UK


The book describes the historical and political background to Pakistan’s current turmoil, its relevance to international interests in Afghanistan and in combating terrorism, and how best to deal with Pakistan in the light of those interests.

2009: 234 x 156: 186ppPb: 978-0-415-56260-7: £9.99


26


ASIAN POLITICS

NEW

East Asian TransformationOn the Political Economy of Dynamism, Governance and Crisis

Jeffrey Henderson, University of Bristol, UK

This book brings together benchmark essays in the field of global political economy, covering the key political-economic issues of East Asian development: the relation between the state and markets; the changing nature of economic governance and its relation to inequality; and the rise of China and its international consequences.

Selected Contents: Preface: An East Asian Journey. Acknowledgements 1. Making Sense of East Asian Transformation 2. Danger and Opportunity in the Transformation Process 3. States and Transformation 4. Economic Crises and Governance Failures 5. Governing Growth and Inequality 6. Limits to Industrialization with Richard Phillips 7. China and Global Development 8. Towards a Global-Asian Era? Endnotes. References. Index



Rethinking Japanese SecurityInternal and External Dimensions

Peter J. Katzenstein, Cornell University, USA

Series: Security and Governance

This collection brings together Peter J. Katzenstein’s selected essays on the regional and domestic dimensions of Japan’s security policy. Using a theoretical and comparative perspective, it covers recent developments in Japanese security.

2008: 234 x 156: 304ppHb: 978-0-415-77394-2: £85.00Pb: 978-0-415-77395-9: £22.99eBook: 978-0-203-92874-5


East Asia’s New DemocraciesDeepening, Reversal, Non-liberal Alternatives

Edited by Yin-wah Chu, Hong Kong Baptist University and Siu-lun Wong, University of Hong Kong

Series: Politics in Asia

Reflects on the contemporary situations in the new democracies of East Asia, and debates on the prospect of introducing liberal democracy to this area. The chapters cover a wide range of cases, including in-depth examination of China, Korea, Taiwan, the Philippines, Thailand, and broad comparisons of other countries.

Selected Contents: 1. East Asia’s New Democracies: An Introduction

Part 1: Transition, Consolidation, Reversal: Actors Then and Now 2. Social and Political Developments in China: Challenges for Democratization 3. Civil Society and Democracy-Making in Taiwan: Reexamining the Link 4. The Bottom-Up Nature of Korean Democratization: Civil Society, Anti-Americanism and Popular Protest 5. Modernization Theory’s Last Redoubt: Democratization in East and Southeast Asia 6. Development and Change in Korean Democracy since the Democratic Transition in 1987: The Three Kims’ Politics and After 7. Thailand’s Conservative Democratization Part 2: Democracy in East Asia? Achievements and Enduring Challenges 8. Democracy and Disorder: Will Democratization Bring Greater Regional Instability to East Asia? 9. Democracy’s Double Edge: Financing Social Policy in Industrial East Asia 10. Devolution and Democracy: A Fragile Connection 11. Rule of Law and Democracy: Lessons for China from Asian Experiences 12. Group Rights and Democracy in Southeast Asia 13. Diagnosing the Micro Foundation of Democracy in Asia: Evidence from the AsiaBarometer Survey: 2003-2008



FORTHCOMING

Government and Politics in TaiwanDafydd Fell, School of Oriental and African Studies, University of London, UK

Series: Routledge Research on Taiwan Series

This new textbook introduces the reader to the big questions that concern change and continuity in how politics operates and how Taiwan is governed. Taking a critical approach, Dafydd Fell provides students with the essential background to the history and development of the political system as well as an explanation of the key structures, processes and institutions that have shaped Taiwan over the last few decades.

THE KEY BENEFITS OF THIS TEXT ARE:

• Suggestions for further reading.

• Boxed lists of key terms and figures.

• End of chapter study questions.

• Discussion points.

• Graphs, figures and photographs.

• A series of case studies highlighting the vibrancy of Taiwanese politics.

Government and Politics in Taiwan is an essential text for any course on Taiwanese politics, Chinese politics and East Asian Politics. It is also important supplementary reading for courses covering the process of democratisation.

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. Authoritarian Rule 3. Transition to Democracy 4. Government and Constitutional Structure 5. Electoral Politics & Voting Behaviour 6. Party Politics 7. Competing National Identities 8. Cross-Strait Relations 9. Foreign Policy Making 10. Political Economy 11. Local and Factional Politics 12. Social Welfare System 13. Social Movements 14. The Fall of the DPP and the New KMT Era 15. Challenges for Taiwan’s Democracy

July 2011: 234 x 156: 256ppHb: 978-0-415-57538-6: £85.00Pb: 978-0-415-57542-3: £22.99


27


ASIAN POLITICS

NEW3rd Edition

The International Politics of the Asia PacificMichael Yahuda, London School of Economics and Political Science, University of London, UK

Series: Politics in Asia

This fully revised third edition of Michael Yahuda’s extremely successful textbook brings the region fully up-to-date, introducing students to the international politics of the Asia-Pacific region since 1945. As well as assessing the post-cold War uncertainties that challenged balance and power within the region, Yahuda also examines the first decade of the new millennium which includes

no let up on the ‘war on terror’, new political administrations in all the key player-states and increased cooperative security between some nations, polarised by volatile relationships between others. Analyzing politics in terms of global, regional and local trends.

FEATURES OF THE NEW EDITION:

• In-depth discussion of the Bush administration legacy and where the Obama administration’s vision takes their policy.

• Analysis of post-Koizumi/post-Abe Japan.

• Examination of the continued Rise of China in terms of politics, security and economic dominance.

• Ongoing debates concerning the ‘war on terror’ and how this shifts, forms and reforms relationships.

• Asia-Pacific security issues.

This new third edition will continue to be a core text for students of Asian politics, international relations and Cold war history.

Selected Contents: Section 1: The Cold War, 1945–1989 Part 1: The International Politics of the Asia-Pacific Introduction 1. The Impact of the Cold War and the Struggles for Independence, 1945–1954 2. The Application of Bipolarity, 1954–1970 3. The Period of Tripolarity, 1971–1989 Part 2: The Policies of the Great Powers 4. The United States and the Asia-Pacific 5. The Soviet Union/Russia and the Asia-Pacific 6. China and the Asia-Pacific 7. Japan and the Asia-Pacific Section 2: The post-Cold War Period Part 1: The Era of American Pre-Eminence 8. From Unipolarity to Multipolarity 1991-2010 9. The United States: From the End of the Cold War to the War on Terrorism and Beyond 10. China: China’s Ascent to Global Economic Power and Political Influence 11. Japan: Coping with Relative Decline




Japan’s International RelationsPolitics, Economics and Security

Hugo Dobson, University of Sheffield, UK, Julie Gilson, University of Birmingham, UK, Glenn D. Hook, University of Sheffield, UK and Christopher W. Hughes, University of Warwick, UK

Series: Sheffield Centre for Japanese Studies/Routledge Series

The latest edition of this textbook provides a clear and concise introduction to the most important aspects of Japan’s role in the global politics of the twenty-first century. The book has been fully updated and revised to include discussion of such recent events as:

• the war on terrorism

• Japan’s proactive role after 9/11

• Bush’s foreign policy towards Asia

• Koizumi’s visit to North Korea and the crisis on the Korean Peninsula.

Extensively illustrated, the text includes statistics, maps, photographs, summaries and suggestions for further reading, making it essential reading for those studying Japanese politics, and the international relations of the Asia Pacific.

Selected Contents: Part 1: Japan’s International Relations: What, Why and How 1. The Significance of Japan’s International Relations 2. Explaining Japan’s International Relations Part 2: Japan-United States Relations 3. Introduction 4. Japan-United States Political Relations 5. Japan-United States Economic Relations 6. Japan-United States Security Relations 7. Conclusion Part 3: Japan-East Asia Relations 8. Introduction 9. Japan-East Asia Political Relations 10. Japan-East Asia Economic Relations 11. Japan–East Asia Security Relations 12. Conclusion Part 4: Japan-Europe Relations 13. Introduction 14. Japan-Europe Political Relations 15. Japan-Europe Economic Relations 16. Japan-Europe Security Relations 17. Conclusion Part 5: Japan-Global Institutions 18. Introduction 19. Japan-United Nations 20. Japan-Economic Institutions 21. Japan-G7/8 22. Conclusion Part 6: Japan’s International Relations: What Next? 23. Japan Explained 24. Japan: The Challenge of Globalization. Chronology of Japan and World Affairs 1933 to 2006



FORTHCOMING

Taiwan’s DemocracyEconomic and Political Challenges

Edited by Robert Ash, School of Oriental and African Studies, UK, John W. Garver, Georgia Institute of Technology, USA and Penelope Prime, Mercer University, USA

Series: Routledge Research on Taiwan Series

This book analyses the political and economic challenges Taiwan has faced since since its democratic revolution began with the lifting of martial law in 1987.

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction John Garver Part 1: Constitutional Debate Amidst Political Challenges 2. The Politics of Constitutional Reform in Taiwan Shelley Rigger 3. Negotiating National Identity in Taiwan: Between Nativisation and De-Sinicisation Christopher R. Hughes 4. The Polarization of Taiwan’s Party Competition in the DPP Era Dafydd Fell Part 2: Economic Restructuring in the Global Context 5. Is the Taiwan Model of Growth, Human Resource Development and Equity Sustainable in the Twenty-First Century? Anne Booth 6. Taiwan’s Industrial Policy and the Economic Rise of the PRC: Opportunities and Challenges Yun-Peng Chu and Gee San 7. Trade, Investment and Technological Upgrading: Opportunities and Challenges Facing Taiwan Barry Naughton 8. Globalization, Dynamic Comparative Advantage and Taiwan’s Drive for Sustainable Development Peter C.Y. Chow

July 2011: 234 x 156: 256ppHb: 978-0-415-60457-4: £90.00Pb: 978-0-415-60458-1: £25.99



The New Global Politics of the Asia PacificMichael Connors, La Trobe University, Australia, Remy Davison, Monash University, Australia and Jörn Dosch, University of Leeds, UK

The fully up-dated second edition of this introductory textbook presents a coherent framework for understanding the complex international and global politics of the Asia Pacific region. The authors provide an overview of the main players, institutions and contemporary issues, such as security and transnational actors.

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction: The Asia-Pacific

Century? 2. The United States in the Asia-Pacific: Still the Hegemon? 3. The Rise of China in the Asia-Pacific 4. Japan: The Power that Dares Not Speak its Name? 5. Russia and India in the Asia-Pacific 6. Australia: Between an Ally and a ‘True Friend’ 7. Southeast Asia: ASEAN and the Challenge of Regionalism in the Asia-Pacific 8. Europe and the Asia-Pacific: Achievements of Inter-Regionalism 9. Regional Security: Legacies and New Challenges 10. Globalization v. Regionalism in the Asia-Pacific? 11. Political Economy Approaches to the Rise, Fall and Return of the “Asian Miracle” 12 .Actors Beyond Borders? Transnational Actors in the Asia-Pacific 13. Asian Values Redux? The International Politics of Rights, Democracy and Culture

August 2011: 246 x 174: 288ppHb: 978-0-415-46496-3: £85.00Pb: 978-0-415-46497-0: £22.99


28


CHINESE POLITICS

CHINESE POLITICS

Chinese Foreign PolicyAn Introduction

Marc Lanteigne

This textbook is an introduction to the study of contemporary Chinese foreign policy. Examining the patterns of engagement with various domestic and international actors that have shaped Beijing’s foreign policy since the Cold War, it explores a series of ongoing questions and trends, as well as offering an in-depth look at key points of China’s current global relations.

Bringing together the many different facets of China’s foreign interests, the volume presents a comprehensive overview of the country’s international affairs, covering such key issues as:

• the rise of globalization

• the country’s bilateral and multilateral approaches to international problem-solving

• the increase in the number and types of international regimes

• modern security challenges

• the question of American hegemony

• Beijing’s changing political, strategic and economic linkages with the developed and developing world.

Chinese Foreign Policy will be of great interest to upper-level students of Chinese international relations, Asian politics, comparative foreign policy and international relations, as well as professionals interested in China’s changing place in the global system.

2009: 246 x 174: 176ppHb: 978-0-415-46523-6: £90.00Pb: 978-0-415-46524-3: £23.99eBook: 978-0-203-88121-7


Chinese Security PolicyStructure, Power and Politics

Robert Ross, Boston College, MA, USA

This volume provides a coherent and comprehensive understanding of Chinese security policy, comprising essays written by one of America’s leading scholars.

Chinese Security Policy covers such fundamental areas as the role of international structure in state behavior, the use of force in international politics (including deterrence, coercive diplomacy, and war), and the

sources of great-power conflict and cooperation and balance of power politics, with a recent focus on international power transitions. The research integrates the realist literature with key issues in Chinese foreign policy, thereby placing China’s behaviour in the larger context of the international political system. Within this framework, Chinese Security Policy considers the importance of domestic politics and leadership in Chinese policy making.

This book examines how Chinese strategic vulnerability since U.S.-China rapprochement in the early 1970s has compelled Beijing to seek cooperation with the United States and to avoid U.S.-China conflict over Taiwan. It also addresses the implications of the rise of China for the security of both United States and of Chinese neighbors in East Asia, and considers the implications of China’s rise for the regional balance of power and the emerging twenty-first century East Asian security order.

2009: 234 x 156: 352ppHb: 978-0-415-77785-8: £90.00Pb: 978-0-415-77786-5: £25.99eBook: 978-0-203-87601-5


FORTHCOMING

Charting China’s FutureDomestic and International Challenges

Edited by David Shambaugh, George Washington University, USA

Charting China’s Future provides informed analysis on the complexities of today’s China, and where these complexities may lead; from some of the world’s leading Asia experts. The contributors have provided clear, intelligible, and forward-looking analyses, free of social science jargon and extensive footnotes. Probing into many of the key domestic and external issues facing China today from political, economic and social perspectives the book proffers a forward-looking analysis that will appeal to anyone with a professional, academic or personal interest in the big issues facing today’s China and its interaction with the world. Readers will find much to contemplate about China’s future in this volume, and will gain a clearer sense of the key variables and possible trajectories of one of the most consequential countries on the planet.



Chinese PoliticsState, Society and the Market

Edited by Peter Gries, University of Oklahoma, USA and Stanley Rosen, University of Southern California, USA

Series: Asia’s Transformations

Written by a team of leading China scholars this text interrogates the dynamics of state power and legitimation in 21st Century China.

Despite the continuing economic successes and rising international prestige of China there has been increasing social protests over corruption, land seizures, environmental concerns, and homeowner movements. Such political

contestation presents an opportunity to explore the changes occurring in China today – what are the goals of political contestation, how are Chinese Communist Party leaders legitimizing their rule, who are the specific actors involved in contesting state legitimacy today and what are the implications of changing state-society relations for the future viability of the People’s Republic?

Key subjects covered include:

• the legitimacy of the Communist Party

• internet censorship

• ethnic resistance

• rural and urban contention

• nationalism

• youth culture

• labour relations.

Selected Contents: Introduction: Political Change, Contestation, and Pluralization in China Today Jessica Teets, Stanley Rosen, and Peter Hays Gries 1. Dilemmas of Party Adaptation: The CCP’s Strategies for Survival Bruce Dickson 2. Legitimacy Crisis in China? Vivienne Shue 3. Society in the State: China’s Nondemocratic Political Pluralization Andrew Mertha 4. Protest Leadership in Rural China Lianjiang Li and Kevin O’Brien 5. Tenuous Tolerance in China’s Countryside Teresa Wright 6. Social Inequality under Reform and Opening Martin Whyte 7. Chinese Youth and State-Society Relations Stanley Rosen 8. Censorship and Surveillance in Chinese Cyberspace: Beyond the Great Firewall Patricia Thornton 9. The Politics of Art Repatriation: Nationalism, State Legitimation, and Beijing’s Looted Zodiac Animal Heads Richard Kraus 10. Tibetans, Uygurs, and Multinational ‘China’: Han-Minority Relations and State Legitimation Colin Mackerras 11. A Question of Confidence: State Legitimacy and the New Urban Poor Dorothy Solinger 12. Recasting Labor Relations through Welfare Rights Mark Frazier



29


INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS

3rd Edition

Chinese SocietyChange, Conflict and Resistance

Edited by Elizabeth J. Perry, Harvard University, USA and Mark Selden, Cornell University, USA

Series: Asia’s Transformations

Reviews of the second editon:

’Indispensable reading for Scholars of Chinese society. Each of the book’s uniformly excellent well-written and substantive chapters open by providing enough historical background on its specific topic to make it comprehensible enough to advanced undergraduates as well as the general informed reader.’ - The China Journal

This bestselling introduction to Chinese society uses the themes of resistance and protest to explore the complexity of life in contemporary China. An interdisciplinary and international team of China scholars draw on perspectives from sociology, anthropology, psychology, history and political science and covers a broad range of issues.

Topics covered include:

• labour and environmental disputes

• rural and ethnic conflict

• migration

• legal challenges

• intellectual and religious dissidence

• opposition to family planning.

The newly revised, third edition adds two new chapters on gender and the family, and the reform of the Hukou system thus providing a comprehensive text for both undergraduates and specialists in the field, encouraging the reader to challenge conventional images of contemporary Chinese society.

Selected Contents: Introduction: Reform and Resistance in Contemporary China 1. Rights & Resistance: The Changing Contexts of the Dissident Movement 2. The Revolution of Resistance 3. Pathways of Labor Activism 4. Contesting Rural Spaces: Land Disputes, Customary Tenure and the State 5. Conflict, Resistance, and the Reform of the Hukou System 6. The Externalities of Development: Can New Political Institutions Manage Rural Conflict? 7. Gender, Family and Resistance 8. Domination, Resistance and Accommodation in China’s One-Child Campaign 9. Village Governance, Taxation and Resistence 10. Environmental Protests in Rural China 11. Alter/Native Mongolian Identity: From Nationality to Ethnic Group 12. The New Cybersects: Popular Religion, Repression and Resistance 13. Chinese Christianity: Indigenization and Conflict




2nd Edition

Issues In International RelationsEdited by Trevor C. Salmon, University of Aberdeen, UK and Mark F. Imber, University of St. Andrews, UK

This is a clear and simple, but stimulating, introduction to the most significant issues within international relations in the 21st Century.

2008: 246 x 174: 280ppHb: 978-0-415-43126-2: £85.00Pb: 978-0-415-43127-9: £24.99For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415431279

FORTHCOMING

International History & International RelationsAndrew Williams, University of St. Andrews, UK, Amelia Hadfield, University of Kent, UK and Simon Rofe, Kings College London, UK

This innovative new textbook seeks to provide undergraduate students of international relations with valuable and relevant historical context, bridging the gap and offering a genuinely interdisciplinary approach. Each chapter integrates both historical analysis and literature allowing students to understand the historical context in which these core issues of International Relations have developed.

The book is organised thematically around the key issues in international relations. Each chapter provides an overview of the main historical context, theories and literature in each area and applies this to the study of international relations.

Selected Contents: 1. Diplomatic, International and Global History 2. War 3. Peace 4. Sovereignty 5. Empire 6. International Organisations 7. Identity 8. Conclusion

August 2011: 246 x 174: 224ppHb: 978-0-415-48178-6: £80.00Pb: 978-0-415-48179-3: £23.99


Contemporary China - An IntroductionMichael Dillon, formerly University of Durham, UK

This book presents a concise introduction to contemporary China. It is intended as a first book for those coming new to the subject, providing the essential information that most people need to know.

The book provides an up-to-date and clear guide to the often bewildering changes which have taken place in China in the late twentieth and early twenty-first centuries. It

draws on the enormous body of empirical and theoretical research that is being carried out by economists, political scientists and sociologists on contemporary China, but is itself written in non-technical and accessible language. It does not assume any previous knowledge of China and explanations of Chinese terms are provided throughout the book. Pedagogy includes a chronology, a glossary of Chinese terms, biographical notes on key figures, and a guide to further reading.

2008: 234 x 156: 312ppHb: 978-0-415-34320-6: £90.00Pb: 978-0-415-34319-0: £23.99eBook: 978-0-203-48294-0


NEW

Governance of Life in Chinese Moral ExperienceThe Quest for an Adequate Life

Edited by Everett Zhang, Princeton University, USA and Arthur Kleinman and Weiming Tu, both at Harvard University, USA

China has experienced a tremendous turn-around over the past three decades from the ethos of sacrificing life to the emergent appeal for valuing life. This book takes an interdisciplinary look at China during these decades of transformation through the defining theme of governance of life. With an emphasis on how to achieve an adequate life, the contributors integrate a

whole range of life-related domains including: the death of Sun Zhigang, the peril caused by rising tobacco consumption, the turning points in the fight against AIDS, the intensely evolving birth policy, the emerging biological citizenship, and so on. In doing so, they explore how biological life has been governed differently to enhance the wellbeing of the population instead of promoting ideological goals. This change, dubbed ’the deepening in governmentality,’ is one of the most important driving forces for China’s rise, and will have huge bearings on how the Chinese will achieve an adequate life in the 21st century.



30




Introduction to Global PoliticsRichard W. Mansbach, Iowa State University, USA and Kirsten L. Taylor, Berry College, Georgia, USA

An essential textbook for introductory courses on Global Politics or International Relaions, this 2nd edition of Introduction to Global Politics is fully revised throughout. Emphasism is on the theme of change and continuity, it introduces students to the key developments in current global politics in order to help them make sense of major trends that are shaping our world. It explains global politics using an historical approach, integrating theory with events at individual, state and global levels.

This is a highly illustrated textbook with student activities throughout. Definitions of key terms appear throughout the book and are consolidated in a glossary at the end of the book. Every chapter ends with annotated suggestions for further reading, including websites.

KEY UPDATES FOR THE NEW EDITION:

• New chapter on The Causes of War and the Changing Nature of Violence in Global Politics.

• New chapter on Technology and Global Politics.

• Enhanced coverage of theory including post-positivist theories.

• Uses ‘levels of analysis’ framework throughout the text.

• New material on the financial crisis, BRIC and Iran.

Selected Contents: 1. Making Sense of a Complex World: Theory and Global Politics Part 1: The Past as Prologue 2. The Evolution of the Interstate System and Alternative Political Systems 3. The World Wars 4. Background to the Cold War 5. Great Challenges in Contemporary Global Policy Part 2: Living Dangerously in a Dangerous World 6. Anarchy, Power and Realism 7. The Changing Nature of War Part 3: Actors and Institutions 8. Foreign Policy and War 9. International Law and Organization and the Quest for Peace 10. Human Rights: The Individual in Global Politics Part 4: Global Issues 11. International Political Economy 12. The Global South 13. Human Security 14. The Environment: A Global Collective Good Part 5: Peoples and Cultures in Global Politics 15. Identity Politics: Nationalism and Ethnicity Part 6: And Tomorrow? 16. A Globalizing World?



Global PoliticsA New Introduction

Edited by Jenny Edkins, University of Wales, Aberystwyth, UK and Maja Zehfuss, University of Manchester, UK

’One of the freshest, most engaging texts on international politics I’ve read in ages! ... Jenny Edkins and Maja Zehfuss have done the almost impossible - created a text that is globally aware, conceptually rich AND positively engaging. I can imagine students (and their professors) plunging into these enticing questions, making surprising

connections between the cases, testing and refining proposed answers and coming up with fresh insights of their own.’ – Cynthia Enloe, Clark University, USA

’Global Politics: A New Introduction is without doubt an outstanding textbook that will revolutionise the way in which IR is taught. It meets the demands of enquiring minds who all too often come to study IR only to be frustrated and distracted by the parochialism of intra-disciplinary squabbles. The question-based approach is a stunning innovation that opens up the field of IR: overall a teaching and learning aid worthy of its title.’ - Nick Vaughan-Williams, University of Exeter, UK

Global Politics: A New Introduction provides a completely original way of teaching and learning about world politics. The book engages directly with contemporary issues in global politics themselves, helping students to understand key questions and theories and develop a critical and inquiring perspective.

KEY FEATURES OF GLOBAL POLITICS: A NEW INTRODUCTION:

• examines the most significant issues in global politics – from war, peacebuilding, terrorism, security and authority to poverty, development, postcolonialism, human rights, gender, inequality, ethnicity and what we can do to change the world

• common chapter structure thoughout, featuring a key question, an illustrative example, general responses and larger issues

• integrates theory and practice throughout the text, illustrated through a global range of historical and contemporary case studies

• draws on theoretical perspectives from a broad range of disciplines including international relations, political theory, postcolonial studies, sociology, geography, peace studies, development

• extensively illustrated throughout with extensive pedagogic features to further learning, including a support website providing podcast interviews with contributors, weblinks and downloadable maps.

2008: 246 x 189: 568ppHb: 978-0-415-43130-9: £100.00Pb: 978-0-415-43131-6: £26.99


Recommend key titles to your librarian today!

Ensure that your library has access to all the latest publications.

Visit www.routledge.com/info/librarian.asp today and complete our online

Library Recommendation Form.

31



NEW IN PAPERBACK

Routledge Handbook of International LawEdited by David Armstrong, University of Exeter, UK

This Handbook provides a definitive global survey of the interaction of international politics and international law.

Selected Contents: Part 1: The Nature of International Law 1. Is International Law Really Law? 2. The Sources of International Law 3. ‘Hard’ and ‘Soft’ Law in International Relations 4. Compliance Issues 5. International Law and International Society 6. Legal and

Moral Norms in International Society 7. The Effectiveness of International Law 8. Theories of International Law 9. The Practice of International Law Part 2: The Evolution of International Law 10. The Classical World 11. The Era of Grotius 12. Nineteenth Century Positivism 13. Normative Change in International Society 14. Religion(s) and International Law 15. The ‘Legalization’ and ‘Institutionalisation’ of International Relations 16. Globalisation and Claims that We are Moving Towards a Cosmopolitan Rather than Inter-State Legal Community 17. The Increasing Role of Non-State Actors Part 3: Law and Power in International Society 18. Does Law Reflect or Constrain Power? 19. Law and Force in the Twenty First Century 20. American Hegemony and International Law (i) Pro 21. American Hegemony and International Law (ii) Anti 22. The Iraq War 23. Humanitarian Intervention Part 4: Key Issues in International Law 24. The Environment 25. Terrorism 26. The Laws of War 27. Human Rights 28. Trade 29. Finance 30. Intellectual Property 31. The United Nations 32. The International Court of Justice 33. Law of the Sea 34. Refugees and Migrants

January 2011: 246 x 174: 504ppPb: 978-0-415-61052-0: £32.99


FORTHCOMING

Routledge Companion to International RelationsEdited by Alasdair Blair, De Montfort University, UK and Steven Curtis

Routledge Companion to International Relations provides students with clearly written, authoritative and comprehensive information and analysis of all aspects of international relations.

Subjects covered by the Routledge Companion to International Relations include:

• the historical context and development of the modern international system

• theoretical perspectives in international relations

• the key actors and institutions in global affairs

• key contemporary issues and developments.

Selected Contents: Part 1: History and Perspectives 1. The Nature of International Relations 2. The Emergence of the Modern International System: 1648-1945 3. International Relations since 1945 4. Theories of International Relations Part 2: Actors and Institutions 5. The States-System 6. Beyond the State: The Role of Non-State Actors 7. Regions 8. Diplomacy and International Law Part 3: Issues and Developments 9. Contemporary Security Environment 10. Terrorism, International Crime and Global Security 11. Foreign Policy in the Contemporary World 12. Globalization and International Trade 13. Human Rights and Humanitarian Intervention 14. Development 15. Environment 16. Culture and Religion 17. Migration Part 4: The Challenge of International Relations 18. Conclusion Part 5: Reference 19. Glossary 20. Chronology of Key Events 21. Maps 22. Bibliography

October 2011: 234 x 156: 392ppHb: 978-0-415-56574-5: £80.00Pb: 978-0-415-56575-2: £25.99



International Law & the Use of ForceAnthony Arend, Georgetown University, USA and Robert J. Beck, University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee, USA

How does international law restrict the use of force by states? What are the legal implications of using force? This is the second edition of a bestselling textbook first published in 1993. It is fully revised and updated to cover recent key disputes. This is excellent reading for all students with an interest in international law and many of the key challenges faced by the global community.




The Modern StateChristopher Pierson, University of Nottingham, UK

’A comprehensive and readable study that fits easily into undergraduate courses on the state.’ - Mark Laffey, THE

The new edition of this well-established and highly regarded textbook continues to provide the clearest and most comprehensive introduction to the modern state. It examines the state from its historical origins at the birth of modernity to its current jeopardized position in the globalized politics of the 21st Century. The book has been entirely revised and updated throughout, and there is substantial new material on the financial crisis and the environment.

Subjects covered include:

• the evolution of the state system

• placing the state in modernity

• states and societies

• state and economy

• states and citizens

• states and the international order

• states of the twenty-first century.

Selected Contents: Introduction 1. Modern States 2. Placing the State in Modernity 3. States and Societies 4.State and Economy 5. States and Citizens 6. States and the International Order 7. States of the Twenty-First Century 8. Conclusion

June 2011: 234 x 156: 208ppHb: 978-0-415-58761-7: £80.00Pb: 978-0-415-58762-4: £22.99


The Conduct of Inquiry in International RelationsPhilosophy of Science and Its Implications for the Study of World Politics

Patrick Thaddeus Jackson, American University, Washington DC, USA

Series: New International Relations

The Conduct of Inquiry in International Relations provides an introduction to the philosophy of science issues and their implications for the study of global politics. The author draws attention to the problems caused by the misleading notion of a single unified scientific method, and proposes a framework that clarifies the variety of ways that IR scholars establish the authority and validity of their empirical claims. Jackson connects philosophical considerations with concrete issues of research design within neopositivist, critical realist, analyticist, and reflexive approaches to the study of world politics. Envisioning a pluralist science for a global IR field, this volume organizes the significant differences between methodological stances so as to promote internal consistency, public discussion, and worldly insight as the hallmarks of any scientific study of world politics.

This important volume will be essential reading for all students and scholars of International Relations, Political Science and Philosophy of Science.

Selected Contents: 1. Playing with Fire 2. Philosophical Wagers 3. Neopositivism 4. Critical Realism 5. Analyticism 6. Reflexivity 7. A Pluralist Science of IR



32



FORTHCOMING

Deconstructing International PoliticsMichael Dillon, University of Lancaster, UK

Series: Interventions

This book is the first full length manuscript to draw on the insights and techniques of deconstruction to analyse international relations. Influenced primarily by Derrida, it critiques the cornerstones of international relations such as modernity, the state, the subject, security and ethics and justice.

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction: Derrida for

Starters Part 1: Deconstructing the Modern 2. The Sign of the State 3. The Sovereign and the Stranger 4. The Scandal of the Refugee Part 2: Deconstructing Security 5. Security and Subjectivity 6. Modernity, Discourse and Deterrence 7. Deconstructing the Military Body Part 3: International Politics to Come 8. Another Justice 9. Transformation 10. Conclusion: Another International

August 2011: 234 x 156: 224ppHb: 978-0-415-55669-9: £80.00Pb: 978-0-415-55670-5: £24.99


New Challenges to DemocratizationEdited by Peter Burnell, University of Warwick, UK and Richard Youngs, FRIDE, Spain

Series: Democratization Studies

Brings together leading international scholars to assess the claim that democratization around the world is facing a serious challenge and features in-depth studies on US democracy promotion, the Middle East, Russia, China and new democracies.

2009: 234 x 156: 240ppHb: 978-0-415-46741-4: £80.00Pb: 978-0-415-46742-1: £22.99eBook: 978-0-203-86997-0


NEW2nd Edition

The Practice of DiplomacyIts Evolution, Theory and Administration

Keith Hamilton, Foreign & Commonwealth Office, UK and Richard Langhorne, Rutgers, State University of New Jersey, USA

Practice of Diplomacy has become established as a classic text in the study of diplomacy. This much-needed second edition is completely reworked and updated throughout and builds on the strengths of the original text with a strong empirical and historical focus.

Topics new and updated for this edition include:

• discussion of Ancient and non-European diplomacy including a more thorough treatment of pre-Hellenic and Muslim diplomacy and the diplomatic methods prevalent in the inter-state system of the Indian sub-continent

• evaluation of human rights diplomacy from the nineteenth-century campaign against the slave trade onwards

• a fully updated and revised account of the inter-war years and the diplomacy of the Cold War, drawing on the latest scholarship in the field

• an entirely new chapter discussing core issues such as climate change; NGOs and coalitions of NGOs; trans-national corporations; foreign ministries and IGOs; the revolution in electronic communications; public diplomacy; transformational diplomacy and faith-based diplomacy.

This text has established itself as a core text in the field of diplomacy and this new edition is absolutely essential reading for students and practitioners of diplomacy.



Civilizations in World PoliticsPlural and Pluralist Perspectives

Edited by Peter J. Katzenstein, Cornell University, USA

‘For a state of the art view of civilization in world politics, look no further.’ - Iver B. Neumann, Norwegian Institute of International Affairs (NUPI), Norway

‘Rescuing the concept of civilizations from the polemical jaws of Samuel Huntington, this book shows how civilization can be a vibrant category of analysis and how collectivities

around the world unite and divide around it. With characteristic flair, erudition, provocation, and rigor, Peter Katzenstein has assembled a first-rate team of scholars that demonstrates that civilization is a concept that can and must be taken seriously. Although scholars might prefer to ‘love to hate’ the concept, or to ignore it, this volume shows the path to be a fruitful and necessary engagement.’ - Michael Barnett, University of Minnesota, USA

2009: 234 x 156: 248ppHb: 978-0-415-77710-0: £80.00Pb: 978-0-415-77711-7: £23.99eBook: 978-0-203-87248-2



War, Peace and International RelationsAn Introduction to Strategic History

Colin S. Gray

’The author’s discussions and clarity of thought and expression make this work ideal as a textbook for introducing civilian students and prospective military officers of the various military academies to the subject.’ - Parameters

This updated and revised second edition of Colin Gray’s textbook explores the theory and practice of war and peace in a modern historical context.

Selected Contents: 1. Strategic History, 1800-2025: Themes and Contexts 2. Carl von Clausewitz and the Theory of War 3. From Limited War to National War: The French Revolution and the Napoleonic Way of War 4. The Nineteenth Century, I: A Strategic View 5. The Nineteenth Century, II: Technology, Warfare, and International Order 6. The Great War and the Invention of Modern Warfare, 1914-18 7. The Twenty-Year Armistice, 1919-1939 8. The Second World War in Europe, I: The Structure and Course of Total War 9. The Second World War in Europe, II: Understanding the War 10. The Second World War in Asia-Pacific, I: Politics 11. The Second World War in Asia-Pacific, II: Strategy 12. The Cold War, I: Politics and Ideology 13. The Cold War, II: The Nuclear Revolution 14. War and Peace After the Cold War: The Interwar Decade 15. 9/11 and the Age of Terror

July 2011: 246 x 174: 352ppHb: 978-0-415-59485-1: £95.00Pb: 978-0-415-59487-5: £24.99





33



NEW

Autobiographical International RelationsI, IR

Edited by Naeem Inayatullah, Ithaca College, USA


This volume provides a novel approach to international relations. In the course of fifteen essays, scholars write about how life events brought them to their subject matter. They place their narratives in the larger context of world politics, culture, and history.

This book moves the field of International Relations towards greater candidness about how personal narrative influences

theoretical articulations. No such volume currently exists in the field of international relations.

Selected Contents: Falling and Flying: An Introduction Naeem Inayatullah 1. Accidental Scholarship and the Myth of Objectivity Stephen Chan 2. Objects among Objects Jenny Edkins 3. Stammers between Silence and Speech Narendran Kumarakulasingam 4. Scenes of Obscenity: The Meaning of America under Epistemic and Military Violence Khadija F. El Alaoui 5. I, the Double Soldier: An Autobiographic Case-Study on the Pitfalls of Dual Citizenship Rainer Hülsse 6. Weakness Leaving My Body: An Essay on the Interpersonal Relations of International Politics Jacob L. Stump 7. Waiting for the Revolution: A Foreigner’s Narrative Alina Sajed 8. Am I not that? At the feet of Elders Sara-Maria Sorentino 9. Listening for the Elsewhere and the Not-yet: Academic Labor as a Matter of Ethical Witness Lori Amy 10. To Realize You’re Creolized: White Flight, Black Culture, Hybridity Joel Dinerstein 11. Goodbye Nostalgia! In Memory of a Country that has Never Existed as such Wanda Vrasti 12. Shaping Walls: Moving through Lanka’s Forts Nethra Samarawickrema 13. Three Stories: A Way of Being in the World Patrick Thaddeus Jackson 14. G(r)azing the Fields of IR: Romping Buffaloes, Festive Villagers Quynh Pham and Himadeep Muppidi - The Sound of Conversation Sorayya Khan - Epilogue: Cosmography Recapitulates Biography: An Epilogue Peter Mandaville



NEW

Realism and World PoliticsEdited by Ken Booth, Aberystwyth University, UK

This book contributes to the rethinking of realism through multiple analyses of the keys works of Kenneth Waltz, arguing that a sophisticated appreciation of realism is needed to truly understand world politics and International Relations.

Selected Contents: Preface 1. Realism Redux: Contexts, Concepts, Contests Ken Booth Part 1: Political Ideas in

Waltzian Realism 2. Anarchy and Violence Interdependence Daniel Deudney 3. Bringing Realism to American Liberalism: Kenneth Waltz and the Process of Cold War Adjustment Michael Foley 4. Waltz, Realism and Democracy Michael C. Williams Part 2: Challenges to Structural Realist Theory 5. Waltz’s Theory of Theory Ole Wæver 6. Structure? What Structure? Nicholas Onuf 7. ‘Big and important things in IR’: Structural Realism and the Neglect of Changes in Statehood Georg Sørensen 8. Reckless States and Realism John Mearsheimer Part 3: Realist Theories and Human Nature 9. Structural Realism, Classical Realism and Human Nature Chris Brown 10. Human Nature and World Politics: Rethinking ‘Man’ Neta Crawford 11. Women, the State, and War Jean Bethke Elshtain Part 4: War and Security, Causes and Consequences 12. Understanding Man, the State and War Hidemi Suganami 13. Lost in Transition: a Critical Analysis of Power Transition Theory Richard Ned Lebow and Benjamin Valentino 14. Hegemony, Equilibrium and Counterpower: A Synthetic Approach Cornelia Beyer 15. Nuclear Weapons in Waltz’s World: More Trust may be Better Nicholas J. Wheeler Part 5: Continuity and Change in the International and in the World 16. How Hierarchical can International Society be? Ian Clark 17. Waltz and World History: the Paradox of Parsimony Barry Buzan and Richard Little 18. Human Interconnectedness Andrew Linklater Part 6: Conclusion 19. International Politics: the Inconvenient Truth Ken Booth



FORTHCOMING

SovereigntyJens Bartelson, University of Copenhagen, Denmark

Series: Critical Issues in Global Politics

This book summarizes recent academic debates on sovereignty within academic international relations and political theory. Recent scholarship has focused on the changing meaning of the concept of sovereignty in a variety of historical and political contexts, and under what conditions these changes in turn spill over into institutional change on a global scale. This book furnishes new insights about the current meaning and function of the concept of sovereignty within international relations and political theory.

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction: The Problem of Sovereignty 2. Sovereignty: A Brief Conceptual History 3. The Obsolescence of Sovereignty 4. The Permanence of Sovereignty 5. Is Sovereignty What We Make of It?

October 2011: 216 x 138: 192ppHb: 978-0-415-44682-2: £75.00Pb: 978-0-415-44683-9: £16.99


Social Power in International PoliticsPeter van Ham, Clingendael Institute, the Netherlands


’The international system is fast changing and so we are compelled - as we always are when old certainties are being undermined - to radically rethink our ways of seeing the world. This is precisely what Peter van Ham does in this challenging new study. Not only does his highly original use of the idea of ’social power’ - defined here as the ability to

set standards and create legitimate norms and values - lay the foundation for a more creative way of conceptualizing our emerging order. It also throws down the gauntlet to those who continue to hold on to the illusion that we can still get by with old ways of thinking. A tour de force that is bound to redefine the field of International Relations.’ - Michael Cox, London School of Economics and Political Science, UK

Selected Contents: 1. Social Power Defined 2. Geopolitics and Hegemony 3. Culture and Constructivism 4. Institutions and Law 5. Media and Globalization 6. Public Diplomacy 7. Place Branding 8. Conclusion. Endnotes. Bibliography. Index



FORTHCOMING

TerritoriesThe Claiming of Space

David Storey, University of Worcester, UK

The extensively revised and updated second edition provides an introduction to theories of territoriality and the outcomes of territorial control and resistance. It explores the construction of territories and the conflicts which often result using a range of examples drawn from various spatial scales and from many different countries. It ranges in coverage from conflicts over national territory (such as Israel/Palestine, Northern Ireland, South Ossetia) to divisions of space based around class, gender and race. This new edition covers contemporary debates on nationalism, territorialisation, globalization and borders. It updates the factual content to explore the territorial consequences of 9/11, the war on terror, and conflicts in Iraq and Afghanistan. It also examines migration, refugees, and the territorial expansion of the European Union.



34



FORTHCOMING

War, Feminism & International RelationsEdited by Christine Sylvester, University of Lancaster, UK

This book is a major new contribution to our understanding of war and international relations (IR). Divided into two sections, the first part surveys the state of war and war studies in international relations, security studies and in feminist international relations. The second part addresses a missing area of IR studies of war that feminism is well-placed to fill in: the emotional and physical aspects of war.

The author examines a wide variety of conflict situations, such as the Israel/Palestine dispute, the Cold War, Vietnam, Nicaragua, wars of liberation in Africa, genocidal war in Rwanda; humanitarian interventionist war in the Balkans, the recent wars in Afghanistan and Iraq and the ’war on terror’. Drawing on the latest feminist thinking, the author demonstrates how war is experienced as a body-based politics and in so doing provides an innovative and challenging corrective to traditional theories of war in international relations.

Selected Contents: Part 1: War as IR and Feminism See It 1. War(s) in Our Time 2. IR Studies War 3. Feminism Worries About War 4. Missing Elements/Mutual Possibilities Part 2: Touching War 5. War as Physical Experience 6. War as Emotional Experience 7. Towards a Feminist IR Theory of War

Sepember 2011: 234 x 156: 208ppHb: 978-0-415-77598-4: £80.00Pb: 978-0-415-77599-1: £24.99


2nd Edition

Virtuous WarMapping the Military-Industrial-Media-Entertainment-Network

James Der Derian, Brown University, USA

’The expanded, brilliantly realized 2nd edition of Virtuous War makes indispensable reading. The world is catching up to Der Derian’s vision of where we are and what we must do about these lethal linkages of war, media, entertainment.’ - Richard Falk, University of California, Santa Barbara, USA

Reviews of 1st edition:

’The virtual wars that are being fought and planned are far from ’virtuous,’ and the author is to be congratulated for bringing this simple reality to our attention.’ - Political Affairs

’The first book to offer a ’virtual theory’ for the military strategies, philosophical questions, ethical issues, and political controversies surrounding the future of war and peace.’ - TechDirections

2009: 198 x 129: 368ppHb: 978-0-415-77238-9: £75.00Pb: 978-0-415-77239-6: £21.99eBook: 978-0-203-88153-8


The Time of the CityPolitics, Philosophy and Genre

Michael J. Shapiro, University of Hawaii, USA


‘As attuned to the spatial as it is to the temporal, and as theoretically sophisticated as it is politically relevant, this is a powerful and intriguing meditation on cities of the page, the screen and the moment.’ - Stuart Elden, Durham University, UK

The Time of the City is a trans-disciplinary work with a focus on genre-city relationships as they articulate the

micropolitics of urban life in diverse cities. Shifting the territorial emphasis of political studies from the mosaic of states to the global network of cities, the book draws on urban theory rather than traditional forms of official city politics. Deriving their methodological approaches from aspects of urban theory and philosophies of aesthetics, the chapters deploy concepts from philosophy, political theory, literary studies, cinema studies, poetics and aesthetic theory on diverse cities, among which are Berlin, Hong Kong, London, Los Angeles, New York, Philadelphia and Washington, DC.

Investigating a wide variety of urban formations, and developing a geophilosophy appropriate to urban space, this multi genre approach to urban life provides stunning insights into the micropolitics of ethnicity, identity, security, subjectivity and sovereignty.

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction: Geophilosophy, Aesthetics, and the City 2. The Now Time(s) of the GlobalCity: Displacing Hegel’s Geopolitical Narrative 3. Managing Urban Security: City Walls and Policing Metis 4. Neo-Noir and Urban Domesticity: The Wachowski Brothers’ Bound 5. Gothic Philadelphia: Divided Subjects and Fractionated Assemblages 6. Bodies and the City: Washington DC 7. Walt Whitman and the Ethnopoetics of New York 8. Inter-City Cinema: Hong Kong at the Berlinale



NEW

The Diplomatic History of Postwar JapanEdited by Makoto Iokibe, National Defence Academy of Japan & Kobe University, Japan and Translated and Annotated by Robert D. Eldridge, Osaka University, Japan

Winner of the prestigious Yoshida Shigeru Prize 1999 for the best book in public history when it was published in it’s original Japanese, this book presents a comprehensive and up-to-date overview of Japan’s international relations from the end of the Pacific War to the present. Written by leading Japanese authorities on the subject, it makes extensive use of the most recently declassified

Japanese documents, memoirs, and diaries. It introduces the personalities and approaches that Japan’s postwar leaders and statesmen took in dealing with a rapidly changing world and the challenges they faced. Importantly, the book also discusses the evolution of Japan’s presence on the international stage and the important – if underappreciated role – Japan has played.

Selected Contents: Introduction: Japanese Diplomacy from Prewar to Postwar Iokibe Makoto 1. Diplomacy in Occupied Japan: Japanese Diplomacy in the 1940s Iokibe Makoto 2. The Conditions of an Independent State: Japanese Diplomacy in the 1950s Sakamoto Kazuya 3. The Model of an Economic Power: Japanese Diplomacy in the 1960s Tadokoro Masayuki 4. Overcoming the Crises: Japanese Diplomacy in the 1970s Nakanishi Hiroshi 5. The Mission and Trials of an Emerging International State: Japanese Diplomacy in the 1980s Murata Koji 6. Japanese Diplomacy After the Cold War Iokibe Makoto. Conclusion: What was Postwar Japanese Diplomacy?



35


INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS THEORY


FORTHCOMING

International Relations TheoryA Brief Introduction

Jennifer Sterling-Folker, University of Connecticut, USA and Rose Shinko, Bucknell University, USA

This textbook is a short, accessible, and impartial introduction to the major theoretical perspectives within international relations. Written for students who are new to international relations theory, it does not assume any previous knowledge and explains the theories in a readable and understandable style.

Selected Contents: 1. Meta-Theoretical Issues 2. Realism 3. Liberalism 4. Constructivism 5. English School 6. Post-Modernism 7. Marxism and Other Radical Alternatives 8. Feminism



3rd Edition

International Relations TheoryA Critical Introduction

Cynthia Weber, University of Lancaster, UK

Praise for the previous edition:

’I know of nothing that has such an excellent combination of lucidity and both comprehensive and critical coverage.’ - Michael Shapiro, University of Hawaii, USA

’Refreshingly original, interesting and fun to read, this book will surely encourage students to think critically about international politics.’ - Roxanne Lynn Doty,

Arizona State University, USA

The third edition of this innovative and highly acclaimed textbook introduces students to the main theories in international relations. Weber unravels the complexities of international relations by explaining and analyzing each theory which illustrated using the example of a popular film, allowing students to understand and critically engage with the myths and assumptions behind them.

2009: 246 x 174: 264ppHb: 978-0-415-77819-0: £80.00Pb: 978-0-415-77842-8: £23.99eBook: 978-0-203-87414-1


FORTHCOMING

GovernmentalityGlobal Politics and Minor History

William Walters, Carleton University, Canada


This text provides senior undergraduates and graduate students with an accessible but challenging introduction to the debate on ’governmentality’ and the continued relevance of this body of work for the study of global politics.

Governmentality is one of Michel Foucault’s most influential ideas and this book provides a thorough grounding in the conceptual history of governmentality, the key debates and some key case studies which illustrate the wider issues. The text also demonstrates how a nuanced understanding of governmentality can allow researchers to develop in productive new directions.

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction Part 1: On Governmentality 2. A Brief History of Governmentality 3. Governmentality and the International 4. On Minor History Part 2: Global Politics in a Minor Key 5. The Invention of World Regions: “New Regionalism” and the Post-Imperial Governance of States 6. Identity Incorporated: The Birth of the Global Biometric and the Transformation of State Identification Practices 7. Notes for a History of Humanitarian Government: The ICRC in the Making of an International Pastoral

July 2011: 216 x 138: 192ppHb: 978-0-415-77953-1: £80.00Pb: 978-0-415-77954-8: £20.99


FORTHCOMING

Postcolonial Theory & International RelationsA Comprehensive Introduction

Edited by Sanjay Seth


Postcolonial theory has had the most impact in disciplines such as literature and, to some degree, history, and perhaps the least impact in the discipline of politics. However, there is growing interest in postcolonial theory within politics, and interest is especially high in the subfield of international relations. This text provides a comprehensive survey of how postoclonial theory shapes our understanding of international relations.

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction: Postcolonial and the International 2. Geopolitics after Postcolonialism 3. International Relations, International Law and the Decolonial Option 4. The Nation and Orientalism 5. Classical International Theory 6. War and Orientalism 7. Slavery, Finance and International Political Economy 8. Sovereignty and the Postcolonial 9. Islam, International Relations and Postcolonialism 10. Nationalism and the Postcolonial 11. Neo-Liberalism and Postcolonialism 12. Conclusion – Postcolonial Futures

June 2011: 234 x 156: 224ppHb: 978-0-415-58287-2: £80.00Pb: 978-0-415-58288-9: £22.99


FORTHCOMING

Realism ReaderColin Elman, Maxwell School of Syracuse University, USA

Despite some years in the doldrums, political realism is recovering its previously dominant role as the leading paradigm in the international relations sub-field. Realism’s return to prominence has been accompanied by a surge of new research, and by the development of several distinct variants within the research tradition.

The Realism Reader will provide a ’one-stop-shop’ for undergraduates and masters students taking a course in contemporary international relations theory, with a particular focus on realism.

The reader will collect centrally important realist works, organized around different approaches (for example, neoclassical realism); important critiques of realism (for example, the institutionalist critique); and some debates realists and their critics have engaged in concerning recent events (for example, whether different realist theories can account for the collapse of the Soviet Union and the end of the Cold War).

The reader will be structured around a 16 week semester. An alternative timetable and chapter combination will be provided for classes following the quarter system.



FORTHCOMING

Recovering RealismColin Elman, Maxwell School of Syracuse University, USA

This book provides a broad survey of contemporary realist scholarship, and builds on Elman’s earlier work on the relationship between realism and foreign policy; balance of power theory; realism and typologies; and the metatheoretic status of realism.

The volume is intended for use as a text in upper division undergraduate courses in IR, and in IR field survey classes for graduate students; as a resource for scholars working within the IR sub-field; and as a readable introduction to contemporary political realism for a wider academic and policymaking audience. The book will also serve as a companion volume to The Realism Reader and the chapters have been matched accordingly.

Selected Contents: 1. Recovering Realism: The Return of Pessimism 2. The Roots of the Realist Tradition 3. Classical Realism: The Twentieth Century 4. Balance of Power Theory 5. Neorealism 6. Defensive Structural Realism 7. Offensive Structural Realism 8. Rise and Fall Realism 9. Neoclassical Realism 10. The Liberal Critique 11. The Institutionalist Critique 12. The Constructivist Critique 13. Realism and European Cooperation 14. Realism, American ’Hegemony,’ and ’Soft’ Balancing 15. Realism and the Rise of Nonstate Actors 16. Conclusion



36



Universality, Ethics and International RelationsA Grammatical Reading

Véronique Pin-Fat, University of Manchester, UK


’Central to critical discourses in International Relations are questions related to what constitutes the ‘universal’, how it is used in political thought, and the ways in which it relates to operations of power in global politics. Veronique Pin-Fat’s ‘grammatical’ reading is one of the most original interventions on the relationship between ethics,

universality, and international politics, bringing not only Wittgenstein, but her own voice to our deliberations. This is one of the most challenging contributions to international relations theory in general and to critical thought in particular.’ - Vivienne Jabri, Kings College London, UK

2009: 234 x 156: 168ppHb: 978-0-415-49205-8: £85.00Pb: 978-0-415-49206-5: £23.99eBook: 978-0-203-86779-2


After the Globe, Before the WorldR.B.J. Walker, University of Victoria, Canada

’Rob Walker’s After the Globe, Before the World is a radical text in the best sense of the word. It explores the roots of the international studies discipline, rethinks those aspects of the political theory canon on which the discipline’s traditional conceits have relied, and proceeds to articulate a reconceptualization of the state-world relationship. The

work is the most important intervention in international studies/international relations thinking in decades. Any scholar who would presume to treat global politics as it is developing in this millennium must come to terms with Walker’s challenge.’ - Michael J. Shapiro, University of Hawai’i, USA

’Walker’s desire to depart from what he perceives to be a trend of statist takes on the transition from a politics of the international to a politics of the world provides an intriguing alternative to other literatures dealing with similar issues and those who do engage with his arguments and opinions will be richly rewarded.’ - In-Spire Journal of Law, Politics and Societies, Vol. 5, No. 1 – 2010, 102

2009: 234 x 156: 368ppHb: 978-0-415-77902-9: £80.00Pb: 978-0-415-77903-6: £24.99eBook: 978-0-203-87124-9


International Relations Scholarship Around the WorldEdited by Arlene B. Tickner, University of the Andes, Bogotá, Colombia and Ole Wæver, Copenhagen Peace Research Institute, Denmark

Series: Worlding Beyond the West

’This is an excellent collection of reviews of the state of the subject of International Relations in 16 areas of the world... this book is the first detailed attempt to look at how the rest of the world thinks about international relations. This incredibly important collection of essays paints a sophisticated picture of the construction of

the discipline... This is an invaluable book for anyone interested in the discipline of International Relations, how it is dominated by a US literature, and what alternatives exist in other parts of the world for understanding contemporary world politics.’ - Steve Smith, University of Exeter, UK

2009: 246 x 174: 368ppHb: 978-0-415-77235-8: £85.00Pb: 978-0-415-77236-5: £24.99eBook: 978-0-203-88545-1


FORTHCOMING

Thinking the International DifferentlyWorlding Beyond the West

Arlene B. Tickner, University of the Andes, Bogotá, Colombia, Ole Wæver, Copenhagen Peace Research Institute, Denmark and David Blaney, Macalester College, USA

The discipline of international relations (IR) is ironically not at all international. The study of international relations is conducted primarily from a specific geopolitical site (the United States) that happens to be the most powerful country in both international affairs and the discipline itself. To a significant degree, this influences the way the discipline sees the world and also how it contributes to policy making and thereby the shape of that world itself.

This book is the second volume in a trilogy of titles that tries to put the international back into international relations by showing how international relations knowledge is actually produced around the world. The book illustrates the diversity and variation in IR around the world. It adopts a thematic structure in which four of the central concerns in IR - the state, security, globalization and secularism/religion - are examined in three or four chapters written from different parts of the world. The book makes significant progress in bringing non-Western conceptualizations into the discipline and expanding the definition of what international relations actually means.



The Liberal Way of WarKilling to Make Life Live

Michael Dillon, University of Lancaster, UK and Julian Reid, King’s College London, UK

’Although it has long been asserted that liberal democracy, like any political system, is based not simply on consensus but also on the exercise of violence, Dillon and Reid cast new light on an old problem by bringing it into the ’information age’ — which for them is also the age of ’biopolitics’. They argue that liberalism must be understood neither

simply in terms of individual rights, nor as an economic system, but as effort to organize the reproduction of ’life’ through ’breeding’ and ’adaptation’ as ’being-in-formation’. The militarization of politics thus emerges as a necessary correlative of a politics that increasingly identifies the protection of life — security — with the administration of death. A provocative thesis that will be a focus of discussion in the years to come.’ - Samuel Weber, Northwestern University, USA

2009: 234 x 156: 208ppHb: 978-0-415-95299-6: £80.00Pb: 978-0-415-95300-9: £24.99eBook: 978-0-203-88254-2


2nd Edition

Migration TheoryTalking across Disciplines

Edited by Caroline B. Brettell and James F. Hollifield

Continuing their interdisciplinary approach, editors Catherine Brettell and James Hollifield have included revised essays from the first edition in such fields as anthropology, political science, and history, as well as new essays by a demographer, geopgrapher, and sociologist.

2007: 229 x 152: 304ppHb: 978-0-415-95426-6: £100.00Pb: 978-0-415-95427-3: £25.99eBook: 978-0-203-95044-9


37



Critical Theory of International PoliticsComplementarity, Justice, and Governance

Steven C. Roach, University of South Florida, USA

Critical international theory encompasses several distinct, radical approaches that focus on identity, difference, hegemonic power, and order. As an applied theory, critical international theory draws on critical social theories to shed light on international processes and global transformations. While this approach has led to increasing interest in formulating an empirically

relevant critical international theory, it has also revealed the difficulties of applying critical theory to international politics. What are these difficulties and problems? And how can we move beyond them? This book addresses these questions by investigating the intellectual currents and key debates of critical theory, from Kant and Hegel to Habermas and Derrida, and the recent work of critical international theory, including Robert Cox and Andrew Linklater. By drawing on these debates, the book formulates an original theory of complementarity that brings together critical theory and critical international theory. It argues that complementarity — a governing principle in international law and politics — offers a conceptual framework for working toward two goals: engaging the changing contexts and forms of resistance and redressing some of the difficulties of applying critical theory to international relations.

Selected Contents: 1. Critical Theory, Immanent Critique, and the Problem of the International Part 1: Critical Theory Past and Present: Four Currents of Immanent Critique 2. Dialectics, Historical Materialism, and Repression 3. The Frankfurt School: The Rise of Radical Immanence and Communicative Action Theory Part 2: Critical International Theory: Perspectives on Complementarity 4. Communicative Rationality, Recognition, and the Dual Complementarity of the International Criminal Court 5. Social Ontology: From Critical Realism to the Quantum Challenge 6. Justice, Negative Dialectics and Immanent Complementarity 7. Complementarity Envisaged: Self-Legitimization and the Global Social Imaginary



FORTHCOMING

Critical International Relations - An IntroductionFrom the Barbarian to the Cyborg

James Der Derian, Brown University, USA

In Critical International Relations - An Introduction, the radical IR theorist James Der Derian provides an innovative text based on the critical encounters throughout history that have transformed international relations.

Unlike other books on world politics which focus on the perspective of great leaders, empires, nation-states, “great powers,“ etc., Der Derian’s text focuses on the perspective of the under-represented, the demonized, and the neglected ‘other’ who are also actors of world politics. Ten historic struggles for recognition and power in world politics are narrated from the point of view of emblematic historical figures. The focus is not on who wins or loses but rather on how International Relations is changed by alien encounters. The goal is to represent the alien, and in the process, to construct a critical history and pluralist theory for understanding the heteropolar conflicts of world politics today.



Critical Theorists and International RelationsEdited by Jenny Edkins, University of Aberystwyth, UK and Nick Vaughan-Williams, University of Warwick, UK


Covering a broad range of approaches within critical theory including Marxism and post-Marxism, the Frankfurt School, hermeneutics, phenomenology, postcolonialism, feminism, queer theory, poststructuralism, pragmatism, scientific realism, deconstruction and psychoanalysis, this book provides students with a comprehensive and accessible

introduction to 32 key critical theorists whose work has been influential in the field of international relations.

2009: 234 x 156: 424ppHb: 978-0-415-47465-8: £80.00Pb: 978-0-415-47466-5: £23.99eBook: 978-0-203-88184-2


FORTHCOMING

Critical Theory in International Relations and Security StudiesInterviews and Reflections

Edited by Shannon Brincat, University of Queensland, Australia, and Laura Lima and Joao Nunes, both at Aberystwyth University, UK

Critical Theory in International Relations and Security Studies is the first book to present first hand interviews with some of the pioneering scholars of the disciplines. Through dialogical and reflective essays, it assesses the state of critical thinking in IR and security studies, and looks to the future of the discipline and theoretical developments.

Selected Contents: Introduction Shannon Brincat, Laura Limes and Joao Nunes Part 1: Interviews Robert Cox, Andrew Linklater, Ken Booth, Richard Wyn Jones Part 2: Commentaries Brooke Ackerly, Richard Ashley, Pinar Bilgin, James Der Derian, Richard Devetak, John M. Hobson, Mark Neufeld, Mustapha K. Pasha, Martin Weber, Michael C. Williams, Marysia Zalewski. Conclusion Mark Hoffman

October 2011: 234 x 156: 256ppHb: 978-0-415-60157-3: £85.00Pb: 978-0-415-60158-0: £25.99


International Relations and States of ExceptionMargins, Peripheries, and Excluded Bodies

Edited by Shampa Biswas, Whitman College, USA and Sheila Nair, Northern Arizona University, USA

’By focusing on how contemporary political communities and discourses of security are constituted by the movements of some of the world’s most vulnerable people, this collection of essays not only adds significantly to theoretical and empirical debates about our post-9/11 world. It serves as a critical supplement to state-centric,

territorial understandings of international politics, one that demands that we re-imagine what IR theory tells us about the relationships between sovereignty, subjectivity, and ethics.’ - Cynthia Weber, Lancaster University, UK

2009: 234 x 156: 272ppHb: 978-0-415-77694-3: £80.00Pb: 978-0-415-77695-0: £24.99eBook: 978-0-203-86868-3


38


INTERNATIONAL ORGANISATIONS

INTERNATIONAL ORGANISATIONSGlobal Institutions

Series Edited by Thomas G. Weiss, City University of New York, USA and Rorden Wilkinson, University of Manchester, UK

FORTHCOMING

Millennium Development Goals (MDGs)For a People Centered Development Agenda?

Sakiko Fukuda-Parr, The New School, New York, USA

This volume is a short and accessible introduction to the Millennium Development Goals (MDGs) - the 8 goals set by the United Nations with the aim of reducing global poverty by 2015. The book explains the origins of the MDGs and assesses the effectiveness of their implementation.

October 2011: 216 x 138: 176ppHb: 978-0-415-77669-1: £70.00Pb: 978-0-415-77670-7: £16.99For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415776707

Multilateral Counter-TerrorismThe Global Politics of Cooperation and Contestation

Peter Romaniuk, City University of New York, USA

Contemporary terrorism is a global phenomenon requiring a globalized response. In this book Peter Romaniuk aims to assess to what extent states seek multilateral responses to the threats they face from terrorists.

Selected Contents: 1. Historical Precedents for Multilateral Counter-Terrorism: Anti-Anarchist Cooperation and the League of Nations 2. Multilateral

Counter-Terrorism and the United Nations, 1945-2001 3. Multilateral Counter-Terrorism and the United Nations after 9/11 4. Multilateral Counter-Terrorism beyond the UN 5. Multilateral Counter-Terrorism: Today and Tomorrow



FORTHCOMING

PeacebuildingFrom Concept to Commission

Robert Jenkins, Birkbeck, University of London, UK

This book is about the origins and evolution of peacebuilding as a concept, the creation and functioning of the UN Peacebuilding Commission as an institution, and the complicated relationship between these two processes.

Selected Contents: 1. Overview 2. Birth of an Institution: The UN Peacebuilding Commission 3. Peacebuilding: An Evolving Concept 4. Peacebuilding in

Practice: Debating the Record 5. The Peacebuilding Commission in Action 6. Assessing the Peacebuilding Commission’s Performance 7. Theoretical Implications 8. Conclusion and the Road Ahead

June 2011: 216 x 138: 176ppHb: 978-0-415-77643-1: £75.00Pb: 978-0-415-77644-8: £16.99


NEW

The Organization of American States (OAS)Global Governance Away From the Media

Mônica Herz, Catholic University of Rio De Janeiro, Brazil

The Organization of American States is the world’s oldest regional multifunctional organization. This work provides a clear and comprehensive discussion of this important body, dealing with security, technical cooperation, and the construction of democratic institutions.

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. The History of

the OAS 3. Security 4. The Democratic Paradigm 5. Working Within a Plural Architecture for Governance



Governing Climate ChangeHarriet Bulkeley, University of Durham, UK and Peter Newell, University of East Anglia, UK

Governing Climate Change provides a short and accessible introduction to how climate change is governed by an increasingly diverse range of actors, from civil society and market actors to multilateral development banks, donors and cities.

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. Governing Climate Change: A Brief History 3. Governance for Whom? Equity,

Justice and the Politics of Sustainable Development 4. Between Global and Local: Governing Climate Change Transnationally 5. Communities and the Governing of Climate Change 6. The Private Governance of Climate Change 7. Conclusion



FORTHCOMING

International MigrationKhalid Koser, Geneva Centre for Security Policy, Switzerland

This book covers the most topical issues, including the impact on international migration of the global financial crisis, smuggling and human trafficking, challenges of migrant integration and the links between migration and the demographic crisis.

June 2011: 216 x 138: 192ppHb: 978-0-415-56155-6: £75.00Pb: 978-0-415-56156-3: £17.99


39



Global Governance, Poverty and InequalityEdited by Rorden Wilkinson, University of Manchester, UK and Jennifer Clapp

This book offers answers to questions raised about the role of global governance in the attenuation and amelioration of world poverty and inequality. The contributors interrogate the role of systems of governance at a time of global economic crisis and continuing environmental degradation against a backdrop of acceleration in inequalities within and between

communities and across the globe.

Selected Contents: Foreword: Poverty, Inequality and the United Nations System Louise Fréchette. Introduction. Governing Global Poverty and Inequality Rorden Wilkinson and Jennifer Clapp Part 1: Development and the Governance of Poverty and Inequality 1. Global Governance Meets Development: A Brief History of an Innovation in World Politics Eric Helleiner 2. What Type of Global Governance Would Best Lower World Poverty and Inequality? Albert Berry Part 2: Bretton Woods and the Amelioration of Poverty and Inequality 3. IMF Rhetoric on Reducing Poverty and Inequality Bessma Momani 4. The Effect of IMF Programs on Public Wages and Salaries Irfan Nooruddin and James Raymond Vreeland 5. Reforming the World Bank Catherine Weaver Part 3: Promising Poverty Reduction, Governing Indebtedness 6. Governing Global Poverty? Global Ambivalence and the Millennium Development Goals David Hulme 7. The Paris Club, Debt and Poverty Reduction: Evolving Patterns of Governance Thomas M. Callaghy Part 4: Complex Multilateralism, Public/Private Partnerships and Global Business 8. Commonwealth(s) and Poverty/Inequality: Contributions to Global Governance/Development Timothy M. Shaw 9. The Global Elite, Public-Private Partnerships and Multilateral Governance Benedicte Bull 10. Business, Development and Inequality Ananya Mukherjee Reed Part 5: Horizontal Inequalities and Faith Institutions 11. Global Aspects and Implications of Horizontal Inequalities (HIs): Inequalities Experienced by Muslims Worldwide Frances Stewart 12. Governance and Inequality: Reflections on Faith Dimensions Katherine Marshall



Global Institutions and the HIV/AIDS EpidemicResponding to an International Crisis

Franklyn Lisk, University of Warwick, UK

Lisk examines the different perspectives of the global response to HIV/AIDS and the role of the different global institutions (multilateral, public and private) involved, including their impact on outcomes.

2009: 216 x 138: 160ppHb: 978-0-415-44496-5: £75.00Pb: 978-0-415-44497-2: £15.99eBook: 978-0-203-87038-9


NEW

Global Think TanksPolicy Networks and Governance

James McGann, with Richard Sabatini, both at University of Pennslyvania, USA

This volume provides a clear description of and context for the global proliferation of think tanks, highlighting that these institutions are still relatively new players in global and national politics, and clearly outlining the factors contributing to the proliferation of think tanks, the present nature of this proliferation, and the future of think tanks at the global, regional, and national level.

Examining the issues that face think tanks on a global scale, this book will be of great interest to all students of international relations and international organizations.



NEW

International Labour Organization (ILO)Coming in from the Cold

Steve Hughes, University of Newcastle Upon Tyne, UK and Nigel Haworth, University of Auckland, New Zealand

This fresh and accessible account of the International Labour Organization provides the reader with an excellent understanding of its general purpose and structure.

Selected Contents: Introduction 1. A Brief History of the ILO 2. Structure and Organization of the ILO 3. The ILO and Globalization 4. The Declaration on Fundamental Principles and Rights at Work: A New Approach

to Labor Standards 5. The ILO and the WTO: The Tortuous Case of the Social Clause 6. Decent Work, Fair Globalization and Strategic Planning:Somavia’s ILO 7. The ILO at Work in the 2007 Global Economic Crisis 8. Concluding Thoughts: Whither the ILO

November 2010: 216 x 138: 144ppHb: 978-0-415-35382-3: £75.00Pb: 978-0-415-35383-0: £16.99eBook: 978-0-203-34764-5


FORTHCOMING

Maritime PiracyRobert Haywood

Beginning with an overview and historical development of piracy and the relevant maritime governance structures, Maritime Piracy examines how 20th century shifts in global governance norms and structures eventually left the high seas open for predatory attacks on one of the world’s most fastest growing and essential industries. Moving through contemporary debates about how to best combat piracy, Haywood emphasises that a solution to this chronic global problem requires a long-term, holistic, and inclusive approach.

Selected Contents: 1. Overview of the General Subject and Organizational Structure 2. The History and Development of Key Moments of Change in Forms, Intensity, and Locality of Piracy 3. The ’Nuts and Bolts’ of Today’s Maritime Governance 4. The History and Development of the Trends and Governance of Piracy 5. Current Debate in Historical Perspective 6. Key Criticisms 7. Emerging Issues and Future Directions

June 2011: 234 x 156: 176ppHb: 978-0-415-78197-8: £70.00Pb: 978-0-415-78198-5: £17.99


Global Institutions (continued)

40



NEW

Non-Governmental Organizations in World PoliticsThe Construction of Global Governance

Peter Willetts, City University, London, UK

Non-governmental organizations (NGOs) from Amnesty International and Oxfam to Greenpeace and Save the Children are now key players in global politics. This accessible and informative textbook provides a comprehensive overview of the significant role and increasing participation of NGOs in World Politics, and includes an evaluation of the enhanced

communication offered by the creation of the Internet.

Peter Willetts examines the variety of different NGOs, their structure, membership and activities and their complex relationship with social movements and civil society. How NGOs influence global policymaking and the status of NGOs within international law is discussed, as well as the lack of discussion of NGOs within mainstream international relations theory.

Selected Contents: Introduction 1. NGOs, Social Movements, and Civil Society 2. The Access of NGOs to Global Policy-Making 3. The Status of NGOs in International Law 4. NGOs, Networking and the Creation of the Internet 5. Understanding the Place of NGOs in Global Politics 6. The Creation of Global Governance



Regional SecurityThe Capacity of International Organizations

Rodrigo Tavares, UNU-CRIS, Belgium

Presenting the most up-to-date critical and comparative analysis of the major regional security institutions, assessing a wide range of regional organizations and providing an accessible and comprehensive guide to 11 key organizations, this book is the first systematic study of the capacities of the most recognized intergovernmental organizations with a security mandate. Regional Security is

essential reading for all students of international organizations, peace and security studies and global governance.

2009: 216 x 138: 232ppHb: 978-0-415-48340-7: £75.00Pb: 978-0-415-48341-4: £17.99eBook: 978-0-203-87405-9


Preventive Human Rights StrategiesBertrand G. Ramcharan, City University of New York, USA

’This book is a major break-through in the human rights literature. The human rights call to action until now has been for promotion and protection. Henceforth it will be for promotion, prevention and protection. The chapter on national protection systems should be implemented by every country. It is of the greatest importance.’ - Evance Kalula,

University of Cape Town, South Africa

’This book brings together in a superb and original way the preventive human rights strategies in existence today. The chapter on strategies for the prevention of torture should be compulsory reading for everyone interested in eliminating this criminal practice from the world.’ - Theodoor van Boven, University of Maastricht, the Netherlands

Selected Contents: 1. Threats, Challenges and the Responsibility to Prevent 2. Obligations to Prevent Under International Human Rights Treaties 3. The Preventive Role of National Human Rights Institutions 4. Regional Preventive Strategies 5. Global Preventive Strategies 6. Preventive Human Rights Diplomacy 7. The Preventive Roles of Peacekeepers, Observers, and Human Rights Monitors 8. Preventive Strategies of NGOs 9. The Preventive Role of International Criminal Tribunals and the International Criminal Court 10. Conclusion



FORTHCOMING

Religious Institutions and Global PoliticsKatherine Marshall, The World Bank, Washington DC, USA

The new forms that religious institutions are taking, their fit with human rights and democratic ideals, their changing nature in plural societies, are a highly relevant part of the global institutional picture, and this volume aims to provide an accessible and rich introduction to them.

Selected Contents: 1. Religion: An Institutional Portrait 2. Global Religious Bodies 3. ’Faith-Inspired Organizations at Work 4. The World of Global Interfaith 5. Religious ’Movements’ 6. Emerging Issues and Future Directions

August 2011: 216 x 138: 144ppHb: 978-0-415-78044-5: £75.00Pb: 978-0-415-78045-2: £17.99


FORTHCOMING

Responsibility to ProtectPerspectives from the Global South

Rama Mani, Oxford University, UK and Thomas G. Weiss, City University of New York, USA

This volume explores in a novel and challenging way the emerging norm of the Responsibility to Protect (R2P), initially adopted by the United Nations World Summit in 2005 following significant debate throughout the preceding decade. It seeks to uncover whether this norm and its founding values have resonance and grounding within diverse cultures and within the experiences of societies that have directly been torn apart by mass atrocity crimes. The contributors to this collection analyze the responsibility to protect through multiple disciplines — philosophy, religion and spirituality, anthropology, and aesthetics in addition to international relations and law — to explore what light alternative perspectives outside of political science and international relations shed upon this emerging norm.

Selected Contents: Introduction: Reframing Responsibility: Revisiting Politics and Place Rama Mani and Thomas G. Weiss Part 1: Reflections in Practices, Cultures and Traditions 1. Religion and Spirituality: ’It Takes a Village to Protect a Child,’ Spirituality and R2P Mutombo Nkulu-NSengha 2. Philosophy and Ethics: Ethical Concepts, Values, and Strategies Relevant to R2P Yolanda Angulo Parra 3. Aesthetics and Arts: Artistic and Literary Creation in the Embers of Genocide Koulsy Lamko and Rama Mani Part 2: Country Cases 4. Rwanda: A Cultural Struggle to Bury the Demons of Genocide Paul Rutyasire and Jean-Marie Kayishema 5. Kosovo: Un/welcomed Guests, NATO Intervention in Kosova Nita Luci 6. Nepal: Atrocities Prevented? R2P, Culture, and Civic Resilience Arjun Karki, Jyoti Upadhyay, and Prerna Bomzan. Conclusion: Listening, Learning, and Reshaping R2P from the Inside Out Rama Mani and Thomas G. Weiss



FORTHCOMING

International Law, International Relations and Global GovernanceCharlotte Ku, University of Illinois College of Law, USA

This book focuses on collaborative work within the disciplines of international law and international relations, to note sample efforts to collaborate, and to assess the cultivation of an interdisciplinary outlook.

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction: Scholarly Collaboration Between International Law and International Relations 2. International Law and International Relations: Establishing Separate Identities 3. A Move Towards Collaboration in the Study of International Institutions 4. The Context and Background of International Activity 5. Contemporary Transnational Relations 6. Collaboration in the Study of Global Governance

July 2011: 216 x 138: 192ppHb: 978-0-415-77872-5: £75.00Pb: 978-0-415-77873-2: £17.99



41



FORTHCOMING

The Group of Twenty (G20)Andrew F. Cooper, University of Waterloo, Canada and the Centre for International Governance Innovation (CIGI), Waterloo, Canada and Ramesh Thakur

The Group of Twenty book will provide a concise examination of the purpose, function and practice of the Group of Twenty (G20) summit with particular attention to its designation as a new ’premier forum for international economic cooperation.’

This book will provide insight and analysis on the G20 beyond its composition, offering a detailed examination of the ongoing shift in economic power and the momentum toward global institutional reform.

Selected Contents: Introduction 1. Rebalancing the World Order 2. The G20 Finance as Prelude 3. Accumulating Global Deadlocks 4. Incrementalism vs. Big Bang 5. Financial Crisis as Catalyst 6. Accelerated Momentum 7. Lessons and Challenges

October 2011: 234 x 156: 176ppHb: 978-0-415-78088-9: £70.00Pb: 978-0-415-78089-6: £16.99


FORTHCOMING

The International Trade CentrePromoting Exports for Development

Stephen Browne, The Future of the UN Development System (FUNDS) Project and Sam Laird, University of Nottingham, UK

In the era of rapid globalization, ITC is an important organization, and this work fills the gap in the existing literature by discussing the history, ongoing projects and future challenges of this dynamic organization. The status of ITC – half-in and half-out of the UN – could prove to be an interesting model for the future, and this work provides a comprehensive survey of the organization.



The Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD)Richard Woodward, University of Hull, UK

’Many have lamented the absence of a comprehensive study of the OECD. Richard Woodward has acted to correct that situation, and he has done it very well. Here is a synoptic single-authored treatment of this extraordinarily influential organization based on careful scholarship and a determination to be fair.’ - Robert T. Kudrle, University of Minnesota, USA

’This is a much needed text about the OECD, an astonishingly under-researched organization that represents an important piece in the mosaic of current global governance... a highly accessible book for students and scholars of international organizations.’ - Anja P. Jakobi, University of Bremen, Germany

2009: 216 x 138: 176ppHb: 978-0-415-37197-1: £75.00Pb: 978-0-415-37198-8: £16.99eBook: 978-0-203-87577-3


FORTHCOMING

The UN Global CompactCatia Gregoratti

This book opens up the black-box of the UN Global Compact – the archetypical corporate social responsibility (CSR) initiative anchored within the United Nations. It appraises the ten-year history, governance, and engagement mechanisms of this unique UN initiative.

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. The UN Global Compact History 3. How the UN Global Compact Works 4. Global Bureaucracies and Local Networks 5. The UN Global Compact and the Global Governance of CSR 6. The UN Global Comact and its Critics 7. Conclusion: What’s Next for the Compact

October 2011: 234 x 156: 128ppHb: 978-0-415-60441-3: £70.00Pb: 978-0-415-60442-0: £17.99


2nd Edition

The UN Secretary-General and SecretariatLeon Gordenker, Princeton University, USA

This new edition continues to offer a keen insight into the United Nations Secretariat and its head, the Secretary-General, summing up the history, structure, strengths and weaknesses, and continuing operations of an ever-present global institution.

Clear and concise, it examines both the solid and substantive work of the UN’s permanent staff and the role of the

Secretary-General in policy development.

The 2nd edition has been thoroughly revised and updated to reflect:

• the retirement of Kofi Annan and the appointment of Ban Ki-moon as the new UN Secretary General

• the withdrawal of John Bolton as permanent representative of the United States and the consequent softening of the approach of his government to the UN

• developments in the global economy and international security dilemmas

• the change of administration in the United States.

Written by a recognized authority on the subject, this book continues to be the ideal interpretative introduction for students of the UN, international organizations and global governance.

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. Blueprint and Evolution of an International Office 3. The UN Secretariat and Its Responsible Chief 4. The Secretary-General as World Constable 5. Promoting Global General Welfare 6. Reaching Out to Broader Publics 7. Conclusion



FORTHCOMING

FIFA (Fédération Internationale de Football Association)Alan Tomlinson, University of Brighton, UK

In this book, the history and underlying political dynamics characterising the growth of FIFA and its relationships with global-regional federations and international associations provide a foundation and focus for analysing this important organization

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. Origins – History and Development of FIFA 3. Leaders – FIFA and the Men Who Led It 4. World Cups – FIFA’s Exclusive Product 5. How FIFA Works 6. FIFA Crises and the Critical Response 7. FIFA’s Future: Emerging Issues and Future Directions

July 2011: 216 x 138: 224ppHb: 978-0-415-49830-2: £75.00Pb: 978-0-415-49831-9: £17.99



42



FORTHCOMING

UN Human Rights CouncilBertrand G. Ramcharan, City University of New York, USA

The Human Rights Council is already the subject of major public interest and controversy. The Council is already being criticized for having dropped some of the protection strategies of the former commission and this book aims to present a balanced view of the council, acknowledging where it has made positive contributions, point out its deficiencies, and identify options for improving the body’s future work.

Selected Contents: Introduction 1. The Mandate and Roles of the Council 2. The Institutional and Procedural Architecture of the Council 3. The Universal Periodic Review 4. The Legislative role of the Council 5. The Promotional and Educational Role of the Council 6. The Preventive Role of the Council 7. Fact-Finding within the Framework of the Council – Its Special Procedures 8. The Human Rights Council and the Responsibility to Protect 9. The Advisory Committee 10. Human Rights NGOs in the Council. Conclusion

June 2011: 234 x 156: 176ppHb: 978-0-415-58398-5: £70.00Pb: 978-0-415-58399-2: £16.99



UN Security CouncilPractice and Promise

Edward C. Luck, Columbia University, USA

Written by a bestselling author, this book is suitable for a wide audience interested in key institutions of international public policy. It looks at the predecessors to the UN Security Council and the current issues and future challenges it faces.

Selected Contents: Section 1: Context 1. Grading the Great Experiment 2. The Founding Vision 3. Defining the Council through Charter and Practice Section 2: Tools 4. Peace Operations 5. Military Enforcement 6. Economic Sanctions, Arms Embargoes, and Diplomatic Instruments 7. Enlisting and Empowering Partners Section 3: Challenges 8. The Humanitarian Imperative 9. Terrorism and Weapons of Mass Destruction 10. Reform, Adaptation, and Evolution 11. Conclusion: Reflection and Projection

June 2011: 216 x 138: 208ppHb: 978-0-415-78237-1: £75.00Pb: 978-0-415-78238-8: £17.99


FORTHCOMING

UNICEF (United Nations Children’s Fund)Richard Jolly

UNICEF is one of the best known organizations of the United Nations system and the oldest of the UN’s development funds. It is also the part of the UN which consistently receives support from all countries round the world, including the United States. This book brings out the wider reasons for UNICEF’s success and popularity, setting them in the context of UNICEF’s evolution since 1946 and drawing lessons for other international organizations. This will be of great interest to all scholars of international organisations, development, human rights and the United Nations system.

Selected Contents: Introduction 1. 1946-50 International Vision for Children 2. 1950-70 Children and Economic and Social Development 3. 1970-80 Basic needs and the Alma Ata Meeting on Health For All 4. 1980-95 Goals and GOBI to the World Summit for Children 5. 1995-2005 Child Rights, the Girl Child & the Millennium Summit 6. Lessons for the UN 7. Conclusions

July 2011: 216 x 138: 176ppHb: 978-0-415-49116-7: £75.00Pb: 978-0-415-49117-4: £16.99


FORTHCOMING

Global Health GovernanceSophie Harman, City University London, UK

This book unravels the complexity and confusion surrounding global health governance. It provides a comprehensive look at conceptions of global health governance, old and new actors, the public and private, themes and approaches and emerging trends.

Selected Contents: 1. What is Global Health Governance? 2. Institutions of Global Health Governance 3. New Institutions, Civil Society and the Private Sector 4. Approaches to Global Health Governance 5. The Big Three 6. Neglected Health 7. Conclusion: Global Health Governance for Whom?

July 2011: 216 x 138: 192ppHb: 978-0-415-56157-0: £75.00Pb: 978-0-415-56158-7: £17.99


NEW

United Nations Educational, Scientific, and Cultural Organization (UNESCO)Creating Norms for a Complex World

J.P. Singh

This book traces the history of UNESCO from its foundational idealism to its current stature as the preeminent international organization for science, education, and culture, building a well rounded understanding of this important organization.

The book:

• provides an overview of the organization and its institutional architecture in the context of its

humanistic idealism

• details the subsequent challenges UNESCO faced through cold war and power politics, global dependence and interdependence, and the rise of identity and culture in global politics

• analyses the functioning of UNESCO administration, finance, and its various constituencies including the secretariat, member-states, and civil society

• explores the major controversies and issues underlying the initiatives in education, sciences, culture and communication

• examines the current agenda and future challenges through three major issues in UNESCO: Education or All, digital divide issues, and norms on cultural diversity

• assesses the role of UNESCO in making norms in complex world of multiple actors and intersecting issue-areas.

Selected Contents: 1. UNESCO’s Organizational History and Structure 2. Prioritizing Education 3. Making Science 4. The Prominence of Culture 5. Debating Global Communication Orders 6. Reflections and Possibilities




For other books in this series, please see:

Transnational Organized Crime (p51)

Human Security (p66)

The United Nations and Human Rights (p67)

Human Development (p68)

Humanitarianism Contester (p50)




43



Global PovertyHow Global Governance is Failing the Poor

David Hulme, University of Manchester, UK

Around 1.4 billion people presently live in extreme poverty, and yet despite this vast scale, the issue of global poverty had a relatively low international profile until the end of the 20th century. In this important new work, Hulme charts the rise of global poverty as a priority global issue, and its subsequent marginalisation as old themes edged it aside (trade policy and peace-making in

regions of geo-political importance) and new issues were added (terrorism, global climate change and access to natural resources).

Selected Contents: 1. The History and Geography of Global Poverty 2. Understanding and Explaining Global Poverty 3. The Institutional Landscape for Attacking Global Poverty 4. Doing Global Poverty Eradication: All Change or No Change 5. Strategic Choices for Global Poverty Eradication 6. The Future of Global Poverty: Emerging Issues in an Uncertain World 7. Why Don’t We Care About Ending Poverty 8. Moving Forward on Global Poverty: Can We Care?



NEW

The Idea of World GovernmentJames Yunker, Western Illinois University, USA

The notion of a single political organization encompassing the whole of humanity — a world state — has intrigued mankind since earliest recorded history. This book seeks to provide a concise yet comprehensive overview of the history of world government, and evaluate whether political globalization, in the form of a federal world government, can complement the ongoing processes of

economic and cultural globalization?

Summarizing the lessons of history, this text suggests that while the conventional world federalist concept of an unlimited world government is still impractical in today’s world, there may be a role for a limited federal world government that would go well beyond the existing United Nations, offering a strong institutional basis for the evolutionary development of genuinely effective global governance.

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction and Overview 2. Historical Antecedents 3. From Perpetual Peace to The Great War 4. From the Treaty of Versailles to the Nuclear Age 5. The Postwar World Government Boom 6. The Post-Cold War era 7. Is There a Future for World Government?



FORTHCOMING

United Nations Development Programme (UNDP)Stephen Browne, Director of The Future of the UN Development System (FUNDS) Project

Introducing the organization that serves as the primary coordinator of the work of the United Nations (UN) system throughout the developing world, Stephen Browne explains the institution’s history, institutional structure and policies and assess its successes and failures in the fight against global poverty.

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction: The UN and Development 2. The Origins and History of UNDP 3. The Origins and History of the UN Development System 4. Development Research and Advocacy 5. The UN in Technical Assistance 6. Development Standards, Norm-Setting and UN Policy 7. Fostering Inter-Governmental (and International) Cooperation 8. Why Reform has Failed 9. Conclusion: The Future of UNDP and the UN Development System

June 2011: 216 x 138: 176ppHb: 978-0-415-77649-3: £70.00Pb: 978-0-415-77650-9: £16.99



FORTHCOMING

The Security Governance of Regional OrganizationsEdited by Emil J. Kirchner and Roberto Dominguez, Suffolk University, USA

There has been an increasing international presence and activism of non-state actors, working along nation states, such as regional organizations. However, different regional organizations have different historical experiences or geopolitical implications, and have developed different goals, strategies and rationales to deal with regional and international threats. This work seeks to examine and compare the contributions and limitations of the main regional organizations to the construction of international security governance.

This volume introduces the concept of security governance to analyze the performance of ten regional organizations. It asks what lessons can be derived from previous experiences policies of these ten organizations, and what mechanisms or methods of governance might be usefully applied to other regional organizations, or for the broader global order. It also asks what the measures and conditions of success will be, as well as what problems or challenges need to be overcome.

Selected Contents: 1. European Union Emil Kirchner 2. Organization of Cooperation and Security in Europe Nuray Ibryamova 3. North Atlantic Treaty Organization Roberto Dominguez 4. Africa and Asia Olefumi Babarinde 5. Association of Southeast Asian Nations Regional Forum Katja Weber 6. Shanghai Cooperation Agreement Imtiaz Hussain 7. Organization of American States Alejandro Chanona 8. Caribbean Community Jessica Byron 9. Andean Community of Nations Aimee Kanner 10. Common Market of the South Andrea Oelsner Conclusion Emil Kirchner and Roberto Dominguez

August 2011: 234 x 156: 336ppHb: 978-0-415-78236-4: £75.00Pb: 978-0-415-78235-7: £17.99


44


INTERNATIONAL ORGANISATIONS GOVERNANCE

3rd Edition

International OrganisationsClive Archer

This widely used textbook continues to provide students with an introduction to International Organisations, exploring their rise, their development in the 20th century and accounting for their significance in the modern international political and economic system.

2001: 234 x 156: 224ppHb: 978-0-415-24689-7: £105.00Pb: 978-0-415-24690-3: £26.99


GOVERNANCE

FORTHCOMING

Thinking about Global GovernanceWhy People and Ideas Matter

Thomas G. Weiss, The City University of New York, USA

This collection presents Thomas G. Weiss’ most important contributions to debates on UN Reform, non-state actors and global governance and humanitarian action in a turbulent world.

Selected Contents: Introduction Part 1: United Nations, Plus ca Change 1. Reinvigorating the International Civil Service 2. How UN Ideas Change the World 3. What Happened to the Idea of World Government? 4. Moving Beyond North-South Theatre 5. World Politics: Continuity and Change since 1945 with Sam Daws 6. An Unchanged Security Council: The Sky Ain’t Falling Part 2: Non-State Actors and Global Governance 7. The ‘Third’ United Nations’ with Tatiana Carayannis, and Richard Jolly 8. Framing Global Governance, Five Gaps With Ramesh Thakur 9. Governance, Good Governance, and Global Governance: Conceptual and Actual Challenges 10. Pluralising Global Governance: Analytical Approaches and Dimensions with Leon Gordenker Part 3: Humanitarian Action in a Turbulent World 11. Political Innovations and the Responsibility to Protect 12. The Fog of Humanitarianism: Collective Action Problems and Learning-Challenged Organizations with Peter J. Hoffman 13. The Humanitarian Impulse 14. The Sunset of Humanitarian Intervention? The Responsibility to Protect in a Unipolar Era 15. The Politics of Humanitarian Ideas 16. Principles, Politics, and Humanitarian Action 17. A Research Note about Military-Civilian Humanitarianism: More Questions than Answers

June 2011: 234 x 156: 288ppHb: 978-0-415-78192-3: £90.00Pb: 978-0-415-78193-0: £28.99


NEW

Contesting Global OrderDevelopment, Global Governance, and Globalization

James H. Mittelman, American University, USA

Few authors have sought to explain the links among development, global governance, and globalization, Contesting Global Order traces dominant values and patterns on a world level over the last half century. Including a framing introduction written for the volume, this book brings together for the first time James H. Mittelman’s most influential works, offering cross-regional

analysis, and including fieldwork in nine countries in Africa and Asia.

Selected Contents: Introduction 1. Framework Part 1: Development 2. The Internationalization of Political Violence 3. Underdevelopment and Nationalisation 4. Marginalization and the International Division of Labor Opening The Market Part 2: International Organization and Global Governance 5. Collective Decolonisation and the U.N. Committee of 24 6. Rethinking “The New Regionalism” in the Context of Globalization 7. The Globalization of Organized Crime, the Courtesan State, and the Corruption of Civil Society Part 3: Globalization 8. What is Critical Globalization Studies? 9. Globalisation and Environmental Resistance Politics 10. Globalization and Development: Learning from Debates in China Part 4: Knowledge and Power 11. Rethinking the International Division of Labour in the Context of Globalization 12. Conceptualizing Resistance to Globalization 13. Globalization: An Ascendant Paradigm? Conclusion 14. Making Globalization Work for the Have-Nots



online

ROUTLEDGEPOLITICS ONLINEwww.routledgepoliticsonline.com

The new Routledge Politics Online platform is a fully searchable online subject library including reference essentials that have won critical accolades and places on the best reference lists, with new works and updates added every year.

Key features:• Full text search functionality – rediscover classic works and explore new ones

• Cross reference linking between titles – find the information you are looking for quickly and easily

• Regular updates as new titles become available

• Customisable content – subscribe to as many titles as you wish

• COUNTER-compliant usage statistics.

Recommend a 30 day FREE trial to your librarian today!



45


FOREIGN POLICY

National Security CulturesPatterns of Global Governance

Edited by Emil J. Kirchner, University of Essex, UK and James Sperling, University of Akron, USA

‘Emil Kirchner and James Sperling have produced a welcome addition to the literature on national security cultures by applying the concept to the pressing problem of global and regional security governance. Country experts, area specialists, and international relations theorists with an interest in these topics will all want to

consult this volume.‘ - John S. Duffield, Georgia State University, USA

‘Interest in security governance has risen and fallen in the past ten years; now again on the rise, the concept is in great need of theoretical exposition and empirical grounding; and that is what this book achieves. In a welcome and highly ambitious study, the focus on security governance - so often constrained to Europe - is examined globally. In all these contexts, it is an exceptionally important book.‘ - Stuart Croft, Warwick University, UK

Selected Contents: 1. National Security Cultures, Technologies of Public Goods Supply and Security Governance James Sperling Part 1: Europe 2. France: A Departure from Exceptionalism Bastien Irondelle and Sophie Besancenot 3. Germany: The Continuity of Change Sebastian Harnisch and Raimund Wolf 4. Italy: Hard Tests and Soft Responses Paolo Foradori and Paolo Rosa 5. United Kingdom: How Much Continuity? How Much Change? Martin Smith 6. European Union: Moving Towards a European Security Culture? Emil J. Kirchner Part 2: North America 7. Canada: Facing up to Regional Security Challenges Osvaldo Croci 8. Mexico: Current and Future Security Challenges Roberto Dominguez 9. United States: A Full Spectrum Contributor to Governance? James Sperling Part 3: Euroasia 10. China: Power, Complementarity and Reflexivity Anthony Coates 11. Japan: From Deterrence to Prevention Haruhiro Fukui 12. Russia: A Global Power? Derek Averre 13. Conclusion: Structure, Agency and the Barriers to Global Security Han Dorussen, Emil J. Kirchner and James Sperling



FOREIGN POLICY

FORTHCOMING

Foreign Policy AnalysisUnderstanding the Diplomacy of War, Profit and Justice

Chris Alden, London School of Economics and Political Science, University of London, UK

The study of foreign policy has been undergoing a renaissance in recent years due to increased interest in the recent excesses of US and UK foreign policy. This book explains:

• why the study of foreign policy matters

• the main theories of foreign policy

• the decision making behind foreign policy

• the key actors and structures

• how different states shape their foreign policy.

Illustrated throughout with case studies and helpful learning aids, this is the ideal textbook for students of foreign policy.

Selected Contents: 1. An Introduction to Foreign Policy Analysis Part 1: Decision Making 2. Power, Capability and Instruments 3. Rational Decision Making 4. Perception, Cognition and Personality 5. Bureaucratic Politics Part 2: Actors and Structures 6. Identity and Foreign Policy 7. The Role of the External Environment 8. The Role of the Domestic Environment 9. The ‘Inter-mestic’ and Foreign Policy Part 3: Foreign Policy in the Era of Globalisation: Changing Contexts, New Actors and Complex Multilateralism 10. Transnational Actors and Foreign Policy 11. Structural Power and Foreign Policy 12. Foreign Policy Decision Making in a Pluralist World 13. Conclusion

August 2011: 246 x 174: 224ppHb: 978-0-415-42798-2: £80.00Pb: 978-0-415-42799-9: £24.99


Perceptions and Policy in Transatlantic RelationsProspective Visions from the US and Europe

Edited by Natividad Fernández Sola, University of Zaragoza, Spain and Michael Smith, Loughborough University, UK

Experts draw on Robert Jervis’ work to examine recent tensions between Europe and the US over such issues as transatlantic security and policies towards terrorism, against the background of perceptions and misperceptions in transatlantic relations.

2009: 234 x 156: 168ppHb: 978-0-415-45487-2: £80.00Pb: 978-0-415-45488-9: £22.99eBook: 978-0-203-89169-8


FORTHCOMING

Transatlantic Relations since 1945An Introduction

Jussi Hanhimaki, Benedikt Schoenborn, University of Tampere, Finland and Barbara Zancheta, Finnish Institute of International Affairs, Helsinki

The transatlantic relationship has been the bedrock of international relations since the end of World War II. This new textbook will focus on the period since the defeat of Nazi Germany, when the multitude of links between United States and Western Europe were created, extended, and multiplied. Written by three Europeans, it emphasizes transatlantic interactions, and avoids the temptation to focus on either U.S. ‘domination’ or European attempts to ‘resist’ an American effort to subjugate the old continent. That influence has travelled across the Atlantic in both directions is one of the starting points of this text.

Structured chronologically, the book will be built around three key themes:

• Security: From the Cold War to the War on Terror

• Economics: Integration and Competition

• ‘Soft power’ and Transatlantic Relations.

This book will be the first comprehensive account of transatlantic relations in the second half of the 20th century (extending to the present day). It will be of great interest to students of transatlantic relations, NATO, US Foreign Policy, Cold War History, European History and IR/International history.

Selected Contents: Introduction 1. American Commitment to Europe, 1945–1949 2. Institutional Frameworks, 1949–1957 3. Tension and Coexistence, 1957–1961 4. Challenged America, 1961–1972 5. Transatlantic Discord, 1973–1984 6. The Wall Comes Down, 1985–1989 7. Transitions and Uncertainties, 1989–1995 8. Enlargement, Integration, and Globalization, 1995–2001 9. A New Order, 2001–2009. Epilogue. Bibliography



Routledge Handbook of Public DiplomacyEdited by Nancy Snow, Syracuse University, New York, USA and Philip M. Taylor, University of Leeds, UK

This Handbook provides a comprehensive overview of public diplomacy and national image and perception management, from the efforts to foster pro-West sentiment during the Cold War to the post-9/11 campaign to ’win the hearts and minds’ of the Muslim world.

2008: 254 x 178: 408ppHb: 978-0-415-95301-6: £125.00Pb: 978-0-415-95302-3: £36.99eBook: 978-0-203-89152-0


46


FOREIGN POLICY

US Foreign Policy in the Middle EastThe Roots of Anti-Americanism

Kylie Baxter, Australian Agency for Education and Training, Melbourne, Australia and Shahram Akbarzadeh, University of Melbourne, Australia

Over the last sixty years, Washington has been a major player in the politics of the Middle East. From Iran in the 1950s, to the Gulf War of 1991, to the devastation of contemporary Iraq, US policy has had a profound impact on the domestic affairs of the region. Anti-Americanism is a pervasive feature of modern Middle East public opinion. But far from being intrinsic to

‘Muslim political culture’, scepticism of the US agenda is directly linked to the regional policies pursued by Washington.

By exploring critical points of regional crisis, Kylie Baxter and Shahram Akbarzadeh elaborate on the links between US policy and popular distrust of the United States. The book also examines the interconnected nature of events in this geo-strategically vital region. Accessible and easy to follow, it is designed to provide a clear and concise overview of complex historical and political material.

2008: 234 x 156: 208ppHb: 978-0-415-41048-9: £80.00Pb: 978-0-415-41049-6: £22.99eBook: 978-0-203-92830-1


American Foreign Policy and The Politics of FearThreat Inflation since 9/11

Edited by A. Trevor Thrall, University of Michigan, Dearborn, USA and Jane K. Cramer, University of Oregon, USA

Series: Routledge Global Security Studies

This edited volume examines threat inflation, and its role in framing US foreign and security policy since 9/11.

2009: 234 x 156: 256ppHb: 978-0-415-77768-1: £90.00Pb: 978-0-415-77769-8: £24.99eBook: 978-0-203-87909-2


US Foreign Policy and IranAmerican-Iranian Relations since the Islamic Revolution

Donette Murray, Royal Military Academy, Sandhurst, Camberley, UK

Series: Contemporary Security Studies

US Foreign Policy and Iran is a study of US foreign policy decision-making in relation to Iran and its implications for Middle Eastern relations.

Selected Contents: Introduction: The Iran Syndrome 1. The Crucible of Revolution: Carter’s Bitter Legacy 2. Reagan: After the Revolution, in Search of a Policy 3. George H.W. Bush: War and Peace 4. Clinton: Volte-Face 5. George W. Bush: The Enemy of my Enemy. Conclusion: The Carcass of Dead Policies. Select Bibliography

July 2010: 234 x 156: 272ppPb: 978-0-415-58139-4: £24.99


U.S. Foreign Policy in PerspectiveClients, Enemies and Empire

David Sylvan, Graduate Institute of International Studies, Geneva, Switzerland and Stephen Majeski, University of Washington, USA

’Empirical diplomatic history and theory at its best. This masterful, rigorous scholarship takes a long-term perspective, informed by rich case studies, to challenge in a pathbreaking interpretation many conventional wisdoms about the wellsprings of American foreign policy. Clear yet sophisticated at the same time - a rare

combination. Must reading for future research.’ - Charles W. Kegley, University of South Carolina, USA

’In this lucid, erudite, penetrating book, David Sylvan and Stephen Majeski turn standard analyses of U.S. foreign policy upside down. The tale they tell is one of means shaping ends, of instruments driving policies, of bureaucracies creating rather than serving national interests. Sylvan and Majeski’s cybernetic account of U.S. foreign policy is shockingly compelling - conceptually sound and empirically rich. This book is a must-read for any serious student of U.S. foreign policy.’ - David A. Welch, University of Toronto, Canada

2009: 246 x 174: 336ppHb: 978-0-415-70134-1: £80.00Pb: 978-0-415-70135-8: £25.99eBook: 978-0-203-79945-1


FORTHCOMING

Iranian Foreign PolicyPast, Present and Future Scenarios

Abbas Maleki, Harvard University, USA

This book evaluates the vision, mission, goals, strategies, policies, trends and approaches of Iranian foreign policy since the revolution through to the present day. It also provides a range of possible scenarios for the future.

Selected Contents: 1. Making Sense of Foreign Policy 2. What is Iran? 3. Substantial Resources in Iran’s Foreign Policy 4. Analysis of Theoretical Challenges of Iran’s

Foreign Policy 5. Decision Making in Foreign Policy 6. Political Factions in Iran and Foreign Policy 7. Major Levels of Iran’s Relations with the Rest of the World 8. Future of Iran’s Foreign Policy 9. Uncertainties on Global Trends to 2015 10. Scenarios on Iran’s Foreign Policy




Turkish Foreign Policy since 1774William Hale, School of Oriental and African Studies, London, UK and Sabanci University, Istanbul, Turkey

This revised and updated version of William Hale’s Turkish Foreign Policy 1774-2000 offers a comprehensive and analytical survey of Turkish foreign policy since the last quarter of the eighteenth century, when the Turks’ relations with the rest of the world entered their most critical phase.

Selected Contents: Introduction 1. Foreign Relations of the Late Ottoman Empire, 1774-1918 2. Resistance, Reconstruction and Diplomacy, 1918-1939 3. Turkey and the Second World War, 1939-1945 4. Turkey and the Cold War: The Engagement Phase, 1945-1963 5. Turkey and the Cold War: Global Shifts and Regional Conflicts, 1964-1990 6. Turkish Foreign Policy After the Cold War: Strategic Options and the Domestic Environment 7. Turkey and the West after the Cold War 8 .Turkey and Regional Politics after the Cold War (i) Russia, Transcaucasia, and the Balkans: Greece and Cyprus 9. Turkey and Regional Politics after the Cold War: (ii) Central Asia, the Middle East, and the Wider World 10. Conclusions and Analysis



47


FOREIGN POLICY

New Directions in US Foreign PolicyEdited by Inderjeet Parmar, University of Manchester, UK, Linda B. Miller, Wellesley College, USA and Mark Ledwidge, University of Manchester, UK

’This book provides a clear, well-written and stimulating guide to key debates and issues in contemporary US foreign policy. It will both inform and provoke debate about this hugely important, and equally controversial, subject.’ - Mark Phythian, University of Leicester, UK

’This book delivers on its promise of being lively and opinionated. In addition it is

thoughtful and well-informed. These esteemed academics tackle the key issues of the day with aplomb.’ - Brendon O’Connor, University of Sydney, Australia

Selected Contents: Part 1: Theorising Contemporary U.S. Foreign Policy Part 2: Non-State Actors in U.S. Foreign Policy Part 3: New Policy Directions

2009: 246 x 174: 304ppHb: 978-0-415-77748-3: £80.00Pb: 978-0-415-77749-0: £23.99eBook: 978-0-203-87881-1


America’s ’Special Relationships’Foreign and Domestic Aspects of the Politics of Alliance

Edited by John Dumbrell, University of Durham, UK and Axel Schäfer, Keele University, UK

This unique volume seeks to offer an original collection of essays on the theme of America’s ‘special relationships’. The essays vary in their focus; some are primarily historical, some are more contemporary. All consider the quality of ‘specialness’ in the context of America’s relationship with particular countries, including the United Kingdom, Canada, Australia, New Zealand,

Holland, Russia, Iran and Israel.

2009: 234 x 156: 264ppHb: 978-0-415-48376-6: £80.00Pb: 978-0-415-48375-9: £24.99eBook: 978-0-203-87270-3


Routledge Studies in US Foreign Policy

Series Edited by John Dumbrell, University of Durham, UK and I. Parmar, University of Manchester, UK

This new series sets out to publish high quality works by leading and emerging scholars critically engaging with United States Foreign Policy. The series welcomes a variety of approaches to the subject and draws on scholarship from international relations, security studies, international political economy, foreign policy analysis and contemporary international history.Subjects covered include the role of administrations and institutions, the media, think tanks, ideologues and intellectuals, elites, transnational corporations, public opinion, and pressure groups in shaping foreign policy, US relations with individual nations, with global regions and global institutions and America’s evolving strategic and military policies.




FORTHCOMING

Beyond Anti-AmericanismThe Case for Criticism not Prejudice

Brendon O’Connor, Griffith University, Brisbane, Australia

Beyond Anti-Americanism presents a case for seeing anti-Americanism as principally a counterproductive prejudice. Brendon O’Connor argues that while there are many reasons to be frustrated with American policies, politics and even American society, a crucial distinction should be drawn between criticism and prejudice.

Selected Contents: Introduction: What is Anti-Americanism? 1. The Anti-American Tradition 2. American Power and Complicating the Anti-American Tradition 3. George W. Bush and the Resurgence of the Anti-American Tradition 4. Violent Anti-Americanism: bin Laden, al Qaeda and Terrorism Conclusion: Beyond the Anti-American Tradition

July 2011: 234 x 156: 208ppHb: 978-0-415-47428-3: £80.00Pb: 978-0-415-47429-0: £24.99


FORTHCOMING

Ideologies of US Foreign PolicyFrom Pearl Harbour to the Present

John Callaghan, University of Wolverhampton, UK and Brendon O’Connor, Griffith University, Brisbane, Australia

This is a comprehensive account of the historical and political development of United States Foreign Policy from Pearl Harbour to the present day.

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. FDR and Liberal Internationalism 3. Truman, Eisenhower and the Emergence of Realism 4. JFK, LBJ and the Crisis of American Liberalism 5. Nixon, Kissinger and Realpolitik 6. Carter, Reagan and American Values 7. Bush, Clinton and Post-Cold War Reorientations 8. George W. Bush and US Unilateralism



48


FOREIGN POLICY

Routledge Studies in US Foreign Policy

Soft Power and US Foreign PolicyTheoretical, Historical and Contemporary Perspectives

Edited by Inderjeet Parmar, University of Manchester, UK and Michael Cox

The rise of widespread negative attitudes towards US foreign policy, especially due to the war of aggression against Iraq and the subsequent military occupation of the country – has brought new attention to the meaning and instruments of soft power. In this edited collection, an outstanding line up of contributors provides the most extensive discussion of soft power to date.

Soft Power has become part of popular political discourse since it was coined by Harvard’s Joseph Nye, and this volume features a brand new chapter by Nye outlining his views on soft, hard and smart power and offers a critique of the Bush administration’s inadequacies. The other contributions to the volume respond to Nye’s views from a range of theoretical, historical and policy perspectives giving new insights in to both soft power and the concept of power itself.

This is the most comprehensive and up-to-date analysis of this key concept in foreign affairs and is essential reading for scholars of US foreign policy, public diplomacy, international relations and foreign policy analysis.

Selected Contents: Introduction Inderjeet Parmar and Michael Cox 1. The Future of Soft Power in US Foreign Policy Joseph Nye Jr. 2. From Hegemony to Soft Power Geraldo Zahran and Leonardo Ramos 3. Soft Power and Strategy: Developing a ’Strategic’ Concept of Power Edward Lock 4. The Unbearable Lightness of Soft Power Christopher Layne 5. The Power Game, Soft Power and the International Historian Till Geiger 6. Challenging Elite Anti-Americanism in the Cold War Inderjeet Parmar 7. Technological Leadership and American Soft Power John Krige 8. The Military Use of Soft Power - Information Campaigns: The Challenge of Application, their Audiences and Effects Angus Taverner 9. Public Diplomacy and the Information War on Terror Philip Taylor 10. Soft Power in an Era of US Decline Giles Scott-Smith 11. Cheques and Balances: The EU’s Soft Power Strategy Christopher Hill 12. The Myth and Reality of China’s Soft Power Shogo Suzuki 13. Responding to my Critics and Concluding Thoughts Joseph Nye



NEW

The Unilateralist Temptation in American Foreign PolicyDavid Skidmore, Drake University, USA

Series: Foreign Policy Analysis

‘David Skidmore’s new book offers a stimulating challenge to theories that posit sharp changes in American foreign policy during recent decades—namely, from post-World War II multilateralism to post-September 11 unilateralism. He argues that structural constraints provide a better explanation of foreign policy behavior

than presidential ideology and, thus, that there are some important unilateralist continuities across the three most recent administrations. Sixteen case studies across several important issue areas vividly illustrate his thesis.’ - Ole Holsti, Duke University, USA

Skidmore traces U.S. unilateralism to the structural effects of the end of the Cold War, both domestically and abroad, to argue that the United States was more hegemonic than multilateralist—a rule-maker, not a rule-taker. An “institutional bargain” existed under the Cold War threat from the Soviets, but absent those imperatives the United States has been less willing to provide collective goods through strong international institutions and other states are less willing to defer to U.S. exemptions. On the home front, the post-Cold War political environment has made it more difficult for presidents to resist the appeals of powerful interests who are threatened by multilateral commitments.

This book demonstrates that American unilateralism has deeper roots and more resilience than many expect. The unilateral temptation can only be overcome through new political bargains domestically and internationally that permit multilateral engagement, even the absence of great power rivalry.

Selected Contents: 1. The Unilateralist Turn in U.S. Foreign Policy 2. The International and Domestic Sources of Unilateralism 3. Structure and Ideology in U.S. Foreign Policy: Clinton and Bush Compared 4. The United States and International Public Goods 5. Reconfiguring the Terms of U.S. Engagement with International Institutions 6. Barack Obama and the Unilateralist Temptation



NEW

Rethinking Foreign Policy AnalysisStates, Leaders, and the Microfoundations of Behavioral International Relations

Edited by Stephen G. Walker, Arizona State University, USA, Akan Malici, Furman University, USA and Mark Schafer, Louisiana State University, USA

‘Rethinking Foreign Policy Analysis is a bold and exciting undertaking. The authors . . . solve many of the problems that have bedeviled international relations researchers for decades. [It] will stand as a foundational book that helps propel forward our understanding of foreign affairs.’ - Bruce Bueno de Mesquita, New York University

and Stanford University, USA

Stephen G. Walker, Akan Malici, and Mark Schafer present a definitive, social-psychological approach to integrating theories of foreign policy analysis and international relations — addressing the agent-centered, micro-political study of decisions by leaders and the structure-oriented, macro-political study of state interactions as a complex adaptive system. The links between the internal world of beliefs and the external world of events provide the strategic setting in which states collide and leaders decide.

Selected Contents: Part 1: Foreign Policy Analysis 1. Foreign Policy Analysis and Behavioral International Relations Stephen G. Walker 2. Macropolitics and Foreign Policy Decisions: The Billiard Ball Model of IR Stephen G. Walker 3. Micropolitics and Foreign Policy Decisions: The Behavioral Model of IR Stephen G. Walker 4. Quantum Politics and Operational Code Analysis: Theories and Methods Stephen G. Walker Part 2: Foreign Policy Decision Making 5. The United States and Rogue Leaders: Understanding the Conflicts Akan Malici 6. Deceptive Bargaining and Nuclear Ambitions: Prospect Theory and North Korea’s Decision to Go Nuclear Kai He and Huiyun Feng 7. Small Group Dynamics: The Psychological Characteristics of Leaders and the Quality of Group Decision Making Mark Schafer, Jonathon Nunley, and Scott Crichlow 8. Alliances and Their Microfoundations: France and Britain in the 9/11 Era Akan Malici Part 3: Foreign Policy Learning 9. Learning to Resist or Resisting to Learn? The Operational Codes of Fidel Castro and Kim Il Sung Akan Malici 10. Stability and Change in Belief Systems: The Operational Code of George W. Bush from Governor to Second Term President Jonathan Renshon 11. Experiential Learning by U.S. Presidents: Domestic, International, and Psychological Influences in the Post-Cold War World Samuel Robison 12. Cognitive Responses by U.S. Presidents to Foreign Policy Crises: Belief Changes in Response to Positive and Negative Experiences B. Gregory Marfleet and Hannah Simpson Part 4: Foreign Policy Dynamics 13. Dueling with Dictators: Explaining the Strategic Interaction Patterns of U.S. Presidents and Rogue Leaders Stephen G. Walker and Mark Schafer 14. Binary Role Theory: Reducing Uncertainty and Managing Complexity in Foreign Policy Analysis Stephen G. Walker 15. The Integration of Foreign Policy Analysis and International Relations



49


INTERNATIONAL SECURITY

National Security in the Obama AdministrationReassessing the Bush Doctrine

Stanley A. Renshon, City University of New York Graduate Center, USA

This book examines the Bush Doctrine and its effect and influence on the new national security agenda of President Obama.

Selected Contents: Part 1: The Bush Doctrine Reconsidered Part 2: The Strategic World After 9/11 Part 3: The Politics of Post 9/11 National Security

2009: 229 x 152: 312ppHb: 978-0-415-80406-6: £100.00Pb: 978-0-415-80405-9: £25.99eBook: 978-0-203-87451-6


Buying National SecurityHow America Plans and Pays for Its Global Role and Safety at Home

Gordon Adams, School of International Service, American University, USA and Cindy Williams, Massachusetts Institute of Technology, USA

The tools of American statecraft — defense, diplomacy, foreign and security assistance, homeland security and intelligence — are rarely examined together. Adams and Williams fill this gap by examining how these tools work, how they are planned for, and how they are budgeted.

Selected Contents: 1. Money is Policy: Planning and Budgeting for Security and Foreign Affairs

2. Resource Planning for International Affairs and State Operations 3. Foreign Economic Assistance Budgeting and Programs 4. Political and Security Assistance Budgeting and Programs 5. Planning, Programming, Budgeting, and Execution in the Department of Defense 6. Intelligence Planning and Budgeting 7. Resource Allocation and Budgeting for Homeland Security 8. The Role of the Executive Office of the President in National Security Budgeting 9. Resource Allocation and Budgeting in Congress 10. The Politics of National Security Budgeting 11. The Road Ahead: How Might Budgeting Change?

2009: 229 x 152: 368ppHb: 978-0-415-95439-6: £100.00Pb: 978-0-415-95440-2: £34.99eBook: 978-0-203-86150-9



FORTHCOMING

The Routledge Handbook of Security StudiesEdited by Victor Mauer and Myriam Dunn Cavelty, both at Swiss Federal Institute of Technology (ETH), Zurich, Switzerland

Focusing on contemporary challenges, The Routledge Handbook of Security Studies offers a wide-ranging collection of cutting-edge essays from leading scholars in the field of Security Studies, and is now available in paperback.

Selected Contents: Part 1: Theoretical Approaches to Security and Different ‘Securities’ Part 2: Contemporary Security Challenges Part 3: Regional Security Challenges Part 4: Confronting Security Challenges

July 2011: 246 x 174: 498ppPb: 978-0-415-66472-1: £28.99


Security StudiesAn Introduction

Edited by Paul D. Williams, George Washington University, USA

Security Studies is the most comprehensive textbook available on security studies.

It gives students a detailed overview of the major theoretical approaches, key themes and most significant issues within security studies.

• Part 1 explores the main theoretical approaches currently used within the field from realism to international political sociology.

• Part 2 explains the central concepts underpinning contemporary debates from the security dilemma to terrorism.

• Part 3 presents an overview of the institutional security architecture currently influencing world politics using international, regional and global levels of analysis.

• Part 4 examines some of the key contemporary challenges to global security from the arms trade to energy security.

• Part 5 discusses the future of security.

Security Studies provides a valuable new teaching tool for undergraduates and MA students by collecting these related strands of the field together into a single coherent textbook.

Selected Contents: Part 1: Theoretical Approaches Part 2: Key Concepts Part 3: Institutions Part 4: Contemporary Challenges

2008: 246 x 174: 568ppHb: 978-0-415-42561-2: £95.00Pb: 978-0-415-42562-9: £25.99


NEW

Security StudiesA Reader

Edited by Christopher W. Hughes and Lai Yew Meng, both at University of Warwick, UK

This reader brings together key contributions from many of the leading scholars in the field, offering students an informed overview of the most significant work in security studies.

The editors chart the development of the key debates since 1945 introducing the ideas of the most influential ‘past masters’ and contemporary thinkers on security in the UK, US and elsewhere.

In order to guide students through the issues, the book includes a critical introduction exploring the development of security studies and introductory essays for each section, highlighting clearly how the readings fit together. Suggestions for further reading and key questions for discussion are also included.

Selected Contents: Part 1: What is Security? Introduction 1.1 National Security as an Ambiguous Symbol Arnold Wolfers 1.2 Redefining Security Richard Ullman 1.3 The National Security Problem in International Relations Barry Buzan 1.4 The Concept of Security David Baldwin 1.5 Security and Emancipation Ken Booth 1.6 Feminism and Security J. Ann Tickner 1.7 The Third World and Security Studies Amitav Acharya 1.8 Redefining Security (2) Jessica Tuchman Matthews 1.9 Human Security Roland Paris 1.10 The Renaissance of Security Studies Stephen M. Walt 1.11 Securitisation Ole Waever Part 2: Security Paradigms Introduction 2.1 The Nemesis of Utopianism E.H. Carr 2.2 A Realist Theory of International Politics Hans J. Morgenthau 2.3 The Concept of Order in World Politics Hedley Bull 2.4 Anarchic Orders and Balances of Power Kenneth N. Waltz 2.5 Cooperation Under the Security Dilemma Robert Jervis 2.6 The False Promise of International Institutions John J. Mearsheimer 2.7 Economics and the Moral Case for War Norman Angell 2.8 Neoliberal Institutionalism Robert Keohane 2.9 Democratic Peace Michael W. Doyle 2.10 Neo-Kantian Perspective Bruce Russett 2.11 The Social Construction of Power Politics Alexander Wendt 2.12 Norms, Identity and National Security Thomas U. Berger Part 3: Security Dimensions and Issues Introduction 3.1 Nuclear Deterrence Ned Lebow and Janice Gross Stein 3.2 Arms Races Barry Buzan and Eric Herring 3.3 Nuclear Proliferation Scott Sagan 3.4 New Military Conflict Lawrence Freedman 3.5 Technology and War Michael O’Hanlon 3.6 Resources and Conflict Thomas Homer-Dixon 3.7 Migration and Security Myron Weiner 3.8 Transnational Crime and Security Phil Williams 3.9 AIDS/HIV and Security P.W. Singer 3.10 Economics and Security Jonathan Kirshner Part 4: Security Frameworks and Actors Introduction 4.1 The Long Peace John Lewis Gaddis 4.2 The Unipolar Illusion Christopher Layne 4.3 Alliance Politics Glenn Snyder 4.4. Alliance Futures Stephen M. Walt 4.5 Multilateralism John Gerard Ruggie 4.6 Regimes Robert Jervis 4.7 Security Communities Emanuel Adler 4.8 Interventionism Adam Roberts 4.9 Economic Sanctions Robert A. Pape 4.10 Private Military Companies David Shearer Part 5: The Future of Security Introduction 5.1 Security in the Twenty First Century Barry Buzan 5.2 Instability in Europe? John J. Mearsheimer 5.3 Security Dilemmas in East Asia? Thomas J. Christensen 5.4 Structural Realism redux Kenneth N. Waltz 5.5 Security and Global Transformation Ken Booth 5.6 Globalisation and Security Victor D. Cha 5.7 Terrorism Walter Laqueur 5.8 The War on Terrorism Michael Howard

February 2011: 246 x 174: 464ppHb: 978-0-415-32600-1: £100.00Pb: 978-0-415-32601-8: £27.99


50



FORTHCOMING

Conflict, Security and DevelopmentAn Introduction

Paul Jackson and Danielle Beswick, both at University of Birmingham, UK

This new textbook addresses the the impact of conflict and security on development initiatives. The authors marry academic teaching and approaches with practical policy through three key features:

• using the best of recent academic theory, field research and policy to provide an overview of the connections between security and development

• exploring the implications of these connections for the theory and practice of development

• investigating the challenges that arise for post-conflict reconstruction when we recognise that security and development are mutually contingent.

The authors are experienced in both the theory and practice of development and conflict, and illustrate the theory about the links between conflict, security and development with practical examples, drawing on up-to-date literature and personal experience. Each chapter is informed by student pedagogy.

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. Security and Development - Mutually Reinforcing? 3. Accounting for Conflict in the Developing World 4. The Changing Nature of Conflict and its Impact on Development 5. Development Actors in War 6. International and Humanitarian Intervention 7. The Privatisation of Security 8. Development and Security in Post-Conflict Environments 9 . International Responses to the Development-Security Dilemma 10. Conclusions: Development and Security - Reconnecting the Threads. Select Bibliography

June 2011: 246 x 174: 224ppHb: 978-0-415-49984-2: £90.00Pb: 978-0-415-49983-5: £23.99


The International Humanitarian OrderMichael Barnett, George Washington University, USA


This book provides a critical exploration of the politics and practice of global ethical interventions. Organized in four parts Michael Barnett examines the tensions in the relationship between global governance, ethics, and international order.

Selected Contents: Section 1: UN and World Order Section 2: The Ethics of Intervention

2009: 234 x 156: 240ppHb: 978-0-415-77631-8: £85.00Pb: 978-0-415-77632-5: £24.99eBook: 978-0-203-86297-1


FORTHCOMING

Contemporary European SecurityDavid J. Galbreath, University of Aberdeen, UK

European security is a complex network of insecurities, institutions and initiatives. Europe is faced with the traditional insecurities of inter- and intra-state conflict as well as non-state threats to security such as environmental, health and human security. The region’s attempts to combat these insecurities have been to develop and foster regional institutions, such as the EU, NATO, OSCE and even the Council of Europe. In turn, member-states and the institutions have set out various ways to combat a range of insecurities from ethnic conflict to human trafficking.

This text explores the complex European security architecture with an eye on introducing students to the empirical, theoretical and conceptual approaches to European security.

Selected Contents: Part 1: Framing European Security 1. A Changing Security Architecture 2. From Cold War to European Peace 3. Uncovering European Security Today Part 2: Institutions of European Security 4. North Atlantic Treaty Organization 5. Organization for Security and Cooperation in Europe 6. European Union 7. Council of Europe Part 3: Issues of European Security 8. National Security 9. Societal Security 10. Human Security 11. Non-state actors and security 12. European Security: Where Do We Go From Here?

October 2011: 246 x 174: 224ppHb: 978-0-415-47356-9: £80.00Pb: 978-0-415-47357-6: £23.99


FORTHCOMING

Democracy and InterventionJohn Macmillan, Brunel University, UK


This book develops a systematic understanding of the conceptual, ethical, political and theoretical dimensions of intervention in an empirical/historical context. The book will focus primarily on the theory and practice of intervention as pertaining to the nexus between democracy/democracies and international society.

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction A. Concepts and Debates 2. The Conceptual Bases of Intervention & Non-Intervention in International Society 3. The Ethics of Intervention 4. Intervention as Governance B. Continuity and Change in the History of Democratic State Intervention 5. Intervention between the Powers: Revolution and Post-War Reconstruction 6. The Imperial Age: Competition, Capital and Conscience in the Expansion of the European system 7. The Cold War: The Defence of Interests in the Age of Nationalism and Ideological Contest 8. The 1990s: The Humanitarianism Moment 9. The 2000s: Terror and Regime Change C. Intervention and Governance in the Global Political System 10. Humanitarianism and Human Rights: The Use of Force Reviewed 11. Terror: The Use of Force Reviewed 12. Conclusions

August 2011: 216 x 138: 192ppHb: 978-0-415-44494-1: £80.00Pb: 978-0-415-44495-8: £20.99


NEW

Humanitarianism ContestedWhere Angels Fear to Tread

Michael Barnett, George Washington University, USA and Thomas G. Weiss, City University of New York, USA

This book provides a succinct but sophisticated understanding of humanitarianism and insight into the on-going dilemmas and tensions that have accompanied it since its origins in the early nineteenth century. Combining theoretical and historical exposition with a broad range of contemporary case studies, the book:

• provides a brief survey of the history of humanitarianism,

beginning with the anti-slavery movement in the early nineteenth century and continuing to today’s challenge of post-conflict reconstruction and saving failed states

• explains the evolution of humanitarianism

• presents an overview of the contemporary humanitarian sector, including briefly who the key actors are, how they are funded and what they do with their money

• analyses the ethical dilemmas confronted by humanitarian organization

• examines how humanitarianism poses fundamental ethical questions regarding the kind of world we want to live in, what kind of world is possible, and how we might get there.

An accessible and engaging work by two of the leading scholars in the field, Humanitarianism Contested is essential reading for all those concerned with the future of human rights and international relations.

Selected Contents: Introduction 1. Humanitarianism: The Essentials 2. ’Birth’ and Maturation, 1864-1945 3. The Traditional Enterprise, 1945 - 1989 4. The Turbulent Post-Cold War Era: The New Humanitarianism? 5. Turbulent Humanitarianism Since 1989: Rhetoric Meets Reality 6. Humanitarianism’s Past and Possible Futures: Ten Guiding Questions



51



FORTHCOMING

International SecurityAn Introduction

Adrian Hyde-Price, University of Bath, UK

This textbook introduces students to the study of contemporary international security. It is aimed at second and third year undergraduates as well as postgraduate students undertaking a taught Masters degree programme. Eschewing jargon, this textbook is clear and accessible; with pedagogical features such as boxes, key points, further reading and student questions.

Key theories and concepts are presented in the introductory chapters, and applied to the case-studies and empirical examples in subsequent chapters. Its strong empirical dimension allows it to illustrate contemporary international security problems and issues.

The book will be essential reading for upper-level students of international or global security studies, and recommended reading for students of strategic studies, war and conflict studies, terrorism studies and IR in general.

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction Part 1: Theories and Approaches 2. Theories about International Security 3. Globalisation and International Security Part 2: Contemporary Security Issues 4. Humanitarian Intervention 5. International Terrorism 6. Nuclear Proliferation Part 3: Regional Security 7. The Middle East 8. Russia, Eurasia and Energy Security 9. China and East Asia 10. Human Security and ‘New Wars’ Part 4: Conclusion 11. Conflict and Cooperation in the Twenty-First Century



Transnational Organized CrimeFrank Madsen, University of Cambridge, UK

Series: Global Institutions

In this book former police officer Frank Madsen provides a much needed, short and accessible introduction to transnational organized crime, explaining its history and the key current issues and clearly examining the economics and practices of crime in the era of globalization.

Key issues discussed include:

• the war on drugs

• anti-money laundering efforts

• the relationship between organized crime and terrorism

• development of ‘Internet based’ criminal activity

• international response to transnational organized crime.

2009: 216 x 138: 144ppHb: 978-0-415-46498-7: £75.00Pb: 978-0-415-46499-4: £15.99eBook: 978-0-203-87582-7


FORTHCOMING

US Security PolicyOrigins, Politics, and Contemporary Challenges

Alexandra Homolar, Warwick University, UK

This book is an accessible and innovative introduction to the key issues and emerging challenges of US national security policy in the twenty-first century.

The text explores how the United States, as the hegemonic player in the international arena, defines its security interests and objectives, perceives and articulates threats to these goals, and develops polices to protect and enhance its security objectives to counter these threats. Going beyond existing works, it merges insights from the disciplines of US foreign policy analysis, US defence studies, and international security studies, and thereby provides a more holistic understanding of America’s quest for security in an age of uncertainty.

Selected Contents: Introduction Part 1: Background: Theories, Concepts and Actors 1. Understanding Security 2. Theoretical Perspectives on the Making of Security Policy 3. Key Actors and Institutions in the Making of US Security Policy 4. The Origins of the Contemporary US Security Policy Apparatus and Interests Part 2: Post-Cold War US Approaches to Security 5. US Security Policy after the Cold War 6. US Security Policy in the War on Terror 7. US Security Policy in the Age of Obama. Conclusion: The US and the Governance of International Security. Select Bibliography



FORTHCOMING

A Perpetual MenaceNuclear Weapons and International Order

William Walker, University of St. Andrews, UK


Written by a leading scholar in the field of nuclear weapons and international relations, this book examines ‘the problem of order’ arising from the existence of weapons of mass destruction.

This central problem of international order has its origins in the nineteenth century, when industrialization and the emergence of new sciences, technologies and administrative capabilities greatly expanded states’ abilities to inflict injury, ushering in the era of total war. It became acute in the mid-twentieth century, with the invention of the atomic bomb and the pre-eminent role ascribed to nuclear weapons during the Cold War. It became more complex after the end of the Cold War, as power structures shifted, new insecurities emerged, prior ordering strategies were called into question, and as technologies relevant to weapons of mass destruction became more accessible to non-state actors as well as states.

William Walker explores how this problem is conceived by influential actors, how they have tried to fashion solutions in the face of many predicaments, and why those solutions have been deemed effective and ineffective, legitimate and illegitimate, in various times and contexts.

Selected Contents: Preface 1. Introduction: The Problems of Nuclear Order and its Understanding 2. The Awakenings, 1938-46 3. Sculpting an Order out of Disorder: Nuclear Weapons and the Cold War 4. Two Crises of Nuclear Order, 1973-1986 5. A Fortuitous Sequence of Events: The Nuclear Order’s Consolidation, 1986-1997 6. The Shifting and Expanding Problems of Nuclear Order, 1997-2008: The Regular and Irregular Domains of Interaction 7. Back to the Pursuit of Nuclear Disarmament: A Futile Endeavour? 8. Conclusion: Reflections on the Evolution of Nuclear Order. Bibliography






52



Building Peace After WarMats Berdal, King’s College London, UK

The widespread practice of external intervention aimed at building ‘sustainable peace’ within societies ravaged by war and violence has been a striking feature of the post-Cold War era. This book examines the record of such interventions, from Cambodia in the early 1990s to ongoing efforts in Afghanistan and the Democratic Republic of the Congo. It examines the variety

of forms that these interventions have taken and identifies the sources of success and failure in individual cases.

2009: 234 x 156: 186ppPb: 978-0-415-47436-8: £10.99


Climate ConflictHow Global Warming Threatens Security and What to Do about It

Jeffrey Mazo

This Adelphi explores how cultures have met the climate challenge and provides lessons for how the modern world can handle the new security threats posed by unprecedented global warming.

March 2010: 234 x 156: 168ppPb: 978-0-415-59118-8: £9.99For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415591188

Ending WarConsolidating Peace

Mats Berdal, King’s College London, UK and Achim Wennmann, Graduate Institute of International and Development Studies, Geneva, Switzerland

This Adelphi offers a series of economic perspectives on conflict resolution, to show how the challenges of peacebuilding can be more effectively tackled.

September 2010: 234 x 156Pb: 978-0-415-61387-3: £9.99


NEW

Europe and Global SecurityBastian Giegerich

In the twenty-first century, the European Union is confronted by myriad security problems that demand concerted action and cooperation.

These issues about the very nature and identity of the Union are explored in this Adelphi.

November 2010: 234 x 156Pb: 978-0-415-66934-4: £9.99


FORTHCOMING

India as a Rising Great Power: Challenges and OpportunitiesRahul Roy-Chaudhury, IISS, London, UK

At a time when India’s economic growth is driving greater engagement with and influence in the world, this Adelphi Paper will provide a comprehensive strategic assessment of India’s rise as a great power.

July 2011: 234 x 156: 120ppPb: 978-0-415-46632-5: £16.99


FORTHCOMING

The Future of Asia-Pacific Sea PowerGeoffrey Till, Joint Services Command and Staff College / Defence Studies, Kings College London, UK

Navies are going through a period of radical change, in large part due to new technologies and the effects of globalization. In this changing strategic context, a collaborative approach to maintaining good order at sea needs to be sustained, by navies acting with, rather than against each other, by the development of specialized fleets, and by the acceptance of shared R&D and production in naval equipment.

This Adelphi will explore the tensions between these approaches, with particular reference to the naval interactions of the United States, China, Japan and India, especially in the waters around Southeast and Northeast Asia.

July 2011: 234 x 156: 120ppPb: 978-0-415-46584-7: £16.99


FORTHCOMING

The Future of ConflictH.R. McMaster, IISS, London, UK

A fundamentally flawed and ahistorical vision of future conflict that de-emphasises the human, psychological, political and cultural dimensions of war persists in strategic thought in spite of recent experience. This paper challenges the widely held belief that ‘revolutionary’ surveillance, information-gathering and precision-strike technologies will permit modern military forces to win future wars rapidly and efficiently.

July 2011: 234 x 156: 120ppPb: 978-0-415-46582-3: £16.99


FORTHCOMING

The US Role in the WorldPatrick M. Cronin, International Institute for Strategic Studies, UK

The United States continues to be the dominant military power on the international stage. But dominance is not what it used to be; America has had a difficult time translating its preponderance into influence.

This Adelphi explores how part of the solution to the US’s difficulties may be found in adopting an approach of strategic restraint; aiming to manage disorder rather than striving to solve too many of the world’s ills.

July 2011: 234 x 156: 120ppPb: 978-0-415-46581-6: £16.99


Adelphi series

The Adelphi series is The International Institute for Strategic Studies’ flagship contribution to policy-relevant, original academic research.Eight books are published each year. They provide rigorous analysis of contemporary strategic and defence topics that is useful to politicians and diplomats, as well as academic researchers, foreign-affairs analysts, defence commentators and journalists.

53



NEW

Global Politics and the Responsibility to ProtectFrom Words to Deeds

Alex J. Bellamy, Griffith University, Australia

Series: Global Politics and the Responsibility to Protect

This book provides an in-depth introduction to, and analysis of, the issues relating to the implementation of the recent Responsibility to Protect principle in international politics.

The Responsibility to Protect (RtoP) has come a long way in a short space of time. It was endorsed by the General Assembly of the UN in 2005, and unanimously reaffirmed by

the Security Council in 2006 (Resolution 1674) and 2009 (Resolution 1894). UN Secretary-General Ban Ki-moon has identified the challenge of implementing RtoP as one of the cornerstones of his Secretary-Generalship. The principle has also become part of the working language of international engagement with humanitarian crises and has been debated in relation to almost every recent international crisis – including Sudan, Sri Lanka, Myanmar, Georgia, the Democratic Republic of Congo, Darfur and Somalia.

Concentrating mainly on implementation challenges including the prevention of genocide and mass atrocities, strengthening the UN’s capacity to respond, and the role of regional organizations, this book introducing readers to contemporary debates on R2P and provides the first book-length analysis of the implementation agenda.

The book will be of great interest to students of the responsibility to protect, humanitarian intervention, human rights, foreign policy, security studies and IR and politics in general.

Selected Contents: Introduction 1. From Idea to Norm 2. Implementing RtoP at the UN 3. Humanitarian Crises since 2005 4. An Assessment after Five Years 5. Economic Development and Democratisation 6. Early Warning 7. Regional Arrangements (with Sara E. Davies) 8. The UN Security Council and the Use of Force Conclusion



NEW

The Responsibility to ProtectNorms, Laws and the Use of Force in International Politics

Ramesh Thakur, University of Waterloo, Canada

Series: Global Politics and the Responsibility to Protect

This volume is a collection of the key writings of Professor Ramesh Thakur on norms and laws regulating the international use of force.

The adoption of the Responsibility to Protect (R2P) principle by world leaders assembled at the UN summit in 2005 is widely acknowledged to represent one of the great normative advances in international politics since 1945. The author has been involved in this shift from the dominant norm of non-intervention to R2P as an actor, public intellectual and academic and has been a key thinker in this process. These essays represent the author’s writings on R2P, including reference to test cases as they arose, such as with Cyclone Nargis in Myanmar in 2008.

Comprising essays by a key thinker and agent in the Responsibility to Protect debates, this book will be of much interest to students of international politics, human rights, international law, war and conflict studies, international security and IR in general.

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction: Norms and Laws in International Relations 2. Non-Intervention in International Relations: A Case Study 3. Kosovo, Humanitarian Intervention and the Challenge of World Order with Albrecht Schnabel 4. Global Norms and International Humanitarian Law: An Asian Perspective 5. Intervention, Sovereignty and the Responsibility to Protect: Experiences from ICISS 6. In Defence of The Responsibility to Protect 7. Collective Security and the Use of Force: Reflections on the Report of the High-Level Panel on Threats, Challenges and Change 8. The Responsibility to Protect and Prosecute: The Parallel Erosion of Sovereignty and Impunity with Vesselin Popovski 9. R2P: From Idea to Norm – and Action? with Thomas G. Weiss 10. The Responsibility to Protect and the North-South Divide 11. R2P and the Protection of Civilians in Armed Conflict 12. Conclusion: Normative Incoherence, Inconsistency and Contestation



Risk and the War on TerrorEdited by Louise Amoore, University of Durham, UK and Marieke de Goede, University of Amsterdam, the Netherlands

’This anthology’s broad coverage of the relationship of risk to the war on terror’s proliferation of surveillance is extraordinary. The work of this excellent group of scholars is innovative and compelling.’ - Michael Shapiro, University of Hawaii, USA

2008: 234 x 156: 296ppHb: 978-0-415-44323-4: £90.00Pb: 978-0-415-44324-1: £24.99eBook: 978-0-203-92770-0For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415443241

FORTHCOMING

International Security & Peace ScienceOrigins & Evolution

J. David Singer, University of Michigan, USA

Professor J. David Singer has been arguably the most important influence on quantitative research into the causes and attributes of war. This collection is a carefully selected overview of his work which provides not only an excellent introduction to his considerable methodological, theoretical and empirical contributions but also an intellectual history of

developments in the field of international relations which are reflected in Professor Singer’s work.

This is essential reading for all those with an interest in the use of quantitative methods in social science, the changing nature of the study of international relations and the analysis of war and peace.

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction: The Making of a Peace Researcher 2. Earlier Evaluations of National Security Policy 3. Public Dove but Policy Wonk 4. Querulous and Suggestive Interventions 5. Conceptual and Methodological Insights 6. From Conventional Concepts to Operational Indicators 7. Scientific Research Payoffs 8. Sermons for the Next Generation



Rethinking Insecurity, War and ViolenceBeyond Savage Globalization?

Edited by Damian Grenfell and Paul James, both at RMIT University, Melbourne, Australia

Series: Rethinking Globalizations

This collection of essays rethinks the security paradigm in the context of the War on Terror, providing a broad and systematic analysis of the long-term sources of political, military and cultural insecurity from the local to the global.


54



Territory, War, and PeaceJohn A. Vasquez and Marie T. Henehan, both at University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign, USA

Series: Contemporary Security Studies

This book presents a collection of new and updated essays on what has come to be known as the territorial explanation of war.

The book argues that a key both to peace and to war lies in understanding the role territory plays as a source of conflict and inter-group violence. Of all the issues that spark conflict, territorial disputes have the highest probability of escalating

to war. War, however, is hardly inevitable; much depends on how territorial issues are handled. More importantly, settling territorial disputes and establishing mutually recognized boundaries can produce long periods of peace between neighbors, even if other salient issues arise. While territory is not the only cause of war and wars arise from other issues, territory is one of the main causes of war, and learning how to manage it, can, in principle, eliminate an entire class of wars.

This book will be of great interest to all students of war and conflict studies, causes of war and peace, international security and strategic studies.

Selected Contents: Part 1: Theory 1. Why Do Neighbors Fight? Proximity, Interactions, or Territoriality John A. Vasquez 2. Distinguishing Rivals That Go To War from Those That Do Not: A Quantitative Comparative Case Study of the Two Paths to War John A. Vasquez Part 2: Territory and War 3. Territorial Disputes and the Probability of War, 1816-1992 John A. Vasquez and Marie T. Henehan 4. Mapping the Probability of War: The Role of Territorial Disputes Compared to the Role of Contiguity John A. Vasquez 5. The Effect of Territory on Dispute Escalation among Initiators Marie T. Henehan 6. The Probability of War, 1816-1992 John A. Vasquez Part 3: Identifying Paths to War 7. Territorial Paths to War: Their Probability of Escalation, 1816-2001 John A. Vasquez 8. Paths to War: The Territorial Origins of War John A. Vasquez Part 4: Territory and Peace 9. The Changing Probability of Interstate War, 1816-1992 Marie T. Henehan and John A. Vasquez 10. Peace, Globalization, and Territoriality John A. Vasquez and Marie T. Henehan Part 5: Conclusion 11. The Significance of Territory John A. Vasquez

July 2010: 234 x 156: 272ppHb: 978-0-415-42413-4: £100.00Pb: 978-0-415-42414-1: £24.99


The International Politics of Mass AtrocitiesThe Case of Darfur

Edited by David R. Black, Dalhousie University, Canada and Paul D. Williams, George Washington University, USA


’This collection of essays provide an elegant reminder of why international society is a contested concept and Darfur is a contested conflict. A first-rate piece of work about the central dilemmas facing governments, international organizations, NGOs, and citizens.’ - Thomas G. Weiss, CUNY Graduate Center, USA

’For me, this important book teaches us, through the evidence provided by regional specialists on Darfur from a variety of countries, that there is less to the notions of ’international society’, ’international community’, ’good international citizenship’, ’solidarism’, and ’responsibility to protect’ than their official and academic proponents claim. Tragically, such a verdict is always likely to be starkest when ’mass atrocities’ occur in Africa.’ - Ken Booth FBA, Aberystwyth University, UK

Selected Contents: Introduction: International Society and the Crisis in Darfur Paul D. Williams and David R. Black Part 1: Regional Politics 1. The Government of Sudan and the Darfurian Armed Groups I.D.F. and Munzoul Assal 2. Regional Politics and the Darfur Crisis Lee J.M. Seymour Part 2: Multilateral Politics 3. The United Nations Security Council Michael MacKinnon 4. The African Union Cristina Badescu and Linnea Bergholm 5. The European Union Rory Keene and Asbjorn Wee 6. The International Criminal Court William A. Schabas Part 3: Bilateral Politics 7. The United States Scott Stedjan and Colin Thomas-Jensen 8. The People’s Republic of China Ian Taylor 9. The United Kingdom Paul D. Williams 10. France Bruno Charbonneau 11. Canada David R. Black. Conclusion David R. Black and Paul D. Williams



FORTHCOMING

Why Did the US Invade Iraq?Edited by Jane K. Cramer, University of Oregon, USA and A. Trevor Thrall, University of Michigan, Dearborn, USA


This volume presents the best scholarly thinking about why the U.S. invaded Iraq in 2003, a pivotal event in modern US foreign policy and international politics.

The years since the announcement of the invasion of Iraq by George W. Bush in 2003 have revealed that the WMD threat was not the urgent threat the administration declared and that Saddam Hussein was not involved with Al Qaeda or 9/11. At least in part because of these revelations a majority of Americans (not to mention a majority of people globally) now believe that invading Iraq was a mistake and that the Bush administration misled the public to build support for war. Lending credibility to public doubts is a growing number of critical scholarly analyses and in-depth journalistic investigations about the invasion, which mostly suggests that the administration was not fully candid about its reasons for wanting to move against Iraq when it did.

Thus the question remains: Why did the United States invade Iraq? The central purpose of this volume is to spur and inform the debate by organizing the best recent thinking by foreign policy and international relations experts about why the U.S. invaded Iraq. Taking a broad range of arguments and organizing them around a coherent structure, the book highlights current areas of agreement and disagreement, and allows scholars directly to talk to each other.

Selected Contents: Preface: The Causes of War Stephen Van Evera 1. Introduction: Hypotheses on Iraq War: Reflections from a Survey of Experts Jane K. Cramer and A. Trevor Thrall 2. WMD, the Stated Motive: Pretext or Sincere Belief? Robert Jervis Part 1: The Role of Ideas in the Iraq Decision 3. Ideas and Alternatives in American Grand Strategy, 2000-04 Colin Dueck 4. The Road to Baghdad: Ideas and Intellectuals in Explanations of the Iraq War Andrew Flibbert Part 2: The Israel Lobby and the Neoconservatives 5. The Iraq War and the Israel Lobby Jerome Slater 6. Neoconservative Motives and Influence Michael Lind Part 3: Oil and Profits 7. A Motive Hiding in Plain Sight: War for Oil Michael Klare 8. Oil and the Iraq War John S. Duffield 9. The Myth of Neoconservative Power and Invading Iraq for Primacy and Profits Jane K. Cramer and Edward Duggan Part 4: Other Views of the Iraq War 10. Why Iraq? The View from Britain Jane M.O. Sharp

August 2011: 234 x 156: 224ppHb: 978-0-415-78212-8: £90.00Pb: 978-0-415-78213-5: £24.99


Full Table of ContentsFor full table of contents on all titles

featured in this catalog, visit:


55


CRITICAL SECURITY STUDIES

International StatebuildingThe Rise of Post-Liberal Governance

David Chandler, University of Westminster, UK


This concise and accessible new text offers original and insightful analysis of the policy paradigm informing international statebuilding interventions. The book covers the theoretical frameworks and practices of international statebuilding, the debates they have triggered, and the way that international statebuilding has developed in the post-Cold War era.

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction: The Statebuilding Paradigm 2. The ‘Liberal Peace’ Critique of International Intervention 3. Rethinking the State 4. Post-Liberal Governance 5. The EU’s Export of ‘The Rule of Law’ and ‘Good Governance’ 6. Security and Statebuilding: From Intervention to Prevention 7. Development as Freedom: From Colonialism to Climate Change 8. Race, Culture and Civil Society: Statebuilding and the Privileging of Difference 9. Conclusion



FORTHCOMING

SecurityInternational Society, Democracy & Insecurity

Jef Huysmans, Open University, Milton Keynes, UK


This book introduces students to the central concepts in security studies and one of the most important issues in international relations. Jef Huysmans:

• explains recent conceptual and theoretical developments in security studies

• introduces contemporary security questions and changes in dominant security issues since the end of the Cold War

• draws on insights from security studies, criminology, and sociology and cultural studies of fear

• introduces a political rather than strategic analysis of security practice

• focuses on the tensions between international democratic political practice and security policies

• uses a story-led approach to introduce concepts and theories.

Selected Contents: 1. Democracy and Security in International Relations 2. Insecurity as Exception: Law and Sovereignty 3. Insecurity as Exception: Popular Will and Sovereignty 4. Insecurity as Unease: Technology as Politics 5. Insecurity as Fear: Emotions as International Currency and Organizing Principle 6. Insecurity as Terror: Managing Contingency 7. Insecurity as Violence 8. Democratic Insecurity 9. Appendix: Summary Table of Analytical Concepts of Insecurity, Concepts of Democracy, Concepts of International Society




Critical Security StudiesAn Introduction

Columba Peoples, Swansea University, UK and Nick Vaughan-Williams, University of Warwick, UK

Critical Security Studies introduces students of Politics and International Relations to the sub-field through a detailed yet accessible survey of emerging theories and practices.

Written in an accessible and clear manner, this textbook:

• offers a comprehensive and up-to-date introduction to critical security studies

• locates critical security studies within the broader context of social and political theory

• evaluates fundamental theoretical positions in critical security studies against backdrop of new security challenges.

The book is divided into two main parts. The first part, ‘Approaches’, surveys the newly extended and contested theoretical terrain of Critical Security Studies, and the different schools within the subdiscipline, including Feminist, Postcolonial and Poststructuralist viewpoints. The second part, ‘Issues’, will then offer examples of how these various theoretical approaches have been put to work against the backdrop of a diverse range of issues in contemporary security practices, from environmental, human and homeland security to border security and the War on Terror.

The historical and geographical scope of the book is deliberately broad and readers will be introduced to a number of key illustrative case studies. Each of the chapters in Part two will act to concretely illustrate one or more of the approaches discussed in Part one, with clear internal referencing allowing the text to act as a holistic learning tool for students.

Selected Contents: Part 1: Approaches 1. Critical Theory and Security 2. Feminist and Gender Approaches 3. Postcolonial Perspectives 4. Poststructuralism and International Political Sociology 5. Securitization Theory Part 2: Issues 6. Environmental Security 7. Homeland Security and the ‘War against Terrorism’ 8. Human Security and Development 9. Migration and Border Security 10. Technology and Warfare in the Information Age



PRIO New Security Studies

series edited by J. Peter Burgess, PRIO, Oslo, Norway

The aim of this new book series is to gather state-of-the-art theoretical reflection and empirical research into a core set of volumes that respond vigorously and dynamically to new challenges to security studies scholarship.

FORTHCOMING

Biopolitics of Security in the 21st CenturyA Political Analytic of Finitude

Michael Dillon, University of Lancaster, UK

This book is a volume of essays on the Biopolitics of Security in the 21st Century, by Professor Mick Dillon. It is a first of its kind in that no other study currently available covers the same field of research with the same degree of innovation. This volume will provide a genealogy of the biopolitics of security beginning with Michel Foucault’s original account of the rise of biopolitics at the beginning of the 18th century, and will clarify and further develop Foucault’s original analytic of the biopolitics of security.

This work is an original introduction to the emerging field of the biopolitics of security, tracking its development into the 21st century, which will serve as an intellectual provocation to researchers as much as it will a pedagogical guide to graduate and undergraduate teachers.

Selected Contents: Introduction: Problematising Security 1. The Life and Times of Species Being: Radical Contingency and the Unconscious Metaphysics of the Biopolitical Philosophy of Life 2. Governing Through Security: Biopolitics of Security as the Extension of War by Other Means 3. Securing Species Life: The Biopolitical Economy of Circulation, Connectivity and Complexity 4. Compressing Morbidity: Securing Population in the 20th and 21st Centuries 5. Underwriting Security: Risk, Finance and Futures 6. Preferred Lives: Race and Sorting Mechanisms 7. Extra and Post Human Biopolitics: Digitalisation, Disease, and Virtuality 8. Necropolitics: The Biopolitics of the Living Dead 9. Conclusion: In Excess of Biopolitics

August 2011: 234 x 156: 240ppHb: 978-0-415-48432-9: £90.00Pb: 978-0-415-48433-6: £24.99


56



NEW

Feminist Security StudiesA Narrative Approach

Annick T.R. Wibben, University of San Francisco, USA

This book rethinks security theory from a feminist perspective. Uniquely, it engages feminism, security, and strategic studies to provide a distinct feminist approach to security studies.

The volume explicitly works toward an opening up of security studies that would allow for feminist (and other) narratives to be recognized and taken seriously as security narratives. To make this possible, it presents a feminist reading of security studies that aims to invigorate the debate and radicalize critical security studies. The book works through and beyond security studies to explore possible spaces where an opening of security, necessary to make way for feminist insights, can take place. While it develops and illustrates a feminist narrative approach to security, it is also intended as an intervention that challenges the politics of security and the meanings for security legitimized in existing practices.

Selected Contents: Introduction 1. Feminist Interventions: The Politics of Identity 2. Challenging Meanings 3. Toward a Narrative Approach 4. Security as Narrative 5. Feminist Security Narratives. Conclusion: The Future of Feminist Security Studies



Securitization TheoryHow Security Problems Emerge and Dissolve

Edited by Thierry Balzacq, University of Namur and Louvain, Belgium

This volume aims to provide a new framework for the analysis of securitization processes, increasing our understanding of how security issues emerge, evolve and dissolve.

Selected Contents: 1. A Theory of Securitization: Origins, Core Assumptions, and Variants Thierry Balzacq 2. Enquiries Into Methods: A New Framework for Securitization Analysis Thierry Balzacq Part 1: The Rules of

Securitization 3. Reconceptualizing the Audience in Securitization Theory Sarah Léonard and Christian Kaunert 4. Securitization as a Media Frame Fred Vultee 5. The Limits of Spoken Words: From Meta-narratives to Experiences of Security Claire Wilkinson 6. When Securitization Fails: The Hard Case of Counter-terrorism Programmes Mark B. Salter Part 2: Securitization and De-securitization in Practice 7. Rethinking the Securitization of Environment: Old Beliefs, New Insights Julia Trombetta 8. Health Issues and Securitization: HIV/AIDS as a US National Security Threat Roxanna Sjostedt 9. Securitization, Culture and Power: Rogue States in US and German Discourse Holger Stritzel and Dirk Schmittchen 10. Religion Bites: The Securitization of – and Desecuritization Moves by – Falungong Practitioners in the People’s Republic of China Juha A. Vuori 11. The Continuing Evolution of Securitization Theory Michael C. Williams

August 2010: 234 x 156: 272ppHb: 978-0-415-55627-9: £90.00Pb: 978-0-415-55628-6: £24.99eBook: 978-0-203-86850-8For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415556286

PEACE AND CONFLICT STUDIES

FORTHCOMING

Peace and Conflict StudiesA Reader

Edited by Charles Webel, University of New York in Prague and Jorgen Johansen

This Reader is a comprehensive and intensive introduction to the key works in the growing field of peace and conflict studies.

The volume editors frame the discussion in an extensive introduction and provide short introductions to each section as well as suggestions for further reading and student questions. This book will be essential reading for students of peace

and conflict studies and conflict resolution, and highly recommended for students of peace operations, peacebuilding, sociology, international security and IR in general

Selected Contents: Part 1: The Meanings and History of Peace; The Advent of Peace and Conflict Studies Part 2: The Meanings and Nature of Conflict Part 3: The History of Peace and Conflict Part 4: Conflict Management, Resolution, and Transformation Part 5: Nonviolent Action and Social Change Part 6: Building Cultures and Paradigms of Peace

August 2011: 246 x 174: 432ppHb: 978-0-415-59128-7: £95.00Pb: 978-0-415-59129-4: £27.99


FORTHCOMING

Ethnic ConflictAn Introduction

Rajat Ganguly, Murdoch University, Australia

This new upper-level textbook offers a comprehensive overview of four key dimensions of ethnic conflict, and provides six case studies from around the globe.

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction Part 1: Key Dimensions of Ethnic Conflict 2. Ethnic Identity 3. Causes of Ethnic Conflict 4. Dynamics and Consequences of Ethnic Conflict 5. Settling Ethnic Conflicts Part 2: Case Studies 6. Ethnic Conflict in Pakistan 7. Ethnic Conflict in the Philippines 8. Ethnic Conflict in Israel/Palestine 9. Ethnic Conflict in Turkey 10. Ethnic Conflict in Sudan 11. Ethnic Conflict in Nigeria Conclusion Select Bibliography



PRIO New Security Studies (continued)

NEW

The Ethical Subject of SecurityGeopolitical Reason and the Threat Against Europe

J. Peter Burgess, PRIO, Oslo, Norway

This book studies the subject of security in terms of underlying values, and uncovers a level of security practice that has not been covered by other theorizations of security.

Selected Contents: Introduction: Security as Ethos and Episteme Part 1: Theory of the Ethical Subject 1. Nietzsche, or Value and the Subject of Security 2. Foucault, or Genealogy of the Ethical Subject 3. Lacan, or the Ethical Subject of the Real 4. Butler, or the Precarious Subject Part 2: Holding Together 5. Identity, Community and Security 6. Insecurity of the European Community of Values 7. Psychoanalysis of the National Thing 8. Security Clture and the New Ethos of Risk 9. Intolerable Insecurity Part 3: Geopolitical Rationalities of Europe 10. The Modernity of a Cosmopolitan Europe 11. The New Nomos of Europe 12. A Federalist Europe between Economic and Cultural Value 13. Justice in Political, Legal and Moral Community 14. War in the Name of Europe and the Legitimacy of Collective Violence. Conclusion: The Many Faces of European Security



57



FORTHCOMING

Theories of Violent ConflictAn Introduction

Jolle Demmers, Utrecht University, the Netherlands

This textbook introduces students of violent conflict to a variety of prominent theoretical approaches, and to examine the ontological stances and epistemological traditions underlying these approaches.

In reviewing theories of conflict, this book takes the centrality of the group as actor in contemporary conflict as a point of departure. In the post-Cold War shift from inter-state to

intra-state conflict, the key role of the group - ethnic, religious, cultural and other - in most conflicts is widely acknowledged. In relation, this book examines:

• What makes a group?

• Why and how does a group resort to violence?

• Why and how do or don’t they stop?

This book aims to examine and compare the ways by which these questions are addressed from a number of prominent research perspectives: constructivism, social identity theory, structuralism, political economy, human needs theory, relative deprivation theory, collective action theory, and rational choice theory.

Selected Contents: Introduction: Conflict Analysis in Context 1. Identity, Violence and Boundaries 2. Social Identity Theory 3. Structuralism 4. Why (Wo)men Rebel, and How 5. War as Choice: The Costs and Benefits of War 6. Structurationism and Critical Discourse Analysis. Conclusions. Select Bibliography



Understanding Conflict and ViolenceTheoretical and Interdisciplinary Approaches

Tim Jacoby

’Hugely informative and stimulating, Tim Jacoby’s writing combines an impressive coverage of diverse theoretical perspectives with a real sense of relevance to current predicaments - a considerable achievement.’ - Paul Rogers, Bradford University, UK

2007: 234 x 156: 256ppHb: 978-0-415-36911-4: £85.00Pb: 978-0-415-36910-7: £23.99eBook: 978-0-203-02882-7


FORTHCOMING

Thinking about War and PeaceDenise DeGarmo and E. Duff Wrobbel, both at Southern Illinois University Edwardsville, USA

Rich in pedagogy and clearly structured throughout, this textbook combines theoretical analysis with both historical and contemporary examples to explain, compare, and evaluate the various causal theories and moral frameworks that have been most influential in discussions of war. The book:

• clearly distinguishes the major descriptive and normative theories of war

• explains their historical/philosophical roots

• illustrates the theories using historical examples

• shows how theories relate to controversial contemporary cases.

While there are several books related to the study of war and peace, none approach the topic from such a comprehensive viewpoint.

Selected Contents: Introduction Part 1: Pluralism 1. The Clash of Civilizations 2. Ethical Relativism 3. Religion and War Part 2: Realism 4. Political Realism 5. Ethical Realism 6. Economics and War Part 3: Idealism 7. Political Liberalism/Idealism 8. Just War Theory 9. International Law and War Part 4: Cosmopolitanism 10. Biology, Psychology, and Economics 11. Virtues, Duties, and Consequences 12. Globalization and War. Conclusion



NEW IN PAPERBACK

Handbook of Peace and Conflict StudiesEdited by Charles Webel, University of Tromsø, Norway and Johan Galtung, European University, Austria

This Handbook provides a cutting-edge and transdisciplinary overview of the main issues, debates, state-of-the-art methods, and key concepts in peace and conflict studies today.

Selected Contents: Part 1: Understanding and Transforming Conflict Part 2: Creating Peace Part 3: Supporting Peace Part 4: Peace Across the Disciplines

2009: 246 x 174: 424ppPb: 978-0-415-48319-3: £28.99


NEW

Understanding Peace ResearchMethods and Challenges

Edited by Kristine Hoglund and Magnus Oberg, both at Uppsala University, Sweden

This textbook provides a comprehensive overview of different methods and sources of information-gathering for peace and conflict students and researchers, as well as the challenges presented by such work.

Selected Contents: Part 1 1. Doing Empirical Peace Research Kristine Höglund and Magnus Öberg 2. The Origins of Contemporary Peace Research Peter Wallensteen Part 2 3. Peace Research and Source Criticism: Using Historical Methodology to Improve Information Gathering and Analysis Tomislav Duli? 4. Gathering Conflict Information Using News Resources Magnus Öberg and Margareta Sollenberg 5. News Reports versus Written Narratives: Collecting Information Using Different Types of Empirical Sources Frida Möller Part 3 6. Systematic Data Collection: Experiences from the Uppsala Conflict Data Program Ralph Sundberg and Lotta Harbom 7. Comparative Field Research in War-Torn Societies Kristine Höglund 8. In-depth Interviewing: The Process, Skill and Ethics of Interviews in Peace Research Karen Brounéus 9. Focus Groups: Safety in Numbers? Johanna Söderström 10. Survey Research in Conflict and Post-Conflict Societies Kristine Eck Part 4 11. Improving Information Gathering and Evaluation Kristine Höglund and Magnus Öberg. Bibliography



FORTHCOMING

A Post-Liberal PeaceOliver P. Richmond, University of St. Andrews, UK

Series: Routledge Studies in Peace and Conflict Resolution

This book examines how localised responses to liberal peacebuilding have led to the emergence of a form of post-liberal peace, in which international norms are being modified by unexpected local capacities.

Selected Contents: Introduction: Eirenism and a Post-Liberal Peace Part 1: The Romanticisation of the Local 1. Liberal Peacebuilding, Needs, and Welfare

2. The Culture of Liberal Peacebuilding 3. Romanticising the Local: Liberal Peacebuilding in Cambodia, Timor Leste, Bosnia and Kosovo 4. De-Romanticising the Local: How the Local Becomes Visible Part 2: Hybridity and The Infrapolitics of Peace 5. The Politics of Peace: Resistance in the Everyday 6. De-romanticising the Local, De-mystifying the International: Aspects of the Local-Liberal Hybrid in Timor Leste and the Solomon Islands. Conclusion: A Post-Liberal Peace: Infrapolitics, Hybridity, and a Pedagogy of Peacebuilding. Bibliography

May 2011: 234 x 156: 272ppHb: 978-0-415-66782-1: £90.00Pb: 978-0-415-66784-5: £24.99


58



NEW

Experiencing WarEdited by Christine Sylvester

Series: War, Politics and Experience

This edited collection explores aspects of contemporary war that affect average people – physically, emotionally, and ethically through activities ranging from combat to television viewing.

Selected Contents: 1. Experiencing War: An Introduction 2. The Passions of Protection: Sovereign Authority and Humanitarian War 3. Gendered Humanitarianism:

Reconsidering the Ethics of War 4. Wars, Bodies, and Development 5. Ruling Exceptions: Female Soldiers and Everyday Experiences of Civil Conflict 6. Experiencing the Cold War 7. On The Uselessness of New Wars Theory: Lessons From African Conflicts 8. Dilemmas of Drawing War 9. Pathways to Experiencing War



FORTHCOMING

Peace and Conflict ResearchTheory and Practice

Peter Wallensteen, Uppsala University, Sweden


This volume comprises essays on peace research by Prof. Peter Wallensteen, one of the leading scholars in the field over the past 30 years.

Selected Contents: Introduction Part 1: From Causes of War to Conflict Prevention Introduction 1. Incompatibility, Confrontation and War: Four Models and Three Historical Systems, 1816-1976 2. Universalism vs. Particularism: On the Limits of Major Power

Order 3. The Uppsala Conflict Data Program 1978-2002 4. Reassessing Recent Conflicts: Direct and Structural Conflict Prevention Part 2: From Conflict Analysis to Academic Diplomacy Introduction 5. Dag Hammarskjöld and the Psychology of Conflict Diplomacy 6. Security Council Decisions in Perspective 7. The Strengths and Limits of Academic Diplomacy: The Case of Bougainville 8. Seminariet som akademisk diplomati, [The Seminar as Academic Diplomacy] Part 3: From Liberation to Peacebuilding: The Evolution of Sanctions Introduction 9. Characteristics of Economic Sanctions 10. A Century of Economic Sanctions: A Field Revisited 11. Positive Sanctions: On the Potential of Rewards and Target Differentiation 12. Sanctions for Conflict Prevention and Peacebuilding. Lessons Learned from Côte d’Ivoire and Liberia Part 4: From Machiavelli to Peace Research Introduction 13. The Origins of Peace Research 14. The Uppsala Code of Ethics for Scientists 15. Peace Research and Conflict Resolution

June 2011: 234 x 156: 240ppHb: 978-0-415-58088-5: £90.00Pb: 978-0-415-58089-2: £24.99


CONFLICT MANAGEMENT AND RESOLUTIONConflict Management and ResolutionAn Introduction

Ho-Won Jeong, George Mason University, USA

Conflict Management and Resolution provides students with an overview of the main theories of conflict management and conflict resolution, and will equip them to respond to the complex phenomena of international conflict.

The book covers these four key concepts in detail:

• negotiation

• mediation

• facilitation

• reconciliation.

It examines how to prevent, manage and eventually resolve various types of conflict that originate from inter-state and inter-group competition, and expands the existing scope of conflict management and resolution theories by examining emerging theories on the identity, power and structural dimensions of adversarial relationships. The volume is designed to enhance our understanding of effective response strategies to conflict in multiple social settings as well as violent struggles, and utilizes numerous case studies, both past and current. These include the Iranian and North Korean nuclear weapons programmes, the war in Lebanon, the Arab-Israeli conflict, civil wars in Africa, and ethnic conflicts in Europe and Asia.

Selected Contents: Part 1: The Anatomy of Conflict and Conflict Resolution Part 2: Dimensions of Conflict Part 3: Settlement and Resolution Procedures

2009: 246 x 174: 256ppHb: 978-0-415-45040-9: £90.00Pb: 978-0-415-45041-6: £23.99eBook: 978-0-203-86497-5


FORTHCOMING

Conflict Management in Divided SocietiesTheories and Practice

Edited by Stefan Wolff, University of Birmingham, UK and Christalla Yakinthou, University of Western Australia, Australia

Conflict Resolution: Theory & Practice is an ambitious and original textbook, which takes a multi-perspective approach to the study of conflict resolution in divided societies.

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction Stefan Wolff and Christalla Yakinthou Section 1: Theoretical Perspectives 2. Power-Sharing/Liberal Consociationalism Brendan O’Leary 3. Centripetalism Benjamin Reilly 4. Power Dividing Philip Roeder 5. Territorial Solutions Stefan Wolff 6. A Practitioner’s View Alvaro de Soto Section 2: Actors and Processes 7. The Evolution of Diplomacy in Peace-Making William Zartman 8. Crafting Solutions for Divided Societies – The UN John McGarry 9. Crafting Solutions for Divided Societies – The EU Kalman Mizsei 10. Crafting Solutions for Divided Societies – The AU 11. The Role of Activists - The Mano River Women’s Peace Network 12. The Role of NGOs Oleh Protsyk 13. The Role of Quiet Diplomacy John Packer Section 3: Case Studies 14. Northern Ireland Rick Wilford 15. Lebanon Michael Kerr 16. Cyprus Christalla Yakinthou 17. Kosovo Marc Weller 18. Indonesia Donald Horowitz 19. Afghanistan Wolfgang Danspeckgruber 20. Iraq Gareth Stansfield 21. Sudan 22. Rwanda 23. Conclusion Stefan Wolff and Christalla Yakinthou

August 2011: 246 x 174: 336ppHb: 978-0-415-56373-4: £80.00Pb: 978-0-415-56374-1: £26.99


Conflict Transformation and PeacebuildingMoving From Violence to Sustainable Peace

Edited by Bruce W. Dayton and Louis Kriesberg, both at Syracuse University, USA

Series: Routledge Studies in Security and Conflict Management

This book fills a gap in our understanding of the forces that lead to moderation and constructive engagement in the context of violent, intrastate conflicts.

2009: 234 x 156: 288ppHb: 978-0-415-48084-0: £95.00Pb: 978-0-415-48085-7: £24.99eBook: 978-0-203-88104-0


59


CONFLICT MANAGEMENT AND RESOLUTION

NEW

Handbook of Conflict Analysis and ResolutionEdited by Dennis J.D. Sandole, George Mason University, Washington DC, USA, Sean Byrne, University of Manitoba, Canada University of Manitoba, Canada, Ingrid Sandole-Staroste, George Mason University, Washington DC, USA and Jessica Senehi, University of Manitoba, Canada

This major Handbook is a collection of work from leading scholars in the Conflict Analysis and Resolution (CAR) field. The central theme is the value of interdisciplinary approaches to the analysis and resolution of conflicts.

Selected Contents: Part 1: Core Concepts and Theories 1. The Role of Identity in Conflict 2. Encountering Nationalism: The Contribution of Peace Studies and Conflict Resolution 3. Gender Relations and Conflict Transformation Among Refugee Women 4. Causation as a Core Concept in Conflict Analysis 5. The Challenge of Operationalizing Key Concepts in Conflict Resolution Theory in International and Subnational Conflicts 6. The Enemy and the Innocent of Violent Conflicts 7. Identity Conflicts: Models of Dynamics and Early Warning 8. Generativity-Based Conflict: Maturing Micro Foundations for Conflict Theory Part 2: Core Approaches: Conceptual and Methodological 9. Human Agonistes: Interdisciplinary Inquiry into Ontological Agency and Human Conflict 10. The Ethnography of Peace Education: Some Lessons Learned from Palestinian-Jewish Integrated Education in Israel 11. Waging Conflicts Constructively 12. A Social-Psychological Approach to Conflict Analysis and Resolution 13. Building Relational Empathy Through An Interactive Design Process 14. Building Peace: Storytelling to Transform Conflicts Constructively 15. A Capacity Building Approach to Conflict Resolution 16. Gender Mainstreaming: A Valuable Tool in Building Sustainable Peace 17. Culture Theory, Culture Clash, and the Practice of Conflict Resolution 18. Conflict Resolution: The Missing Link between Liberal IR Theory and Realistic Practice 19. Understanding the Development-Conflict Nexus and the Contribution of Development Cooperation to Peacebuilding 20. Evaluation in Conflict Resolution and Peacebuilding 21. Toward A Conflictology: The Quest for Trans-Disciplinarity Part 3: Core Practices: Processes 22. Conflict Transformation: Reasons to be Modest 23. Mediation Frames/Justice Games 24. Interactive Conflict Resolution: Dialogue, Conflict Analysis and Problem Solving 25. Mediation and International Conflict Resolution: Analyzing Structure and Behavior 26. Ethical and Gendered Dilemmas of Moving from Emergency Response to Development in ’Failed’ States 27. Memory-Retrieval and Truth-Recovery 28. Shifting from Coherent Towards Holistic Peace Processes 29. Law and Legal Processes in Resolving International Conflicts Part 4: Alternative Voices and Complex Intervention Designs 30. Restorative Processes of Peace and Healing within the Governing Structures of the Rotinonshonni ’Longhouse People’ 31. Critical Systematic Inquiry in Conflict Analysis and Resolution: An Essential Bridge between Theory and Practice 32. From Diagnosis to Treatment: Towards New Shared Principles for Israeli/Palestinian Peacebuilding 33. Strategies for the Prevention, Management and/or Resolution of (Ethnic) Crisis and Conflict: The Case of the Balkans 34. The Perception of Economic Assistance in Northern Ireland and Its Role in the Peace Process 35. Conflict Resolution in An Age of Empire: New Challenges to an Emerging Field Conclusions Conclusion: Revisiting the CAR Field. Epilogue: Implications for Theory, Research, Practice and Teaching

October 2010: 246 x 174: 576ppPb: 978-0-415-57735-9: £29.99


International Conflict ManagementMichael J. Butler, Clark University, Worcester, USA

This new textbook provides students with an accessible overview of the logic, evolution, application and outcomes of the five major approaches of the growing field of international conflict management:

• traditional peacekeeping

• peace enforcement and support operations

• negotiation and bargaining

• mediation

• adjudication.

The book aims to provide the student with a fuller understanding of the strengths and weaknesses of these five techniques within the dynamic context of the contemporary security environment, especially in relation to recent and ongoing case studies of inter-state and intra-state conflict. To demonstrate the changing nature of security in the post-Cold War world, the text contrasts this with competing visions of security during the Cold War and earlier periods, and provides numerous points of comparison with the dominant causes, types, strategy, and prosecution of warfare in other eras.

Selected Contents: Part 1: Continuity and Change Part 2: Concepts and Application

2009: 246 x 174: 304ppHb: 978-0-415-77229-7: £90.00Pb: 978-0-415-77230-3: £24.99eBook: 978-0-203-87915-3


Transforming Violent ConflictRadical Disagreement, Dialogue and Survival

Oliver Ramsbotham, University of Bradford, UK


This book investigates intractable conflicts and their main verbal manifestation - radical disagreement – and explores what can be done when conflict resolution fails.

Selected Contents: Prologue: Having the First Word Part 1: Radical Disagreement and Conflict Intractability 1. Radical Disagreement and Discourse Analysis 2. Radical Disagreement and Conflict

Analysis 3. Radical Disagreement and Conflict Resolution Part 2: Taking Radical Disagreement Seriously 4. Methodology: Studying Agonistic Dialogue 5. Phenomenology: Exploring Agonistic Dialogue 6. Epistemology: Understanding Agonistic Dialogue 7. Praxis: Managing Agonistic Dialogue 8. Re-entry: Feeding back into Conflict Settlement and Conflict Transformation Part 3: Radical Disagreement and the Future 9. Radical Disagreement and Human Difference 10. Radical Disagreement and Human Survival. Epilogue: Having the Last Word



60


TERRORISM

TERRORISM

FORTHCOMING

Terrorism StudiesA Reader

Edited by John Horgan and Kurt Braddock, both at Pennsylvania State University, PA, USA

This book is a comprehensive terrorism studies reader that aims to introduce and guide students through the most important articles on the subject of terrorism and political violence.

Selected Contents: Studying Terrorism: An Introduction John Horgan Section 1: Terrorism in Historical Context Section 2: Definitions Section 3: Understanding and

Explaining Terrorism Section 4: Terrorist Movements Section 5: Terrorist Behaviour Section 6: Counterterrorism Section 7: Current Trends in Terrorism Section 8: The Future of Terrorism. Conclusions

July 2011: 246 x 174: 480ppHb: 978-0-415-45504-6: £95.00Pb: 978-0-415-45505-3: £26.99


FORTHCOMING

Critical Terrorism StudiesAn Introduction to Research Methods

Jacob L. Stump, Shepherd University, USA and Priya Dixit, American University, Washington, DC, USA

This book is an introduction to critical approaches to terrorism studies.

Introducing students to important developments in the critical study of terrorism, the book has three key themes: (1) the position of critical terrorism studies within the discipline of International Relations (IR); (2) theoretical and methodological elaborations of critical approaches to the study of terrorism; (3) empirical illustrations of those approaches. The book’s objective is to present a diverse and useful set of readings for students interested in studying terrorism through a critical lens.



FORTHCOMING

Contemporary Debates on TerrorismEdited by Richard Jackson, Aberystwyth University, UK and Samuel J. Sinclair, Harvard Medical School, USA

Debating Terrorism is an innovative new textbook, addressing a number of key issues in contemporary terrorism studies from both ’traditional’ and ’critical’ perspectives.

In recent years, the terrorism studies field has grown in quantity and quality, with a growing number of scholars rooted in various professional disciplines beginning to debate the complex dynamics underlying this category of violence. Within the broader field, there are a number of identifiable controversies and questions which divide scholarly opinion and generate opposing arguments.

This volume aims to bring together in one place many of the field’s leading scholars to debate the key issues relating to a set of 12 important controversies and questions. The volume involves a leading scholar taking a particular position on the controversy, followed by an opposing or alternative viewpoint written by another scholar. In addition to the pedagogic value of allowing students to read opposing arguments in one place, the volume will also be important for providing an overview of the state of the field and its key lines of debate.

Selected Contents: Introduction Richard Jackson and Justin Sinclair Definition of Terrorism 1. Is Terrorism Still a Useful Analytical Term or Should It Be Abandoned? YES Paul Wilkinson NO Dominic Bryan Categories of Terrorism 2. Is There a ‘New Terrorism’ in Existence Today? YES Alejandro Bolanos NO Isabelle Duyvesteyn 3. Can States be Terrorists? YES Michael Stohl NO Colin Wight The Terrorism Threat 4. Is Terrorism a Serious Threat to International and National Security? YES James Lutz and Brenda Lutz NO Ian Lustick 5. Is WMD Terrorism a Likely Prospect in the Future? YES Natvidad Carpintero-Santamaria NO John Mueller 6. Does al Qaeda Continue to Pose a Serious International Threat? YES Jeffrey Cozzens and Magnus Ranstorp NO Lee Jarvis The Causes of Terrorism 7. Is Terrorism the Result of Root Causes Such as Poverty and Exclusion? YES Dipak Gupta NO L. Rowell Huesmann and Graham R. Huesman 8. Is Religious Extremism a Major Cause of Terrorism? YES Fathali Moghaddam NO Jeffrey Goodwin Dealing with Terrorism 9. Are Counter-Terrorism Frameworks Based on Suppression and Military Force Effective in Responding to Terrorism? YES Boaz Ganor NO Paul Rogers 10. Is the Use of Coercive Interrogation or Torture Permissible and Effective as a Counter-Terrorism Method? YES Jeffrey Addicott NO Robert Brecher 11. Is the Targeted Assassination of Terrorist Suspects an Effective Response to Terrorism? YES Michael Scheuer NO Andrew Silke 12. Have Global Efforts to Reduce Terrorism and Political Violence Been Effective in the Past Decade? YES Mark Cochrane NO Rachel Monaghan

June 2011: 246 x 174: 272ppHb: 978-0-415-59115-7: £95.00Pb: 978-0-415-59116-4: £25.99


NEW3rd Edition

Terrorism Versus DemocracyThe Liberal State Response

Paul Wilkinson, University of St. Andrews, UK

Series: Political Violence

’Paul Wilkinson has been saying challenging things about terrorism and the liberal state for over thirty years. In the era of the so-called ’war on terror’ his perspective on the subject is more important than ever. This book deserves to be widely read: its message on the need for respect for human rights is a vital one in these security-oriented

days.’ - Conor Gearty, London School of Economics, UK

This book examines the terrorist networks that operate globally and analyses the long-term future of terrorism and terrorist-backed insurgencies.

This new edition gives more attention to the political and strategic impact of modern transnational terrorism, the need for maximum international cooperation by law-abiding states to counter not only direct threats to the safety and security of their own citizens but also to preserve international peace and security through strengthening counter-proliferation and cooperative threat reduction (CTR).

This book is essential reading for undergraduate and postgraduate students of terrorism studies, political science and international relations, as well as for policy makers and journalists.

Selected Contents: Preface. Glossary of Terrorist Groups. Introduction to Revised Edition 1. Terrorism, Insurgency and Asymmetrical Conflict 2. The Emergence of Modern Terrorism 3. Origins and Key Characteristics of Al Qaeda 4. Terrorist Backed Insurgencies 5. Politics, Diplomacy and Peace Processes: Pathways out of Terrorism? 6. Law-Enforcement, Criminal Justice and the Liberal State 7. The Role of the Military in Combating Terrorism 8. Hostage-Taking, Sieges and Problems of Response 9. Aviation Security 10. The Media and Terrorism 11. International Cooperation Against Terrorism 12. The Future of Terrorism 13. Conclusion. Further Reading and Bibliography



FORTHCOMING

Suicide BombingsRiaz Hassan

Series: Short Cuts

Suicide bombing has become a weapon of choice among terrorist groups because of its lethality and unrivalled ability to cause mayhem and fear, but what is the real driving force behind these attacks? For the first time, Suicide Bombings analyses concrete data from The Suicide Terrorism Database at Flinders University, Australia, to explain what motivates the perpetrators.



61


TERRORISM

FORTHCOMING

Conducting Terrorism Field ResearchA Guide

Edited by Adam Dolnik, University of Wollongong, Australia

Series: Contemporary Terrorism Studies

This ’how to’ guide to field research on terrorism provides detailed insights into the challenges and obstacles in doing field research on terrorism, as well as advice on how these can be overcome.

This edited volume offers a collection of articles from experienced authors representing different risk groups, disciplines, methodological approaches, regional specializations, and other context-specific aspects. Each contributor provides a road-map to their own research, describing planning and preparation phases, the formalities involved in getting into conflict zones, gaining access to sources, managing contacts, interviewing militants in the field, detailed discussion on the risks involved, ethical dilemmas, translation issues, effective interviewing and rapport-building steps, and other practical aspects of conducting field research. The text will also help researchers set realistic expectations of how the process of interviewing militants and secretive government sources in conflict zones is organized, what the likely outcomes are, and assist with many other practical issues such as how to navigate through challenges posed by government forces unsympathetic to researchers, how to reduce risk of physical harm when travelling in conflict zones, how to behave at hostile checkpoints, how to answer specific questions militants tend to ask prior and during interviews.

Selected Contents: Introduction Adam Dolnik 1. The Need for Field Research on Terrorism Adam Dolnik 2. A More Accessible Population?: Interviewing Former Terrorists John Horgan 3. Field Research on Counterterrorism: Interviewing Government Sources Brian Jackson and Lindsey Clutterbuck 4. Interviewing al Qaida, Jason Burke and Peter Bergen 5. The Participant Observer Method Keith Akins and Gerard Chaliand 6. The Use of Surveys in Field Research on Terrorism Christine Fair 7. Field Research on Terrorism in Colombia Michael Kenney 8. Field Research on Terrorism in Africa Anneli Botha 9. Field Research on Terrorism in Southeast Asia 10. Researching Terrorism in Pakistan: An Insider’s Perspective Amir Rana 11. Interviewing Islamist Militants as a Woman 12. How to Research ’Us’?: A Terrorists’ Perspective. Conclusions: Researching Terrorism in the Field: A ’How To’ Guide Adam Dolnik



NEW

Explaining TerrorismCauses, Processes and Consequences

Martha Crenshaw, Stanford University, USA

Series: Political Violence

This volume comprises some of the key essays by Professor Crenshaw, from 1972 to the present-day, on the causes, processes and consequences of terrorism .

This selection of her work represents the development of her thought over time in four areas:

• defining terrorism and identifying its causes

• the different methods used to explain terrorism, including strategic, organisational and psychological approaches

• how campaigns of terrorism end

• how governments can effectively contribute to the ending of terrorism.

This collection of essays by one of the pioneering thinkers in the field of terrorism studies will be essential reading for all students of political violence and terrorism, security studies and IR/politics in general.

Selected Contents: Introduction: Definitions, Approaches, Trajectories, and Responses Part 1: What and Why? 1. The Concept of Terrorism 2. The Causes of Terrorism 3. ’Old’ vs. ’New’ Terrorism Part 2: Explaining Terrorism: Organizations, Strategies, and Psychology 4. The Organizational Approach 5. Subjective Realities 6. The Logic of Terrorism 7. Psychological Constraints on Instrumental Reasoning Part 3: Responding to Terrorism 8. Coercive Diplomacy 9. Strategies and Grand Strategies 10. Counterterrorism Policy and the Political Process Part 4: How Terrorism Ends 11. How Terrorism Declines 12. Why Terrorism is Rejected or Renounced

October 2010: 234 x 156: 280ppHb: 978-0-415-78050-6: £90.00Pb: 978-0-415-78051-3: £23.99


FORTHCOMING

Terror in our Time911 plus 10

Ken Booth, Aberystwyth University, UK and Tim Dunne, University of Queensland, Australia

The 9/11 terror attacks profoundly altered the way in which intellectuals, practitioners, and the public thought about the meaning of security and terrorism. This book evaluates the impact of ‘international terrorism’ on global order ten years after 911, addressing a series of key issues in short accessible essays.

Selected Contents: Preface Part 1: International Terrorism 1. Terror 2. Risk 3. Islam 4. Afghanistan 5. Pakistan 6. Imperialism 7. Evil Part 2: World Order 8. War 9. America 10. Security 11. Law 12. Public Opinion 13. Responsibility 14. Endings. References



Global Terrorism and New MediaThe Post-Al Qaeda Generation

Philip Seib, University of Southern California, USA and Dana M. Janbek, Lasell College, MA, USA

Series: Media, War and Security

Global Terrorism and New Media carefully examines the content of terrorist websites and extremist television programming to provide a comprehensive look at how terrorist groups use new media today.

Based partly on a content analysis of discussion boards and forums, the authors share their findings on how terrorism 1.0 is migrating to 2.0 where

the interactive nature of new media is used to build virtual organization and community. The book pays particular attention to terrorist media efforts directed at women and children, which are evidence of the long-term strategy that some terrorist organizations have adopted, and the relationship between terrorists’ media presence and actual terrorist activity. This volume also looks at the future of terrorism online and analyzes lessons learned from counterterrorism strategies.

Selected Contents: 1. Communicating Terror 2. High Tech Terror: Al Qaeda and Beyond 3. Terrorists’ Online Strategies 4. Targeting the Young 5. Women and Terrorism 6. Terrorism’s Online Future 7. Responding to Terrorism



FORTHCOMING

The End of TerrorismLeonard Weinberg, University of Nevada, Reno, USA

Series: Extremism and Democracy

This book argues that al-Qaida and the various violent Islamist groups it has inspired are, like their predecessors, bound to bring their operations to an end. Rather than discussing the defection or de-radicalization of individuals the book aims to analyze how terrorist groups end. It examines the historical record and analyzes in some detail the various ends of these violent organizations. Much of the analysis is based on a massive data collection on terrorism compiled by researchers at the national security studies center at the University of Haifa.

As a result, the book provides a unique empirically informed perspective on the end of terrorism that is a valuable addition to the currently available in the literature on the subject.

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. Methods 3. Defeat 4. Success 5. Transformation 6. Conclusions

July 2011: 234 x 156: 192ppHb: 978-0-415-78117-6: £80.00Pb: 978-0-415-78118-3: £25.99


62


TERRORISM

NEW

The Psychology of Counter-TerrorismEdited by Andrew Silke, University of East London, UK

This edited book explores how psychology can be used to improve our understanding of terrorism and counterterrorism.

This work firstly aims to provide balanced and objective insight into the psychology of terrorists; what their motivations are, what keeps them involved in terrorist groups, and what eventually forces most to end their active involvement in terrorism. Secondly, the

contributors focus on the challenging issue of how to respond to terrorism.

This innovative book will be of great interest to students of terrorism and counter-terrorism, security studies, psychology and politics, as well as security professionals and military colleges.

Selected Contents: 1. The Psychology of Counterterrorism: Critical Issues and Challenges Andrew Silke 2. Understanding Terrorist Psychology Randy Borum 3. The Psychology of Violent Radicalisation Brooke Rogers 4. Why People Support Terrorism Reena Kumari 5. The Evolutionary Logic of Terrorism Rick O’Gorman 6. The Internet and Terrorism Lorraine Bowman-Grieve 7. The Impact of the Media on Terrorism and Counterterrorism Deborah Browne and Andrew Silke 8. Disengaging from Terrorism Neil Ferguson 9. Terrorists and Extremists in Prison: Psychological Issues in Management and Reform Andrew Silke 10. Interrogation Tactics and Terrorist Suspects John Pearse 11. Terrorist Tactics and Counter-Terrorism Graeme Steven 12. Deterring Terrorism: Target-Hardening, Surveillance and the Prevention of Terrorism Pete Fussey 13. Countering the Psychological Impact of Terrorism: Challenges for Homeland Security Anthony Richards



FORTHCOMING

State Terrorism and Human RightsInternational Responses since the Cold War

Paul Wilkinson, University of St. Andrews, UK

This book aims to improve our understanding of the broad trends in the use of political violence by examining the use of state terror in world politics.

This book analyses the major types of international response to state terror since the Cold War and their outcomes and wider implications for the future of international relations. The conclusion will attempt to develop proposals for more

effective international responses to state terror in full capability with international law and the protection of human rights.

Selected Contents: 1. Concept and Typology of Regime Terror 2. Regime Terror as a Political Weapon in Modern History 3. Trends in the Use of Terror by States since the End of the Cold War 4. Obstacles to International Action against State Terror in the Post-Cold War International System 5. The Case of Saddam Hussein’s Terror against the Kurds and the International Response 6. Indonesian Terror against East Timor Separatists and the International Response 7. The Use of State Terror in Former Yugoslavia and the International Response 8. Terror in Rwanda in 1994 and the Failure of International Response 9. Conclusions: Towards a More Effective International Response to State Terror, based on Democratic Principles and the Protection of Human Rights. Bibliography. Index

October 2011: 234 x 156: 240ppHb: 978-0-415-47423-8: £90.00Pb: 978-0-415-47424-5: £22.99


Walking Away from TerrorismAccounts of Disengagement from Radical and Extremist Movements

John Horgan, Pennsylvania State University, USA

‘John Horgan’s meticulous research breaks new ground. His acute understanding of the complex factors that can lead to disillusion and withdrawal from terrorism makes this book an indispensable source for academics and the security professionals.’ - Paul Wilkinson, University of St Andrews, UK

This accessible new book looks at how and why individuals leave terrorist movements, and considers the lessons and implications that emerge from this process.

The book examines three major issues:

• what we currently know about de-radicalisation and disengagement

• how discussions with terrorists about their experiences of disengagement can show how exit routes come about, and how they then fare as ‘ex-terrorists’ away from the structures that protected them

• what the implications of these findings are for law-enforcement officers, policy-makers and civil society on a global scale.

Concluding with a series of thought-provoking yet controversial suggestions for future efforts at controlling terrorist behaviour, Walking Away From Terrorism provides an comprehensive introduction to disengagement and de-radicalisation and offers policymakers a series of considerations for the development of counter-radicalization and de-radicalisation processes.

2009: 234 x 156: 216ppHb: 978-0-415-43943-5: £90.00Pb: 978-0-415-43944-2: £23.99eBook: 978-0-203-87473-8


Political Violence

Series Edited by Paul Wilkinson, University of St. Andrews, UK and David Rapoport, UCLA, USAThis book series contains sober, thoughtful and authoritative academic accounts of terrorism and political violence. Its aim is to produce a useful taxonomy of terror and violence through comparative and historical analysis in both national and international spheres. Each book discusses origins, organisational dynamics and outcomes of particular forms and expressions of political violence.

Understanding Violent RadicalisationTerrorist and Jihadist Movements in Europe

Edited by Magnus Ranstorp, Swedish National Defence College, Stockholm

This is the first book to address in depth the interplay between radicalisation and political violence in Europe, as well as the effectiveness of counter-measures.

Selected Contents: Part 1: Understanding Radicalization as a Process Part 2: Understanding Radicalization in Context

2009: 234 x 156: 280ppHb: 978-0-415-55629-3: £90.00Pb: 978-0-415-55630-9: £24.99eBook: 978-0-203-86574-3


63


STRATEGIC STUDIES

STRATEGIC STUDIES

FORTHCOMING

Intelligence and PoliticsAn Introduction

Philip Davies, Brunel University, UK

This book is the first introduction to the key concepts and issues in intelligence for students. It covers general ideas, methods, problems and debates in the field, and takes a global perspective, using examples from a range of national intelligence systems. The book is divided into three key areas: intelligence itself, the role of intelligence in government, and political issues and debates surrounding intelligence.

Selected Contents: Introduction. Introduction for Course Convenors 1. What is Intelligence? The Elements of Intelligence 2. Collection: Sources and Methods 3. Counter-Intelligence: Protecting Intelligence 4. Covert Action: War by Other Means 5. Analysis and Estimates: Putting the Pieces Together 6. Requirements and Priorities: The Need to Know Intelligence in Government 7. Intelligence and Policy: The Producer-Consumer Interface 8. The Intelligence Community: Coordination and Integration 9. Causes of Intelligence Failure: Why it Goes Wrong 10. Defence Support: Information for Combat 11. Police Intelligence: Information for Law Enforcement Intelligence and Politics 12. Ethics and Intelligence 13. Intelligence and Democracy I: Surveillance and Civil Liberties 14. Intelligence and Democracy II: Accountability and Oversight 15. Intelligence and Democracy III: Proportionality and the Law 16. Intelligence in Non-Democratic States: Espionage and Regime Security



FORTHCOMING

Modern StrategyAn Introduction

Elinor Sloan, Carleton University, Ottawa, Canada

This book provides a coherent, integrated introductory textbook on post-Cold War strategic theory for upper-level students seeking an initial understanding of strategic studies.

Dramatic changes and developments in the international security environment over the past decade and a half have created the need to examine the ideas of more contemporary strategic thinkers, and to revise the key textbooks of strategic thought. This book examines modern strategic thought, with a focus on the post-Cold War period.

Selected Contents: Introduction: Strategy and Strategic Thought 1. Sea Power 2. Land Power 3. Air Power 4. Joint Theory 5. Nuclear Power and Deterrence 6. Space 7. Irregular Warfare & Counterinsurgency 8. Asymmetric Warfare. Conclusion. Select Bibliography



2nd Edition

SeapowerA Guide for the Twenty-First Century

Geoffrey Till, Joint Services Command and Staff College / Defence Studies, Kings College London, UK

Series: Cass Series: Naval Policy and History

Praise for the First Edition:

’An extensive array of information collated with skilful insight and incisive scholarship. A definitive study of the role of seapower, past, present and future’ - Parliamentary Maritime Review

’A landmark work. Seapower: A Guide for the Twenty-First Century

delivers gloriously what it promises in its sub-title. ... Till’s excellent book will dominate maritime reading lists for years to come.’ – Colin S. Gray, RUSI Journal

’In all, Seapower is very probably the best single work on sea power and maritime strategy to have been published for many years.’ - Journal of the Australian Naval Institute

This updated and expanded new edition of Geoffrey Till’s acclaimed book is an essential guide for students of naval history and maritime strategy, and anyone interested in the changing and crucial role of seapower in the 21st century.

Selected Contents: Foreword Admiral Sir Jonathon Band KCB ADC 1. Seapower in a Globalised World - Two Tendencies 2. Defining Seapower 3. Who Said What and Why It Matters 4. The Constituents of Maritime Power 5. Navies and Technology 6. Command of the Sea and Sea Control 7. Securing Command of the Sea 8. Exploiting Command of the Sea 9. Expeditionary Operations 10. Naval Diplomacy 11. Good Order at Sea 12. Theory and Practice: The Asia-Pacific Region: A Case Study 13. Conclusions?

2009: 246 x 174: 432ppHb: 978-0-415-48088-8: £95.00Pb: 978-0-415-48089-5: £28.99eBook: 978-0-203-88048-7


3rd Edition

Masters of WarClassical Strategic Thought

Michael I. Handel

2000: 234 x 156: 512ppHb: 978-0-7146-5091-3: £100.00Pb: 978-0-7146-8132-0: £28.99eBook: 978-0-203-01774-6


FORTHCOMING

Understanding Contemporary StrategyThomas M. Kane and David J. Lonsdale, both at University of Hull, UK

This new co-authored textbook explains and describes the key intellectual debates around military strategy in the early twenty-first century. The book emphasizes the connections between military operations and broader issues of national policy, and focuses on how current issues such as terrorism, insurgency, nuclear proliferation, information technology and American superiority in conventional military power challenge – and reaffirm – assumptions about modern warfare established during the global conflicts of the twentieth century.

Selected Contents: 1. What is Strategy? An Introduction 2. Twentieth Century Land Warfare 3. Emerging Military Technology: Evolution or Revolution? 4. Insurgency 5. Once and Future Terrorism 6. Nuclear Weapons in the Twenty-First Century 7. War at Sea 8. Strategic Air Warfare 9. War in Space 10. The Intelligence Services 11. Why People Fight 12. Grand Strategy in the Twenty-First Century 13. Conclusion. Select Bibliography

August 2011: 246 x 174: 240ppHb: 978-0-415-46166-5: £90.00Pb: 978-0-415-46167-2: £23.99


Strategic StudiesA Reader

Edited by Thomas Mahnken, Johns Hopkins University, Washington DC, USA and Joseph A. Maiolo, King’s College, University of London, UK

This new Reader brings together key essays on strategic theory by some of the leading contributors in the field. It guides students through both the theoretical and practical aspects of Strategic Studies, and includes both classic essays and works of contemporary scholarship.

Selected Contents: Part 1: The Uses of Strategic Theory Part 2: Interpretation of the

Classics Part 3: Instruments of War: Land, Sea, and Air Power Part 4: Nuclear Strategy Part 5: Irregular Warfare and Small Wars Part 6: Future Warfare, Future Strategy

2008: 246 x 174: 464ppHb: 978-0-415-77221-1: £100.00Pb: 978-0-415-77222-8: £27.99eBook: 978-0-203-92846-2


64


STRATEGIC STUDIES INTELLIGENCE STUDIES

Understanding CounterinsurgencyDoctrine, Operations, and Challenges

Edited by Thomas Rid, American Academy, Berlin, Germany and Thomas Keaney, Johns Hopkins University, USA

This textbook offers an accessible introduction to counterinsurgency operations, a key aspect of modern warfare.

Featuring essays by some of the world’s leading experts on unconventional conflict, both scholars and practitioners, the book discusses how modern regular armed forces react, and should react, to irregular warfare. The volume is divided into three main sections:

• Doctrinal Origins: analysing the intellectual and historical roots of modern Western theory and practice

• Operational Aspects: examining the specific role of various military services in counterinsurgency, but also special forces, intelligence, and local security forces

• Challenges: looking at wider issues, such as governance, culture, ethics, civil-military cooperation, information operations, and time.

Understanding Counterinsurgency is the first comprehensive textbook on counterinsurgency, and will be essential reading for all students of small wars, counterinsurgency and counterterrorism, strategic studies and security studies, both in graduate and undergraduate courses as well as in professional military schools.

Selected Contents: 1. Understanding Counterinsurgency Thomas Keaney and Thomas Rid Part 1: Doctrine 2. France Etienne de Durand 3. Britain Alexander Alderson 4. Germany Timo Noetzel 5. United States Conrad Crane Part 2: Operational Aspects 6. Army Peter Mansoor 7. Marine Corps Frank Hoffman 8. Airpower Charles Dunlap, Jr 9. Naval Support Martin Murphy 10. Special Operations Kalev Sepp 11. Intelligence David Kilcullen 12. Local Security Forces John Nagl Part 3: Challenges 13. Governance Nadia Schadlow 14. Culture Montgomery McFate 15. Ethics Sarah Sewall 16. Information Operations Andrew Exum 17. Civil-Military Integration Michelle Parker and Matthew Irvine 18. Time Austin Long 19. Counterinsurgency in Context Thomas Rid and Thomas Keaney. Suggested Further Reading



American Soldiers in IraqMcSoldiers or Innovative Professionals?

Morten G. Ender, United States Military Academy, West Point, USA

Series: Cass Military Studies

American Soldiers in Iraq offers a unique snapshot of American soldiers in Iraq, analyzing their collective narratives in relation to the military sociology tradition.

Grounded in a century-long tradition of sociology offering a window into the world of American soldiers, this volume serves as a voice for their experience. It provides the reader with both a generalized

and a deep view into a major social institution in American society and its relative constituents — the military and soldiers — during a war. In so doing, the book gives a backstage insight into the U.S. military and into the experiences and attitudes of soldiers during their most extreme undertaking - a forward deployment in Iraq while hostilities are intense.

2009: 234 x 156: 224ppHb: 978-0-415-77788-9: £90.00Pb: 978-0-415-77789-6: £24.99eBook: 978-0-203-87937-5


INTELLIGENCE STUDIES

NEW IN PAPERBACK

Churchill’s Man of MysteryDesmond Morton and the World of Intelligence

Gill Bennett, Cabinet Office, Histories, Openness and Records Unit, London, UK

Series: Government Official History Series

’This excellent book describes and explains one of Britain’s mystery men. Morton remains a bit of a mystery, but thanks to Bennett, no longer a myth. His role in the creation of the structure and organization of British intelligence was crucial – no bookshelf of books on intelligence can be complete without this study. But his reputation as a shadowy éminence grise for Winston Churchill is put into proper and fascinating perspective.’ - Warren Kimball, Rutgers University, USA

2009: 234 x 156: 432ppPb: 978-0-415-48168-7: £23.99


Secret IntelligenceA Reader

Edited by Christopher Andrew, Corpus Christi College, University of Cambridge, UK, Richard J. Aldrich, University of Warwick, UK and Wesley K. Wark, University of Toronto, Canada

This Reader in the field of intelligence studies focuses on policy, blending classic works on concepts and approaches with more recent essays dealing with current issues and the ongoing debate about the future of intelligence.

2008: 246 x 174: 576ppHb: 978-0-415-42023-5: £100.00Pb: 978-0-415-42024-2: £28.99


Recommend key titles to your librarian today!

Ensure that your library has access to all the latest publications.

Visit www.routledge.com/info/librarian.asp today and complete our online

Library Recommendation Form.

65


GENOCIDE

NEW IN PAPERBACK

The Guy Liddell Diaries, Volume I: 1939-1942MI5’s Director of Counter-Espionage in World War II

Nigel West

’This book is a goldmine of once highly secret intelligence material ... no intelligence buff can be without this volume and anyone interested in British twentieth century history needs it too.’ - The Spectator

‘An innermost corner of the secret war against Hitler, recorded night by night by the man who ran it: as an authentic source, beyond price.’ - M.R.D. Foot

2009: 234 x 156: 352ppPb: 978-0-415-54798-7: £20.99


NEW IN PAPERBACK

The Guy Liddell Diaries Vol.II: 1942-1945MI5’s Director of Counter-Espionage in World War II

Edited by Nigel West, Professional author and consultant

2009: 234 x 156: 336ppPb: 978-0-415-55011-6: £20.99


GENOCIDE

2nd Edition

GenocideA Comprehensive Introduction

Adam Jones, University of British Columbia Okanagan, Canada

Genocide: A Comprehensive Introduction is the most wide-ranging textbook on genocide yet published. The book is designed as a text for upper-undergraduate and graduate students, as well as a primer for non-specialists and general readers interested in learning about one of humanity’s enduring blights.

Fully updated to reflect the latest thinking in this rapidly

developing field, this new edition:

• provides an introduction to genocide as both a historical phenomenon and an analytical-legal concept, including an extended discussion of the concept of genocidal intent, and the dynamism and contingency of genocidal processes

• discusses the role of state-building, imperialism, war, and social revolution in fueling genocide

• supplies a wide range of full-length case studies of genocides worldwide, each with an accompanying box-text

• explores perspectives on genocide from the social sciences, including psychology, sociology, anthropology, political science/international relations, and gender studies

• considers ’The Future of Genocide,’ with attention to historical memory and genocide denial; initiatives for truth, justice, and redress; and strategies of intervention and prevention.

Written in clear and lively prose, liberally sprinkled with over 100 illustrations and maps, and including personal testimonies from genocide survivors, Genocide: A Comprehensive Introduction has established itself as the core textbook of the new generation of genocide scholarship. An accompanying website (www.genocidetext.net) features a broad selection of supplementary materials, teaching aids, and Internet resources.

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction Part 1: Overview 1. The Origins of Genocide 2. State and Empire;War and Revolution Part 2: Cases 3. Genocide of Indigenous Peoples 4. The Ottoman Destruction of Christian Minorities 5. Stalin and Mao 6. The Jewish Holocaust 7. Cambodia and the Khmer Rouge 8. Bosnia and Kosovo 9. Apocalypse in Rwanda Part 3: Social Science Perspectives 10. Psychological Perspectives 11. The Sociology and Anthropology of Genocide 12. Political Science and International Relations 13. Gendering Genocide Part 4: The Future of Genocide 14. Memory, Forgetting and Denial 15. Justice, Truth and Redress 16. Strategies of Intervention and Prevention



The Genocide Studies ReaderEdited by Samuel Totten, University of Arkansas, Fayetteville, USA and Paul R. Bartrop, Deakin University, Australia

This thorough overview of all aspects of the field of genocide studies brings together for the first time classic and contemporary writings from some of the most noted scholars writing on genocide in the fields of genocide studies, political science, history, and sociology. The Reader covers key aspects of a host of complex and thorny issues, such as the definition of genocide,

theories of genocide, prevention and intervention, and its denial. This collection of writings is essential reading for anyone who wants to understand this most atrocious form of political violence that has plagued human history.

Selected Contents: Part 1: Definitions of Genocide Part 2: Theories and Causes of Genocide Part 3: Genocidal Crimes Part 4: The Complexities of the Prevention and Intervention of Genocide Part 5: Prosecution of Crimes Against Humanity and Genocide Part 6: Denial of Genocide

2009: 254 x 178: 568ppHb: 978-0-415-95394-8: £95.00Pb: 978-0-415-95395-5: £28.99


3rd Edition

Century of GenocideCritical Essays and Eyewitness Accounts

Edited by Samuel Totten, University of Arkansas, Fayetteville, USA

Through powerful first-person accounts, scholarly analysis, and compelling narrative, Century of Genocide details the causes and ramifications of the genocides perpetrated in the twentieth century and into the twenty-first. Historical context provides the necessary background on the actors and victims to help us better understand these episodes of atrocious political violence.

The third edition has been carefully updated and features new chapters on Darfur, Guatemala, and violence against indigenous peoples the world over. The volume concludes with a consideration of the methods of prevention and intervention of future genocides.

2008: 229 x 152: 672ppHb: 978-0-415-99084-4: £95.00Pb: 978-0-415-99085-1: £27.99eBook: 978-0-203-89043-1


66


GENOCIDE

FORTHCOMING

New Directions in Genocide ResearchAdam Jones, University of British Columbia Okanagan, Canada

Genocide studies is a relatively new field of comparative inquiry, but recent years have seen an increasing range of themes and subject-matter being addressed reflecting a variety of features of the field and transformations within it. This edited books seeks to capture the range of new approaches, theories and case studies in the field.

Selected Contents: Introduction Adam Jones Part 1: Theories 1. From Definition to Process: The Effects and Roots of Genocide Benjamin Lieberman 2. Genocidal Social Practices Daniel Feierstein 3. The Morality of Genocide Christopher J. Powell Part 2: Themes 4. Cultural Genocide: Destroying Material Culture, Destroying Identity Pamela De Condappa 5. Genocidal Masculinities Elisa von Joeden-Forgey 6. (In)visible males: A Critical Assessment of UN Gender Mainstreaming Policies in the Congolese Gendercide Paula Drumond Rangel Campos 7. Tracking Evidence of the Genocide through Environmental Change: Applying Remote Sensing to the Study of Genocide 8. Genocide and Structural Violence: Charting the Terrain Adam Jones 9. Moral Bystanders and Mass Violence Ernesto Verdeja Part 3: Cases 10. Revisiting the American Genocide Debate Benjamin Madley 11. Globalizing Nazi Crimes: A Postcolonial Reading of the Holocaust Jürgen Zimmerer 12. Colonialism, Ethnicity and Genocide in the African Great Lakes Region – A Transnational Approach Dominik J. Schaller 13. South Asia and Genocide: A Case for Prevention Benita Sumita

July 2011: 246 x 174: 240ppHb: 978-0-415-49596-7: £80.00Pb: 978-0-415-49597-4: £23.99


Fifty Key Thinkers on the Holocaust and GenocidePaul R. Bartrop, Deakin University, Australia and Steven L. Jacobs, University of Alabama, USA

Series: Routledge Key Guides

This unique volume critically discusses the works of fifty of the most influential scholars involved in the study of the Holocaust and genocide. Studying each scholar’s background and influences, the authors examine the ways in which their major works have been received by critics and supporters, and analyse each thinker’s contributions to the field. Key figures discussed

range from historians and philosophers, to theologians, anthropologists, art historians and sociologists.

A thoughtful collection of groundbreaking thinkers, this book is an ideal resource for academics, students, and all those interested in both the emerging and rapidly evolving field of Genocide Studies and the established field of Holocaust Studies.

Selected Contents: Acknowledgements. Introduction. Alex Alvarez. Hannah Arendt. Peter Balakian. Lawrence Baron. Omer Bartov. Yehuda Bauer. Zygmunt Bauman. Donald Bloxham. Christopher Browning. Harry James Cargas. Israel Charny. Robert Conquest. Vahakn Dadrian. Lucy S. Dawidowicz. Terrence Des Pres. A. Roy Eckardt and Alice Lyons Eckardt. Emil Fackenheim. Helen Fein. Stephen Feinstein. Saul Friedländer. Barbara Harff and Ted Robert Gurr. Raul Hilberg. Alexander Laban Hinton. Herbert Hirsch. Adam Jones. Ben Kiernan. Leo Kuper. Berel Lang. Lawrence Langer. Raphael Lemkin. Mark Levene. Primo Levi. Robert J. Lifton. Franklin H. Littell. Mahmood Mamdani. Eric Markusen. Robert F. Melson. Hans Mommsen. Norman M. Naimark. Samantha Power. Joan Ringelheim. Carol Rittner. John K. Roth. Richard L. Rubenstein. Rudolph J. Rummel. William Schabas. Jacques Sémelin. Robert Skloot. Elie Wiesel. James E. Young



HUMAN RIGHTS

FORTHCOMING

Human SecurityGlobal Politics and the Human Costs of War

Don Hubert, University of Ottawa, Canada


This book examines the idea of human security and its influence in global politics since the end of the Cold War.

The core of the book focuses on three specific campaigns: the international ban on anti-personnel landmines, the prohibition on the use of child soldiers and international efforts to address the problem of conflict diamonds. These three cases are emblematic of the human security approach since they involve a critique of traditional security policy, prioritize the safety and security of individuals, are pursued through multilateral processes aimed at creating new international norms and mechanisms, and seek to alter the behaviour of both states and non-state actors.

Selected Contents: 1. Origins of the International Humanitarian System 2. Mercy and Manipulation in the Cold War 3. The Globalization of Humanitarianism: From the End of the Cold War to the Global War on Terror 4. States as Responders and Donors 5. International Organizations 6. NGOs and Private Action 7. Our Brave New World, a Better Future?

July 2011: 216 x 138: 176ppHb: 978-0-415-48814-3: £75.00Pb: 978-0-415-48815-0: £17.99


Measuring Human RightsTodd Landman and Edzia Carvalho, both at University of Essex, UK

’An indispensable resource for scholars seeking to build and test theories about why governments violate human rights and for policymakers looking for ways to evaluate the human rights consequences of policies.’ - David Cingranelli, Binghamton University, SUNY

’This work will be a crucial resource for comprehending massive violations of human

rights in the real world of incomplete, often biased data. Landman and Carvalho deftly explore the debates and tradeoffs between different data collection schemes and levels of analysis, giving the reader an in-depth view of the current state-of-the-art in academic and NGO research. Strongly recommended!’ - Patrick Ball, Human Rights Program, Benetech Initiative

2009: 234 x 156: 176ppHb: 978-0-415-44649-5: £80.00Pb: 978-0-415-44650-1: £24.99eBook: 978-0-203-86759-4


Order Yours Today!For simple and secure online ordering,

please visit www.routledge.com/politics

Or use the order form at the back of this catalog.

67


HUMAN RIGHTS

Achieving Human RightsRichard Falk, University of California, Santa Barbara, USA

This book addresses similar questions as Falk’s earlier Human Rights Horizons, extending the exploration of human rights discourse and practice to focus on matters of post-9/11 security issues, developments in international criminal law, the role of citizenship and democracy, and approaches from the humanities.

2008: 229 x 152: 256ppHb: 978-0-415-99015-8: £95.00Pb: 978-0-415-99016-5: £20.99eBook: 978-0-203-88910-7


War, Conflict and Human RightsTheory and Practice

Chandra Lekha Sriram, Olga Martin-Ortega and Johanna Herman, all at University of East London, UK

‘What makes this book such a superb teaching tool? The text begins by providing separate background chapters on human rights and conflict studies. This makes the case studies and topical chapters completely accessible for a wide range of students. Clearly written and completely up-to-date, War, Conflict and Human Rights will undoubtedly find

itself on the mandatory reading list of many syllabi.’ - Julie Mertus, American University, USA

’[the authors] have tackled the most perplexing issues of humanitarian protection and conflict resolution, clarified the hard choices and explored their implications in probing case studies. They demonstrate that the tools now available to promote human rights, though far from adequate, can make a positive difference when they are mobilized vigorously and authentically, respecting both shared rights and legitimate differences.’ - Michael Doyle, Columbia University, USA

Selected Contents: Part 1: War and Human Rights: Critical Issues Part 2: Contemporary Conflict: Critical Cases Part 3: Building Peace and Seeking Accountability: Recent Mechanisms and Institutions

2009: 246 x 174: 272ppHb: 978-0-415-45205-2: £90.00Pb: 978-0-415-45206-9: £23.99eBook: 978-0-203-87474-5


2nd Edition

The United Nations and Human RightsA Guide for a New Era

Julie Mertus, American University, Washington DC, USA


‘Julie Mertus is a rare academic, one who combines serious scholarship with extensive experience of human rights practice and the ability to communicate her passion for her subject-matter to a wide audience. Her concise and readable work was widely welcomed when it appeared in 2005, and this new edition will not disappoint. She has

now provided an incisive and informed response to the Human Rights Council and the Global Compact, as well as bringing the whole text up to date. As Mertus concludes, ’the promise of human rights remains unfulfilled’; but she shows how the United Nations is working, against the odds, to turn ideals into practice. Students, activists and scholars will all benefit from this splendid short guide.‘ - Bill Bowring, Birkbeck College, University of London, UK

2009: 216 x 138: 224ppHb: 978-0-415-49132-7: £75.00Pb: 978-0-415-49140-2: £17.99eBook: 978-0-203-87801-9


Truth Commissions and Transitional SocietiesThe Impact on Human Rights and Democracy

Eric Wiebelhaus-Brahm, University of Colorado, USA


‘This ground-breaking study of truth commissions is essential reading for anyone interested in taking stock of one of the most common measures of transitional justice. Its mixture of qualitative case studies and quantitative analysis offers new rigor to the assessment of truth commissions. His findings, that truth commissions have negative

effects on human rights in the near term, and negligible impact on democratization, should be carefully considered by practitioners and scholars of transitional justice.’ - Chandra Lekha Sriram, University of East London, UK

Selected Contents: Part 1: Truth-Seeking as an Article of Faith Part 2: Experiments in Truth Part 3: Truth Commissions in Cross-National Context Part 4: The Promise and Pitfalls of Truth Commissions



2nd Edition

Unspeakable TruthsTransitional Justice and the Challenge of Truth Commissions

Priscilla B. Hayner

In a sweeping review of forty truth commissions, Priscilla Hayner delivers a definitive exploration of the global experience in official truth-seeking after widespread atrocities. When Unspeakable Truths was first published in 2001, it quickly became a classic, helping to define the field of truth commissions and the broader arena of transitional justice. This second edition is

fully updated and expanded, covering twenty new commissions formed in the last ten years, analyzing new trends, and offering detailed charts that assess the impact of truth commissions and provide comparative information not previously available.

Placing the increasing number of truth commissions within the broader expansion in transitional justice, Unspeakable Truths surveys key developments and new thinking in reparations, international justice, healing from trauma, and other areas. The book challenges many widely-held assumptions, based on hundreds of interviews and a sweeping review of the literature. This book will help to define how these issues are addressed in the future.

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. Confronting Past Crimes: Transitional Justice and the Phenomenon of Truth Commissions 3. Why a Truth Commission? 4. The Five Strongest Truth Commissions 5. Other Illustrative Truth Commissions 6. What is the Truth? 7. The Truth About Women and Men 8. Truth and Justice: A Careful but Critical Relationship 9. Truth Commissions and the International Criminal Court 10. Naming Names of Perpetrators 11. Healing from the Past 12. Truth and Reparations 13. Reconciliation and Reforms 14. Leaving the Past Alone 15. When, How, and Who: Basic Questions of Methodology and Operations 16. Reflections: Looking Forward



2nd Edition

The Human Rights ReaderMajor Political Essays, Speeches and Documents From Ancient Times to the Present

Micheline R. Ishay, University of Denver, USA

2007: 254 x 178: 592ppHb: 978-0-415-95159-3: £95.00Pb: 978-0-415-95160-9: £28.99


68


DEVELOPMENT

DEVELOPMENT

FORTHCOMING

Global DevelopmentSandra Halperin, Royal Holloway, University of London, UK


This book is a comprehensive account of development in a global context. It explains the contemporary realities and likely future of the developing world and also explores the historical processes and economic dynamics which have led to this. Drawing on history, theory and a wide variety of case studies, the book:

• explains how and why existing perspectives on development have failed to illuminate the nature of development and underdevelopment

• provides a deeper social and historical background than most development texts

• examines the growth of development within the context of the globalisation of capitalism

• uses a wide variety of examples from Asia, the Middle East, Africa and Latin America

• posits a new theory of development based on horizontal rather than hierarchical principles.

July 2011: 198 x 129: 208ppHb: 978-0-415-46765-0: £80.00Pb: 978-0-415-46766-7: £23.99


FORTHCOMING

Human DevelopmentRichard Ponzio, Department of State, USA


The purpose of the book is to examine the conceptual evolution of “social development” during the post-colonial era, and see how various institutions of the UN system have tried to engage with this issue, both in terms of intellectual and technical advance, and operationally. The book examines this through a series of engaging case studies - humanitarian enterprise, hunger and malnutrition, disease, education and water resources.

Selected Contents: Section 1 1. Evolution of an Idea 2. From Protein Biscuits to Professorial Expertise Section 2 3. Humanitarian Enterprise 4. Hunger and Malnutrition 5. The Conquest of Disease 6. Education for All 7. Water Supplies and Sanitation Section 3 8. The Millennium Development Goals: Can They Be Achieved? 9. The Future of Human Development Institutions

July 2011: 216 x 138: 176ppHb: 978-0-415-48359-9: £70.00Pb: 978-0-415-48360-5: £16.99For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415483605

FORTHCOMING

International Development and Global PoliticsHistory, Theory and Practice

David Williams, City University, London, UK

This textbook provides a historical survey of economic and political development theory and practice from 1945. Against the background of changes in global politics, it explores how the project of international development has been shaped in a series of wider contexts. Divided into two historical parts: the Sovereign Order, post 1945 to the early-1980s, and the Liberal post-Cold War Era from the 1980s to the present day, it examines:

• the evolution of ideas of international development: how the problem of development was conceived and is understood in relation to development economics and political development. It also addresses the impact of neo-liberal ‘counterrevolution’ in development theory, the rise of good governance, participation and ownership, as well as the impact of the ‘war on terror’ and the ‘securitisation of development’

• institutions in international development: from the emergence of development agencies, their policies and the provision of different types of aid to changing aid flows and the growth of a more integrated ‘development community’ with implications for developing countries. Finally, it looks at the how the ‘war on terror’ and the ‘securitisation of development’ have shaped what these agencies do

• the practices of international development: these chapters examine a number of countries and their relations with development agencies; the kinds of projects and programmes these agencies supported; and the outcomes of these projects and programmes.

This valuable and important teaching tool will be of interest to students of development, international relations, politics and economics.

July 2011: 234 x 156: 224ppHb: 978-0-415-48936-2: £80.00Pb: 978-0-415-48937-9: £21.99


FORTHCOMING

Theories of DevelopmentIn Comparative and Historical Perspective

David Seddon, University of East Anglia, UK

This book provides a comprehensive overview of theories of development, from its earliest formulations to the challenges posed by the globalizing world of the twenty-first century.

Selected Contents: 1. Foundations of Development Theory 2. Imperialism and Theories of Development 3. Colonialism, Nationalism and Development Theory 4. Political Independence and Development Theory 5. The Third World and the Cold War 6. The Clash of Development Theories 7. Development Theories & Globalisation 8. Theories of World Development



FORTHCOMING

Andre Gunder Frank and Global DevelopmentVisions, Remembrances, and Explorations

Edited by Patrick Manning, University of Pittsburgh, USA and Barry K. Gills, University of Newcastle, UK


Containing previously unpublished material, a review of the legacy and work of Andre Gunder Frank.

Selected Contents: Foreword Immanuel Wallerstein 1. The World Economy in Theory and Practice: The Contributions of Andre Gunder Frank in the Era of Underdevelopment and ’Globalization’ Patrick Manning and Barry K. Gills Part 1: Andre Gunder Frank’s Critical Vision 2. Frankian Triangles Albert Bergesen 3. ReOrient the 19th Century: Andre Gunder Frank’s Unfinished Manuscript Robert Denemark 4. The Modern World System under Asian Hegemony: The Silver Standard World Economy, 1450-1750 Barry K. Gills and Andre Gunder Frank Part 2: Continuing Debates 5. Exiting the Crisis of Capitalism or Capitalism in Crisis? Samir Amin 6. Human Sociocultural Evolution, Hegemonic Transitions and Global State Formation Christopher Chase-Dunn and Thomas Hall 7. The Paradoxes of Colonial/Modernity Anibal Quijano 8. ’Dependency Theory and Cultural Studies: Lessons from Latin America John Beverley 9. Tides of Hegemonic Change: The Atypical Trajectory of the 1970s-To-Present B-Phase Crisis Jeffrey Sommers and Boris Kagarlitsky Part 3: Multidisciplinary Developments 10. Explaining the Spatial Transformations of the World Copper Market During the Long Twentieth Century Jan-Frederic Abbeloos 11. Reorienting Iran: Following Gunder Frank’s Advice One Decade at a Time Kevan Harris 12. The Korean Developmental State and Neo-Liberal Transition in the World System Hae-Yung Song 13. Watershed Management in the Wake of Transnational Migration: Honduras Carylanna Taylor 14. Conclusion Patrick Manning

May 2011: 234 x 156: 272ppHb: 978-0-415-60273-0: £85.00eBook: 978-0-203-81664-6


Political Development Damien Kingsbury

2007: 234 x 156: 248ppHb: 978-0-415-40187-6: £85.00Pb: 978-0-415-40188-3: £24.99eBook: 978-0-203-94708-1


69


INTERNATIONAL POLITICAL ECONOMY

NEW2nd Edition

Theories and Practices of DevelopmentKatie Willis, Royal Holloway, University of London, UK

Series: Routledge Perspectives on Development

Theories and Practices of Development provides a clear and user-friendly introduction to the complex debates around how development has been understood and achieved. The second edition has been fully updated and expanded to reflect global political and economic shifts, as well as new approaches to development. The rise of China and India is given particular attention, as is

the global economic crisis and its implications for development theories and practice. There are new sections on faith-based development, and the development dimensions of climate change, as well as greater engagement with development theories as they are put into practice in the Global North.

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction: What Do We Mean by Development? 2. Modernization, Keynesianism and Neoliberalism 3. Structuralism, Neo-Marxism and Socialism 4. Grassroots Development 5. Social and Cultural Dimensions of Development 6. Environment and Development Theory 7. Globalization and Development: Problems and Solutions? 8. Conclusion




NEW IN PAPERBACK

Routledge Handbook of International Political Economy (IPE)IPE as a Global Conversation

Edited by Mark Blyth, Johns Hopkins University, USA

Providing an overview of the range and scope of International Political Economy scholarship, this important work maps the different regional schools of IPE and notes the distinctive way IPE is practiced and conceptualized around the world.

Selected Contents: Introduction: IPE as a Global Conversation Mark Blyth Section 1: North American IPE 1. The Multiple

Traditions of American IPE Benjamin J. Cohen 2. Realist Political Economy: Traditional Themes and Contemporary Challenges Jonathan Kirshner 3. Thinking Rationally about Hierarchy and Global Governance Alexander Cooley 4. Constructivism as an Approach to International Political Economy Rawi Abdelal 5. Of Margins, Traditions and Engagements: A Brief Disciplinary History of IPE in Canada Randall Germain Section 2: British IPE 6. Lineages of a British International Political Economy Ben Rosamond and Ben Clift 7. Empiricism and Objectivity: Reflexive Theory Construction in a Complex World Ronen Palan and Angus Cameron 8. Power-Knowledge Estranged: From Susan Strange to Post-structuralism in British IPE Paul Langley 9. Bridging the Transatlantic Divide? Toward a Structurational Approach to International Political Economy Philip G. Cerny Section 3: IPE in Asia 10. Reading Hobbes in Beijing: Great Power Politics and the Challenge of the Peaceful Ascent Giovanni Arrighi 11. States and Markets, States Versus Markets: The Developmental State Debate as the Distinctive East Asian Contribution to International Political Economy Walden Bello 12. The Rise of East-Asia: An Emerging Challenge to the Study of International Political Economy Henry Yeung 13. Neither Asia nor America: IPE in Australia Jason Sharman Section 4: IPE Elswhere - Exemptions, Exclusions, and Extensions 14. Why IPE is UNderdeveloped in Europe: A Case Study of France Nicolas Jabko 15. Why Did the Latin American Critical Tradition in the Social Sciences Become Practically Extinct? Gabriel Palma 16. What Do Sociologists Bring to International Political Economy John Campbell 17. Economic History and the International Political Economy Michael J. Oliver 18. Everyday International Political Economy Leonard Seabrooke and John Hobson

June 2010: 246 x 174: 392ppPb: 978-0-415-78141-1: £27.99


International Political EconomyContrasting World Views

Raymond C. Miller, San Francisco State University, USA

’A landmark book by one of the most prominent scholars on political economy, International Political Economy is a must-read on economic development for researchers, students, and policy makers, especially for its penetrating critique of conventional economic thinking on development. His thorough treatment of multiple perspectives makes

the book useful to interdisciplinary social scientists as well as political economists.’ - William H. Newell, Miami University, Oxford, Ohio, USA

2008: 234 x 156: 296ppHb: 978-0-415-38408-7: £100.00Pb: 978-0-415-38409-4: £24.99


70



Business and Global GovernanceEdited by Morten Ougaard and Anna Leander, both at Copenhagen Business School, Denmark

Series: Warwick Studies in Globalisation

The volume examines the multiple modes of engagement between business and global governance and the theoretical approaches to analyse them. It presents, compares, and contrasts theoretical perspectives and their associated research agendas along with empirical illustrations.

Selected Contents: 1. Introducing Business and Global

Governance Part 1: Business as Master of Global Governance 2. Direct and Indirect Influence at the World Intellectual Property Organization 3. Practices (Re)Producing Orders: Understanding the Role of Business in Global Security Governance 4. Unthinking the Gats: A Radical Political Economy Critique of Private Transnational Governance Part 2: Business as Subject to Global Governance 5. Business and Global Climate Governance: A Neo-Pluralist Perspective 6. Governing Corruption through the Global Corporation 7. Transnational Governance Networks in The Regulation of Finance – The Making of Global Regulation and Supervision Standards in the Banking Industry 8. Non-Triad Multinationals and Global Governance: Still A North-South Conflict? Part 3: Business as Partner in Global Governance 9. Rethinking Multilateralism: Global Governance and Public-Private Partnerships with the UN 10. Iso and The Success of Regulation through Voluntary Consensus 11. Beyond the Boardroom: ’Multilocation’ and the Business Face of Celebrity Diplomacy 12. Variations in Corporate Norm-Entrepreneurship: Why the Home State Matters



Corporate Power and Ownership in Contemporary CapitalismThe Politics of Resistance and Domination

Susanne Soederberg, Queen’s University, Canada

Series: RIPE Series in Global Political Economy

This book examines neoliberal corporate power within the context of the American political economy and its relationship to emerging market economies in order to understand the global dimensions of the corporate-financial binary.

Selected Contents: Part 1: Introduction Part 2: Power and Paradoxes of Corporate Power and Mass Investment Part 3: The

Changing Forms of and Limits to Shareholder Activism

2009: 234 x 156: 216ppHb: 978-0-415-46787-2: £85.00Pb: 978-0-415-46788-9: £22.99eBook: 978-0-203-87169-0


Capital as PowerA Study of Order and Creorder

Jonathan Nitzan, York University, Canada and Shimshon Bichler


’In Capital as Power Jonathan Nitzan and Shimshon Bichler address one of the oldest theoretical conundrums in the discipline of political economy — the theory of capital — with a view to supplying a more satisfactory answer to the question ’what is capital?’ While the work clearly fits into the tradition of radical political economy it is not

easy to place it in any one school, and this for very good reason: Nitzan and Bichler are trying to create a new approach to political economy.’ - Brennan, Jordan, Canadian Journal of Political Science 42 (4, December): 1057-1058

Selected Contents: Part 1: Dilemmas of Political Economy Part 2: The Enigma of Capital Part 3: Capitalization Part 4: Bringing Power Back In Part 5: Accumulation of Power

2009: 234 x 156: 464ppHb: 978-0-415-47719-2: £80.00Pb: 978-0-415-49680-3: £24.99eBook: 978-0-203-87632-9


Challenging Institutional Analysis and DevelopmentThe Bloomington School

Paul Dragos Aligica and Peter J. Boettke, both at George Mason University, USA

This important volume presents a systematic analysis of the Bloomington Institutional and Development (IAD) Research Program that developed a unique and extremely successful combination of interdisciplinary theoretical and empirical approaches for the study of social sciences.

Selected Contents: Part 1: From Metropolitan Reform to a Theory of Governance Systems: The

Origins and Main Themes of the Bloomington Research Program Part 2: The ’Human Condition’ and the Foundations of Social Order: Elements of a Social Philosophy of Institutionalism

2009: 234 x 156: 176ppHb: 978-0-415-77820-6: £80.00Pb: 978-0-415-77821-3: £26.99eBook: 978-0-203-87628-2


Cultural Political EconomyEdited by Jacqueline Best and Matthew Paterson, both at University of Ottawa, Canada


’Chapter by chapter, this trans-disciplinary anthology offers the very best contemporary analyses of the cultural-political economy interface available. It is an important intervention that should serve pedagogy in a wide variety of disciplines while disrupting the tendencies that have separated cultural and economic research

agendas.’ - Michael Shapiro, University of Hawaii at Mãnoa, USA

Selected Contents: Part 1: Interrogating the Classics Part 2: The Cultural Constitution of Economic History Part 3: Culture as Concealing Political Economic Practices Part 4: Cultural Futures of Political Economy Part 5: Conclusions/Provocations

2009: 234 x 156: 264ppHb: 978-0-415-48931-7: £85.00Pb: 978-0-415-48932-4: £22.99eBook: 978-0-203-86139-4


The Political Economy ReaderMarkets as Institutions

Edited by Naazneen H. Barma and Steven K. Vogel

’This is a superb collection of foundational works in political economy. Rather than obeying disciplinary boundaries, Barma and Vogel accomplish what we should all aspire to: bringing together key ideas and contributions from a range of scholars interested in important theoretical and substantive questions relevant to the field of

political economy. I know of no other collection that spans the theoretical and empirical range of this volume.’ - David Leblang, University of Colorado, Boulder, USA

2007: 254 x 178: 584ppHb: 978-0-415-95492-1: £95.00Pb: 978-0-415-95493-8: £31.99


71



2nd Edition

The Global Political Economy of Intellectual Property RightsThe New Enclosures

Christopher May, University of Lancaster, UK


A significantly updated and revised second edition which provides a detailed analysis of how intellectual property is politically constructed and linked to the economics of knowledge and information in the contemporary global political economy.

2009: 234 x 156: 192ppHb: 978-0-415-42752-4: £80.00Pb: 978-0-415-42753-1: £22.99eBook: 978-0-203-87381-6


FORTHCOMING

Governing the Global EconomyPolitics, Institutions and Development

Edited by Dag Harald Claes and Carl Henrik Knutsen, both at University of Oslo, Norway


This is an overview of the study of international political economy analysing key questions in the discipline.

Selected Contents: 1. The Global Political Economy: International Institutions, States and MNEs 2.The Political Economy of an Integrated Europe: Toward an Analytic Eclecticism Part 1: International Institutions and Global Economic Governance 3. The

West and the Rest in Global Economic Institutions 4. Free Markets for All: The Difficulties of Maintaining a Stable Liberal World Economy 5. A New Role for the OECD? The ’Enhanced Engagement’ Strategy towards Emerging Economies 6. Paved with Good Intentions: Global Financial Integration, the Eurozone, and the Hellish Road to the Fabled Gold Standard Reining in the Market: Global Governance and the Regulation of OTC Derivates Part 2: Domestic Institutions and Policies in the Globalized Economy 8. The African Neopatrimonial State as a Global Prototype 9. Are Good Policies Good Politics? 10. Democracy and Economic Growth: A Changing Relationship? 11. FDI-Assisted Industrial Development and EU Enlargement 12. Japan: Dealing with Global Forces – Multilateralism, Regionalism, Bilateralism 13. Industrial Policy in an Integrated World Economy: The South Korean Paradox Part 3: Corporate Strategies in the Globalized Economy 14. Crisis… what Crisis? Exploring Multinational Enterprises’ Responsiveness to the Financial Crisis 15. Non-Triad Multinational Enterprises and Global Economic Institutions 16. States and Firms in the International Oil Market

April 2011: 234 x 156: 320ppHb: 978-0-415-66535-3: £90.00Pb: 978-0-415-66536-0: £25.99


International Political EconomyDebating the Past, Present and Future

Edited by Nicola Phillips, University of Manchester, UK and Catherine Weaver, University of Texas at Austin, USA

’This book captures the best contributions to the absorbing conversation that IPE has had with itself over the past few years about its origins, achievements and identity. It is essential reading for everybody interested in this important and growing part of the intellectual landscape of the contemporary social sciences.’ - Anthony Payne,

University of Sheffield, UK

’This is an excellent book, edited by Phillips and Weaver, two of the field’s rising stars and increasingly prominent voices of measured, productive debate. Phillips and Weaver have framed the controversy over the transatlantic divide in IPE with a smart, thoughtful introduction and brought together an outstanding collection of essays on the state of IPE. The editors have produced a volume of required reading for the next several generations of students and scholars.’ - Rawi Abdelal, Harvard Business School, USA

Selected Contents: Introduction Nicola Phillips and Catherine E. Weaver Section 1: Perspectives on the ’American School’ of IPE 1. The American School of IPE Daniel Maliniak and Michael J. Tierney 2. The Old IPE and the New Robert O. Keohane 3. TRIPS across the Atlantic: Theory and Epistemology in IPE David A Lake 4. Ontology, Methodology, and Causation in the American School of IPE Henry Farrell and Martha Finnemore 5. Of Intellectual Monocultures and the Study of IPE Kathleen R McNamara 6. The Slow Death of Pluralism Nicola Phillips 7. The ’American School’ of IPE? A Dissenting View Randall Germain 8. Beware What you Wish for: Lessons for IPE from the Transformation of Economics Robert Wade 9. Mid-Atlantic:Sitting on the Knife’s Edge Peter J. Katzenstein Section 2: Perspectives on the ’British School’ of IPE 10. THe ’British School’ in the Global Context Robert Cox 11. Torn Between Two Lover? Caught in the Middle of British and American IPE Mark Blyth 12. IPE’s Split Brain Catherine E. Weaver 13. Political Economy, the ’US School’, and the Manifest Destiny of Everyone Geoffrey R.D. Underhill 14. Do the Left-Out Matter? Craig N. Murphy 15. Pluralist IPE: A View from Outside the ’Schools’ Helge Hveem 16. Division and Dialogue in Anglo-American IPE: A Reluctant Canadian View Eric Helleiner 17. The Proof of the Pudding is in the Eating: IPE in the Light of the Current Crisis of 2007/8 Ronen Palan Section 3: The Future of IPE 18. Mantras, Bridges and Benchmarks: Assessing The Future of IPE Jason Sharman 19. The Second Crisis in IPE Theory Jonathan Kirshner 20. The Gift of Skepticism and the Hopeful Future of IPE Louis Pauly 21. The Richness and Diversity of Critical IPE Perspectives: Moving Beyond the Debate on the ’British School’ Ian Bruff, Magnus Ryner and Bastiaan van Appeldoorn 22. The Global Financial Crisis: Lessons and Opportunities for International Political Economy Layna Mosley and David Singer 23. Towards A New Consensus: From Denial to Acceptance Benjamin J. Cohen



Savage EconomicsWealth, Poverty and the Temporal Walls of Capitalism

David L. Blaney, Macalester College, USA and Naeem Inayatullah, Ithaca College, USA


’For too long the field of political economy has been dominated by technocratic analyses of market equilibria and inchoate rants about the evils of capitalist oppression. Inayatullah and Blaney’s book suggests a profound reorientation of the entire discussion away from both minutia and sweeping generalization, and towards the kind of close reading

that can generate a potent form of immanent critique. Their incisive discussion of some of the tradition’s key texts discloses resources for ethical and political reflection that have been long obscured by the dominant mainstream reading of authors like Smith and Marx; our past is brought into dialogue with our present in a way that cannot help but dislocate the supposedly eternal verities of modern-day economics. This should be required reading for everyone who produces or consumes, especially for those producing and consuming political-economic knowledge.’ - Patrick Thaddeus Jackson, American University, USA

Selected Contents: 1. The Cultural Constitution of Political Economy 2. The Savage Smith and the Temporal Walls of Capitalism 3. Necro-economics and Steuart’s Geocultural Political Economy 4. Capitalism’s Wounds: Ferguson’s International Political Economy 5. Shed No Tears: Hegel’s Necro-Philosophy 6. Marx and Temporal Difference 7. Savage Times



Transforming World PoliticsFrom Empire to Multiple Worlds

Anna M. Agathangelou, York University, Canada and L.H.M. Ling, The New School, New York, USA


This text critiques neo-liberalism and provides an alternative understanding of contemporary world politics by arguing that the neo-liberal approach to international relations is deeply flawed, reproducing violence, instability, insecurity and marginalization.

Selected Contents: Part 1: Seductions of Empire Part 2: In and Of Multiple Worlds

2009: 234 x 156: 208ppHb: 978-0-415-77279-2: £80.00Pb: 978-0-415-77280-8: £22.99eBook: 978-0-203-88033-3


72



NEW

The Future of Global CurrencyThe Euro Versus the Dollar

Benjamin J. Cohen, University of California, Santa Barbara, USA

Can the euro challenge the supremacy of the U.S. dollar as a global currency? From the time Europe’s joint money was born, many have predicted that it would soon achieve parity with the dollar or possibly even surpass it. In reality, however, the euro has remained firmly planted in the dollar’s shadow. The essays collected in this volume explain why. Because of America’s external deficits and

looming foreign debt, the dollar can never be as dominant as it once was. But Europe’s money is unable to mount an effective challenge. The euro suffers from a number of critical structural deficiencies, including an anti-growth bias that is built into the institutions of the monetary union and an ambiguous governance structure that sows doubts among prospective users. As recent events have demonstrated, members of the euro zone remain vulnerable to financial crisis. Moreover, lacking a single voice, the bloc continues to punch below its weight in monetary diplomacy. The world seems headed toward a leaderless monetary order, with several currencies in contention but none clearly dominant.

This collection distils the views of one of the world’s leading scholars in global currency, and will be of considerable interest to students and scholars of international finance and international political economy.

Selected Contents: Introduction Part 1: The Global Currency System 1. Life at the Top: International Currencies in the Twenty-First Century 2. The Euro and Transatlantic Relations Part 2: The Euro Challenge 3. EMU and the Dollar: Who Threatens Whom? 4. Global Currency Rivalry: Can The Euro Ever Challenge the Dollar? 5. Enlargement and the International Role of the Euro 6. The Euro in a Global Context: Challenges and CapacitiesDollar Dominance, Euro Aspirations: Recipe for Discord? 7. Dollar Dominance, Euro Aspirations: Recipe for Discord? Part 3: Glimpses of the Future 8. A One-and-a-Half Currency System 9. Toward a Leaderless Currency System 10. The International Monetary System: Diffusion and Ambiguity



Global Finance in CrisisThe Politics of International Regulatory Change

Edited by Eric Helleiner and Stefano Pagliari, both at University of Waterloo, Canada and Hubert Zimmermann, Heinrich Heine University, Germany


’How did we get to here? How did finance become so globalized, while those who regulate it became so fragmented? This excellent set of essays offers both an overview and a challenge to those interested in understanding the different institutions which regulate global finance. The contributors present the different corners of the

world of financial regulation, including transnational networks, private sector arrangements, struggles of national interest, regional institutions and inter-governmental forums. The contributors sharply differ in how global finance will be transformed by the current crisis. Their differences give us a fascinating map to use in tracking current shifts in global financial regulation.’ - Ngaire Woods, University College, University of Oxford, UK

Selected Contents: Part 1: Issues and Structures Part 2: Countries and Regions

2009: 234 x 156: 216ppHb: 978-0-415-56437-3: £90.00Pb: 978-0-415-56438-0: £29.99


Beyond States and MarketsThe Challenges of Social Reproduction

Edited by Isabella Bakker, York University, Canada and Rachel Silvey, University of Toronto, Canada


Exploring difficult and crucial aspects of the transnational gender politics of globalization, this book provides a unique and valuable introduction to the history of the concept of social reproduction from an inter-disciplinary perspective.

2008: 234 x 156: 224ppHb: 978-0-415-77585-4: £90.00Pb: 978-0-415-77586-1: £25.99eBook: 978-0-203-92849-3


Global Economy ContestedPower and Conflict across the International Division of Labour

Edited by Marcus Taylor, Queen’s University, Canada


Emphasizing the social processes that underpin the global economy and demonstrating how the uneven effects of global economic integration impact upon actors this book also underlines the reciprocal effects that reconfigure the terrain of global accumulation.

2008: 234 x 156: 272ppHb: 978-0-415-77548-9: £90.00Pb: 978-0-415-77549-6: £24.99eBook: 978-0-203-92724-3


FORTHCOMING

Bilderberg PeopleElite Power and Consensus in World Politics

Ian Richardson, Andrew Kakabadse, Cranfield University, UK and Nada Kakabadse

Bilderberg People explores the hidden mechanisms of influence at work in the private world, and personal interactions, of the transnational power elite. It is not concerned with conspiracy theories; instead it is about certain fundamental forces that shape the world in which we live. These forces, with their power to bring about transitions in emotion and preference within, and beyond, the elite community have potentially profound implications for all of us.

Through exclusive interviews with attendees of the most prestigious of all informal transnational networks – Bilderberg – this book provides a unique insight into the networking habits and motivations of the world’s most powerful people. Moreover, it demonstrates that elite consensus is not simply a product of collective common sense among the elite group; rather, it is a consequence of subtle power relationships within the elite circle. These relationships, which are embedded in the very fabric of elite institutions and interactions, result in a particular brand of enlightened thinking within the elite community. For the very first time, and through observance of strict anonymity, the personal accounts of transnational elite participants shed light on the critical question of who runs the world and why they run it the way they do.

Selected Contents: Introduction 1. Transnationalism and the Transnational Elite 2. Transnational Elite Interactions 3. Elite Collaboration 4. Transnational Networks 5. Consensus Formation 6. The Seductive Lure of Elite Membership 7. The Future of the Transnational Elite 8. Conclusion

June 2011: 198 x 129: 208ppHb: 978-0-415-57634-5: £80.00Pb: 978-0-415-57635-2: £20.99


73


GLOBALIZATION

NEW

Understanding India’s New Political EconomyA Great Transformation?

Edited by Sanjay Ruparelia and Sanjay Reddy, both at The New School for Social Research, John Harriss, Simon Fraser University, Canada and Stuart Corbridge, London School of Economics, UK

A number of large-scale transformations have shaped the economy, polity and society of India over the past quarter century. This book provides a detailed account of three that are of particular importance: the advent of liberal economic reform, the ascendance of Hindu cultural nationalism, and the empowerment of historically subordinate classes through popular democratic mobilizations.

Filling a gap in existing literature, the book goes beyond looking at the transformations in isolation, managing to:

• explain the empirical linkages between these three phenomena

• provide an account that integrates the insights of separate disciplinary perspectives

• explain their distinct but possibly related causes and the likely consequences of these central transformations taken together

By seeking to explain the causal relationships between these central transformations through a coordinated conversation across different disciplines, the dynamics of India’s new political economy are captured. Chapters focus on the political, economic and social aspects of India in their current and historical context. The contributors use new empirical research to discuss how India’s multidimensional story of economic growth, social welfare and democratic deepening is likely to develop. This is an essential text for students and researchers of India’s political economy and the growth economies of Asia.

March 2011: 234 x 156: 280ppHb: 978-0-415-59810-1: £85.00Pb: 978-0-415-59811-8: £24.99


FORTHCOMING

The Political Economy of Central AsiaGul Berna Ozcan, Royal Holloway, University of London, UK

Since the collapse of the Soviet Union, the Central Asian republics are still coming to terms with their post-communist economies, their role in the region and the wider world, and their needs for identity, governance and growth. The Political Economy of Central Asia is an original study addressing the processes by which these transitions take place.

The social, political and economic futures of these countries are affected by and will affect a wide region, spanning from Russia, the Caucasus and Iran to China and South Asia. This book addresses not only the reasons for the continued state of poverty and instability, but explains how the choices they are confronting will shape their ability to improve their societies.

Written clearly and concisely, this book will be an invaluable resource for undergraduates and scholars alike with an interest in studies of the region, studies of post-Soviet transition and of studies in economic transition generally.

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction: Transition and the Sources of Instability 2. Political Realities: How Power Operates in the Region 3. Exchange Regimes 4. Gold Mining: An Invisible Dragon 5. Oil and Gas: Concentration and Manipulation 6. Cotton: An Old Malaise and Approaching Environmental Catastrophe 7. Bazaars: Hubs of Entrepreneurship and Discontent 8. Conclusion: Learning from Political Economy and Oligopolistic Markets

July 2011: 234 x 156: 224ppHb: 978-0-415-42191-1: £85.00Pb: 978-0-415-42192-8: £25.99


GLOBALIZATION

International Migration and Citizenship TodayNiklaus Steiner, University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill, USA

International migration has emerged in the last decade as one of the world’s most controversial and pressing issues. This thought-provoking textbook offers the reader a more nuanced and extensive understanding of the complex economic, political, cultural, and moral concerns that arise when people move across borders seeking admission into other countries.

Selected Contents: Section 1: Introduction Section 2: Immigrants Section 3: Refugees Section 4: Citizenship Section 5: Conclusion

2009: 246 x 174: 160ppHb: 978-0-415-77298-3: £90.00Pb: 978-0-415-77299-0: £24.99eBook: 978-0-203-87554-4


Challenges of GlobalizationImmigration, Social Welfare, Global Governance

Edited by Andrew Sobel, Washington University in St. Louis, USA

Featuring contributions by experts from a variety of disciplinary backgrounds including economics, political science and law, this edited volume offers a timely examination of the complexities surrounding modern globalization. Through discussion and evaluation of the problems associated with immigration; social welfare and income inequality; and global

governance the book offers a significant contribution to the continuing globalization debate.

2009: 234 x 156: 216ppHb: 978-0-415-77806-0: £80.00Pb: 978-0-415-77807-7: £24.99eBook: 978-0-203-87346-5




74


GLOBALIZATION

Dying EmpireU.S. Imperialism and Global Resistance

Francis Shor, Wayne State University, USA


’As Americans try to make sense of today’s pressing global economic and environmental crises, Dying Empire provides an engaging and accessible framework through which readers can understand the United States role in the world. Drawing from a refreshing range of social science and cultural materials (including Marge Piercy and Bob

Marley, among others), Shor articulates a convincing and passionate call for Americans to embrace global citizenship.’ - Jackie Smith, University of Notre Dame, USA

Selected Contents: Part 1: Imperial Constructions and Deconstructions Part 2: Whose Globalization? Part 3: Other Publics, Other Worlds

2009: 234 x 156: 208ppHb: 978-0-415-77822-0: £80.00Pb: 978-0-415-77823-7: £24.99eBook: 978-0-203-86535-4


Global Poverty, Ethics and Human RightsThe Role of Multilateral Organisations

Desmond McNeill, University of Oslo, Norway and Asunción Lera StClair, University of Bergen, Norway


Examines the activities of the World Bank and the United Nations Development Programme, in relation to the United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization and the Inter-American Development Bank.

2009: 234 x 156: 192ppHb: 978-0-415-44704-1: £80.00Pb: 978-0-415-44594-8: £23.99eBook: 978-0-203-88130-9


Limits to GlobalizationNorth-South Divergence

William R. Thompson and Rafael Reuveny, both at Indiana University, Bloomington, USA


Using a world systems approach this book examines how globalization is experienced around the world and compares its intensity and impact in industrialized countries and developing countries, focusing on economic growth, technological diffusion, debt, North-South conflict, democratisation and globalization.

2009: 234 x 156: 216ppHb: 978-0-415-77672-1: £90.00Pb: 978-0-415-77673-8: £25.99eBook: 978-0-203-87279-6


FORTHCOMING

Nationalism and GlobalisationConflicting or Complementary?

Edited by Daphne Halikiopoulou and Sofia Vasilopoulou, both at London School of Economics and Political Science, UK

Bringing together leading international scholars to examine the relationship between nationalism and globalization, this book addresses theoretical, historical and contemporary issues. It features case studies from Europe, the US and Asia that explore regionalisation, migration and citizenship, culture, finance and capitalism.

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction: Bridging the Gap between Nationalism and Globalisation Daphne Halikiopoulou and Sofia Vasilopoulou Part 1: Theory 2. Nationalism and Global Culture Anthony Smith 3. Nationalism might Change its Character, Again John Hall 4. Nationalism and the Politics of Culture in a Globalizing World Stephanie Lawson 5. Globalisation and Nation-Formation in World History John Hutchinson Part 2: History 6. Nationalism as Global History John Breuilly 7. Pan-Nationalism Reframed: Theories of Nationalism, the Role of the ’Nation-State,’ and the Global Age Sarah Danielsson 8. Globalizing the ’Principle of Nationality’ Andre Liebich Part 3: Contemporary Issues 9. Migration and Citizenship in the Making of a Global Labour Market Stephen Castles 10. Global Crisis, National Blame Jonathan Hearn 11. Globalization and the Nation-State: The Future of Failures Ronald Grigor Suny 12. Conclusion: Nationalism and Globalisation: Conflicting or Complementary? Daphne Halikiopoulou and Sofia Vasilopoulou

August 2011: 234 x 156: 224ppHb: 978-0-415-58196-7: £85.00Pb: 978-0-415-58197-4: £23.99


Marxism and World PoliticsContesting Global Capitalism

Edited by Alexander Anievas, University of Cambridge, UK

‘Over the past few years, a distinctly Marxian approach to the study of international relations has been steadily gathering steam. This volume brings together a number of the most interesting proponents of that approach. Unlike most edited volumes, this one coheres remarkably well, owing largely to the common framework that

binds the essays together. But Anievas also uses great judgment in choosing essays that that show the tensions and debates within this resurgent Marxist theorizing. This is a volume that will appeal to all scholars interested in the evolution and current dynamics of the interstate system.‘ - Vivek Chibber, New York University, USA

‘A lively, iconoclastic, but above all intelligent set of essays that shows that the marginalization of Marxism within the academy is not only politicaly unjustifiable, but intellectually counterproductive as well. A must read for those who once claimed that Marx and all his dubious thoughts had finally been consigned to the proverbial trash heap of history back in 1989.‘ - Michael Cox, London School of Economics and Political Science, UK

Selected Contents: The Renaissance of Historical Materialism in International Relations Theory: An Introduction Alexander Anievas Part 1: The Geopolitics of Capitalist Modernity 1. Does Capitalism Need the State-System? Alex Callinicos 2. The Changing ‘Logics’ of Capitalist Competition Benno Teschke And Hannes Lacher 3. Western Hegemony and Transnational Capital: A Dialectical Perspective Kees Van Der Pijl 4. Beyond the Theory of Imperialism: Global Capitalism and the Transnational State William I. Robinson 5. Many Capitals, Many States: Logic, Contingency or Mediation? Neil Davidson 6. Globalization and Ideology: Post-Fordist Capitalism and the Politics of Imperial Consent Mark Rupert 7. To Be Or Not To Be A Reductionist Marxism—Is That the Question? John Hobson 8. Industrial Development and International Political Conflict in Contemporary Capitalism Peter Gowan Part 2: Marxism and The International 9. Uneven and Combined Development: The Social-Relational Substratum of ‘The International’? An Exchange of Letters Alex Callinicos and Justin Rosenberg 10. Non-Synchronicity, Capitalism and Uneven and Combined Development Sam Ashman 11. The Geopolitics of Passive Revolution Adam David Morton 12. Approaching ‘The International’: Beyond Political Marxism Jamie C. Allinson and Alexander Anievas 13. Politics and the International Simon Bromley



75


ENVIRONMENTAL POLITICS

Fair TradeThe Challenges of Transforming Globalization

Edited by Laura T. Raynolds, Douglas Murray and John Wilkinson

’This edited volume – the first of its kind – is a valuable contribution. The book fills an important niche, pulling together in one place a wealth of detailed data on the rapidly changing political and organizational landscape of the international fair trade movement. It will be valuable to researchers and practitioners working on fair

trade and other alternative market initiatives, and would be useful for graduate courses on food systems, globalization, development and other topics in a range of social science disciplines.’ – Daniel Jaffee, Agriculture and Human Values, vol 25

2007: 234 x 156: 256ppHb: 978-0-415-77202-0: £85.00Pb: 978-0-415-77203-7: £22.99eBook: 978-0-203-93353-4


Globalization as Evolutionary ProcessModeling Global Change

Edited by George Modelski, Tessaleno Devezas and William R. Thompson


2007: 234 x 156: 464ppHb: 978-0-415-77360-7: £100.00Pb: 978-0-415-77361-4: £26.99eBook: 978-0-203-93729-7


GlobalizationA Reader

Edited by Charles Lemert, Welseyan University, USA, and Anthony Elliott, Daniel Chaffee and Eric Hsu, all at Flinders University, Australia

’This reader is an education in itself. A student who reads this rich collection carefully will be able to think intelligently about the world in which we are living and where we are heading. Bravo.’ – Immanuel Wallerstein, Yale University, USA

Throughout, the Editors expertly guide the reader through the complex terrain of globalization – its

engaging histories, its transnational economies, its multiple cultures and cosmopolitan politics.

Selected Contents: Part 1: The Age of Empires, 3000BCE – 1500 CE Part 2: The Modern World System & Industrial Capitalism, 1500 – 1914. The Interstate System & Colonization: After 1648 Part 3: The Short Twentieth Century: Global Uncertainty and Restructuring Part 4: The Great Globalization Debate Part 5: Globalization Since 2001-Present Part 6: Global Futures: Time and Tense

March 2010: 246 x 189: 472ppHb: 978-0-415-46477-2: £100.00Pb: 978-0-415-46478-9: £23.99


International Politics of HIV/AIDSGlobal Disease-Local Pain

Hakan Seckinelgin

2007: 234 x 156: 208ppHb: 978-0-415-41383-1: £85.00Pb: 978-0-415-41384-8: £22.99eBook: 978-0-203-94615-2



Global Environmental PoliticsConcepts, Theories and Case Studies

Edited by Gabriela Kutting, Rutgers-Newark University, USA

’This text reminds readers that global environmental politics is a vibrant and evolving field of study. The book surveys a diverse set of ideas even as it focuses deserved attention on some of the most interesting and pressing problems of the day, including climate change, deforestation, and biological diversity. Perhaps most impressively, even as

the text examines the tangible ecological costs of poverty, overconsumption, and inequality, it does not dodge difficult ethical and political questions concerning social justice and legitimate governance.’ - Rodger A. Payne, University of Louisville, USA

Global Environmental Politics is the perfect introduction to this increasingly significant area. The text combines an accessible introduction to the most important environmental theories and concepts with a series of detailed case studies of the most pressing environmental problems.

Features and benefits of the book:

• Explains the most important concepts and theories in environmental politics.

• Introduces environmental politics within the context of political science and international relations theories.

• Demonstrates how the concepts and theories apply in a wide variety of real world contexts.

• Case studies include the most important environmental issues from climate change and biodiversity to forests and marine pollution.

• Each chapter is written by an established international authority in the field.

Selected Contents: Introduction Section 1 1. International Relations Theory and the Environment John Vogler 2. Transnational Actors in Global Environmental Politics Lucy Ford 3. Environment and Global Political Economy Jennifer Clapp 4. Environmental Security Shlomi Dinar 5. Consumption Doris Fuchs and Frederike Boll 6. International Environmental Justice Timothy Ehresman and Dimitris Stevis Section 2 7. Climate Change Paul G. Harris 8. Marine Pollution Peter Jacques 9. Forest Politics David Humphreys 10. Biodiversity Antje Brown 11. Agriculture Marc Williams 12. Persistant Organic Pollutants and Pesticides Peter Hough 13. Conclusion






76




Politics and the EnvironmentFrom Theory to Practice

James Connelly, Southampton Institute of Higher Education, UK, Graham Smith, University of Southampton, UK and David Benson

Series: Environmental Politics

’This book is by far and away the best undergraduate introductory textbook yet written on environmental poitics.’ - John Barry, Environmental Politics

Selected Contents: Introduction: Why Environmental Politics? Part 1: Environmental Thought and Political Action 1. Environmental Philosophy 2. Green Ideology 3. The Environmental Movement Part 2: The Background to Environmental Policy 4. Rationality and Power in Environmental Policy Making 5. Choosing the Means 6. Valuation of the Environment Part 3: Environmental Governance: Global to Local 7. International Dimensions 8. European Integration 9. National Responses 10. Local Authorities



4th Edition

Green Political ThoughtAndrew Dobson

’Andy Dobson first made his statement about a green ideology sixteen years ago, and it quickly became the book on environmental political thought, against which all others were compared. In this new edition, Dobson’s thorough and lucid account of ’ecologism’ once again sets the standard. It should be the first place to turn for a

comprehensive picture of ecological thought and the arguments in the field.’ - David Schlosberg, Northern Arizona University, USA

2007: 216 x 138: 240ppHb: 978-0-415-40351-1: £95.00Pb: 978-0-415-40352-8: £23.99


Environmental GovernancePower and Knowledge in a Local-Global World

Edited by Gabriela Kütting, Rutgers-Newark University, USA and Ronnie Lipschutz, University of California, Santa Cruz, USA

This edited collection makes a highly significant critical contribution to the field of environmental politics. It argues that the international-level, institutionalist approach to global environmental politics has run its course, employed solely by powerful actors in order to orchestrate and manipulate local communities within a continuing hegemonic system.

The outstanding international line-up of contributors to this volume explore the real advances that are being made in the areas where the local and global intersect and how power fits into the equation. They explore the relationship between governance, power and knowledge, using power as the main analytical tool.

An important and timely exploration of a topic at the forefront of global debate, Environmental Governance is essential reading for all students of global environmental politics, international political economy and international relations.

Selected Contents: Part 1: Power, Knowledge and Environmental Governance from a Conceptual Perspective Part 2: From the Local to the Global Part 3: From the Global to the Local

2009: 234 x 156: 240ppHb: 978-0-415-77712-4: £85.00Pb: 978-0-415-77713-1: £24.99eBook: 978-0-203-88010-4


FORTHCOMING

Political Theory and Climate ChangePrecaution, Justice & Triage

Catriona McKinnon, University of Reading, UK

Series: Routledge Issues in Contemporary Political Theory

This book provides an important overview and valuable new perspectives on what political theory can bring to the debates about climate change.

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. State of the Debate 3. Liberal Equality, and Nonideal theory 4. CC Catastrophes and the Strong Precautionary Principle 5. Intergenerational Corrective Justice, CC, and Compensation 6. CC Catastrophes and Triage 7. Getting Motivated 8. Conclusion and Prospect

July 2011: 234 x 156: 224ppHb: 978-0-415-46124-5: £80.00Pb: 978-0-415-46125-2: £24.99


The Crisis of Global Environmental GovernanceTowards a New Political Economy of Sustainability

Edited by Jacob Park, Green Mountain College, USA, Ken Conca, American University and Matthias Finger, Swiss Federal Institute of Technology, Switzerland

Series: Environmental Politics


FORTHCOMING

Environmental GovernanceJames Evans, University of Manchester, UK

Series: Routledge Introductions to Environment

This book considers ‘governance’ in a broad sense, to explore how the environment is controlled, manipulated, regulated, and contested by a range of actors and institutions. It highlights how the different approaches currently in play frame environmental problems in distinctive ways, privileging different solutions and types of change. Drawing on cutting edge debates, the question of change forms a core concern that runs throughout the book.

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction: Why Environmental Governance? 2. Understanding Governance 3. Emergence of the Environment as an Object of Governance 4. Institutions, Actors and Approaches 5. From State to Market 6. Business, Corporate Social Responsibility and Innovation 7. Environmental Decision Making and Risk 8. Adaptive Management 9. Changing Behaviour 10. Conclusions



77


POLITICAL COMMUNICATION & POLITICAL PSYCHOLOGY

NEW2nd Edition

Environmental PolicyJane Roberts, Open University, UK

Series: Routledge Introductions to Environment

Evidence of climate change, resource shortages and biodiversity loss is growing in significance year by year. This second edition of Environmental Policy explains how policy can respond and bring about greater sustainability in individual lifestyles, corporate strategies, national policies and international relations.

Selected Contents: 1. So, What’s the Problem? 2. The Roots of

Environmental Problems 3. Sustainable Development and the Goals of Environmental Policy 4. Science and Technology: Policies and Paradoxes 5. Corporate Environmental Policy Making 6. Environmental Policy Making in Government 7. International Environmental Policy Making 8. Environmental Economics 9. Conclusion: Making policy for the Planet



Cases in Environmental PoliticsStakeholders, Interests, and Policymaking

Edited by Norman Miller, North Carolina State University, USA

2008: 229 x 152: 296ppHb: 978-0-415-96103-5: £95.00Pb: 978-0-415-96104-2: £28.99


2nd Edition

Environmental PoliticsStakeholders, Interests, and Policymaking

Norman Miller, North Carolina State University, USA

2008: 229 x 152: 224ppHb: 978-0-415-96105-9: £95.00Pb: 978-0-415-96106-6: £23.99eBook: 978-0-203-89008-0


BUNDLE OFFER!Environmental Politics and Cases in Environmental PoliticsNorman Miller, North Carolina State University, Raleigh, USA

2008: 229 x 152: 464ppPb: 978-0-415-96107-3: £46.99



Political MarketingPrinciples and Applications

Jennifer Lees-Marshment, University of Auckland, New Zealand

‘This is a wide-ranging and engrossing introduction to a field that, despite its central importance to much of modern political activity, is still too little understood by all but the initiated minority’ - Roger Mortimore, Ipsos MORI Social Research Institute

’Jennifer Lees-Marshment has written an exceptional, much-needed study on political marketing. Its

mixture of marketing theory, applied politics, and pithy case studies makes this an invaluable addition to our understanding of campaigns, elections, and politicking.’ - Dennis W. Johnson, George Washington University, USA

2009: 246 x 174: 320ppHb: 978-0-415-43128-6: £90.00Pb: 978-0-415-43129-3: £24.99eBook: 978-0-203-87522-3


Winning with WordsThe Origins and Impact of Political Framing

Edited by Brian F. Schaffner, American University, USA and Patrick J. Sellers, Davidson College, USA

Today’s politicians devote great attention and care to framing their messages. Here Schaffner and Sellers bring together prominent scholars from political science, communication, and psychology in a tightly focused analysis of both the origins and the real-world impact of framing.

2009: 229 x 152: 216ppHb: 978-0-415-99793-5: £95.00Pb: 978-0-415-99794-2: £24.99eBook: 978-0-203-88311-2


78



NEW5th Edition

An Introduction to Political CommunicationBrian McNair, Queensland University of Technology, Australia

Series: Communication and Society

An Introduction to Political Communication introduces students to the complex relationship between politics, the media and democracy in the United Kingdom, United States and other contemporary societies. Brian McNair examines how politicians, trade unions, pressure groups, NGOs and terrorist organisations make use of the media.

Individual chapters look at political media and their effects, the work of political advertising, marketing and public relations, and the communicative practices of organizations at all levels, from grass-root campaigning through to governments and international bodies.

This fifth edition has been revised and updated to include:

• the 2008 US presidential election, and the first two years of Barack Obama’s term

• the MPs’ expenses scandal in Britain, and the 2010 UK election campaign

• the growing role of bloggers and online pundits such as Guido Fawkes in the political agenda setting process

• the emergence of social media platforms such as Twitter, YouTube and Facebook, and their destabilising impact on the management of political crises all over the world, including the Iranian pro-reform protests of July 2009 and the Israeli atack on the anti-blockade flotilla of May 2010

• the growing power of Wikileaks and other online information sources to challenge state control of classified information.

Selected Contents: List of illustrations. Preface and Acknowledgements. Preface to the Fifth Edition Part 1: Politics in the Age of Mediation 1. Politics in the Age of Mediation 2. Politics, Democracy and the Media 3. The Effects of Political Communication 4. The Political Media 5. The Media as Political Actors Part 2: Communicating Politics 6. Party Political Communication I: Advertising 7. Party Political Communication II: Political Public Relations 8. Pressure-Group Politics and the Oxygen of Publicity 9. Political Communication in a Globalised World 10. Conclusion: Performance Politics and the Democratic Process. Notes. Bibliography. Index



2nd Edition

Introduction to Political PsychologyBeth Dietz-Uhler, Miami University, USA, and Martha L. Cottam, Elena Mastors and Thomas Preston, all at Washington State University, USA

This comprehensive, user-friendly introductory textbook to political psychology explores the psychological origins of political behavior. The authors introduce readers to a broad range of theories, concepts, and case studies of political activity to illustrate that behavior. The book examines many patterns of political behaviors, including leadership, group behavior, voting, race,

ethnicity, nationalism, terrorism, war, and genocide. It explores some of the most horrific things people do to one another for political purposes, as well as how to prevent and resolve conflict — and how to recover from it. The goal is to help the reader understand the enormous complexity of human behavior and the significant role political psychology can play in improving the human condition.

New to the second edition is coverage of recent political events, including the 2008 US presidential election, Darfur, Iraq, and Afghanistan. There are now separate chapters on race, ethnic conflicts, terrorism, and conflict resolution. In addition, instructor resources are available online.

2009: 254 x 178: 416ppHb: 978-1-84872-881-3: £70.00Pb: 978-1-84872-882-0: £29.95eBook: 978-0-203-84877-7


Revitalizing Political PsychologyThe Legacy of Harold D. Lasswell

William Ascher and Barbara Hirschfelder-Ascher

2004: 229 x 152: 272ppHb: 978-0-8058-5206-6: £42.50Pb: 978-1-84872-892-9: £17.00


Political PsychologySituations, Individuals, and Cases

David P. Houghton, University of Central Florida, USA

’This is an engaging discussion of how psychological theories and research provide insight into enduring problems of conflict and cooperation in political behavior and international relations. Houghton’s text reviews classic studies of conformity and obedience, as well as theories of personality, cognition, and emotion, and

integrates them into an effective conceptual scheme that balances personal and situational influences on behavior. Students will find this book to be a tidy and persuasive introduction to the value of psychology for understanding the political issues of the contemporary world.’ – Dennis Chong, Northwestern University, USA

Selected Contents: 1. The Conceptual Scheme of This Book 2. A Brief History of the Discipline Part 1: The Situation 3. Behaviorism and Freedom 4. The Psychology of Obedience 5. Creating a “Bad Barrel” 6. Group Decision-Making Part 2: The Individual 7. Psychobiography 8. Personality and Beliefs 9. Cognitive Theories 10. Affect and Emotion 11. Neuroscience Part 3: Bringing the Two Together 12. The Psychology of Voting Behavior 13. The Psychology of Nationalism, Ethnic Conflict and Genocide 14. The Psychology of Racism and Political Intolerance 15. The Psychology of Terrorism 16. The Psychology of International Relations 17. Conclusion: A Personal View

2008: 229 x 152: 296ppHb: 978-0-415-99013-4: £95.00Pb: 978-0-415-99014-1: £32.99eBook: 978-0-203-88911-4


Can’t find what you’re looking for?

Visit our up-to-date website for a complete listing of all our titles.


79



NEW

Strategy in Information and Influence CampaignsHow Policy Advocates, Social Movements, Insurgent Groups, Corporations, Governments and Others Get What They Want

Jarol B. Manheim, George Washington University, USA

‘Manheim has written an always readable and often startling guide to perhaps the greatest force presently shaping our world: strategic communication. Based on many decades of study this book draws together the wisdom of ages and the latest insights into the subject. It clarifies its operation with an impressive line-up of cases of the best

(and the worst) of communication in practice. This is an invaluable text for scholars, students and communication practitioners alike.’ - Nicholas J. Cull, University of Southern California, USA

‘This is a masterful analysis of how influence campaigns and strategic communication work. No other book comes close in terms of scope, insight, and readability. Manheim has written a classic.’ - Lance Bennett, University of Washington, USA

Selected Contents: 1. Points of Origin 2. Information and Influence Campaigns 3. Strategy and Tactics in Campaign Communication I: Winning the Argument 4. Strategy and Tactics in Campaign Communication II: Shaping the Decision 5. Networks and Netwaves: Organizing for Influence 6. Riding the Waves: Strategy and Tactics in Network Activation 7. Feeling the Pressure: The Dimensionality of Targets 8. Guarding the Castle: Deterring, Deflecting, Minimizing or Defeating Information and Influence Campaigns 9. Information, and Influence. Appendix A. Need to Know: Strategic Intelligence and Research in the Campaign. Appendix B. The IIC Knowledge Base: A Selective Bibliographic Inventory. Appendix C. A Bibliography for IIC Strategy (Including Sources Cited)



NEW

Making Sense of Media and PoliticsFive Principles in Political Communication

Gadi Wolfsfeld, Hebrew University of Jerusalem, Israel

‘This lively and original synthesis of the research literature in political communication is at once a brilliant theoretical statement and a downright fun read. Wolfsfeld’s five basic principles about politics and the news don’t just summarize what we know. They distill the essential elements of how the system works into a new theoretical

perspective that spells out why the most important things to understand about politics and the media are not what we expect them to be. This small book is destined for greatness. If I were stuck on a desert island with a single book about political communication as my only possession, I’d want it to be this one.’ - Scott Althaus, University of Illinois Urbana-Champaign, USA

In Making Sense of Media and Politics, Gadi Wolfsfeld introduces readers to the most important concepts that serve as a framework for examining the interrelationship of media and politics:

• political power can usually be translated into power over the news media

• when authorities lose control over the political environment they also lose control over the news

• there is no such thing as objective journalism (nor can there be)

• the media are dedicated more than anything else to telling a good story

• the most important effects of the news media on citizens tend to be unintentional and unnoticed.

Selected Contents: Part 1: Political Actors Compete Over the News Media 1. Political Power and Power Over the Media 2. Political Control and Media Independence Part 2: Turning Politics Into News 3. No Such Thing as Objective News 4. Telling a Good Story Part 3: Media Effects 5. The Media Get You When You’re Not Paying Attention



Manipulating DemocracyDemocratic Theory, Political Psychology, and Mass Media

Edited by Wayne Le Cheminant and John M. Parrish, both at Loyola Marymount University, USA

Manipulating Democracy offers the first comprehensive dialogue between empirical political scientists and normative political theorists on the definition and contemporary practice of democratic manipulation. An impressive array of distinguished scholars offer incisive assessments and far-reaching critiques of contemporary American democracy.

Selected Contents: Introduction: Manipulating Democracy: A Reappraisal Wayne Le Cheminant and John M. Parrish Part 1: Democratic Theory 1. Manipulation and Democratic Theory James Fishkin 2. Manipulation: As Old As Democracy Itself (and Sometimes Dangerous) Terence Ball 3. When Rhetoric Turns Manipulative: Disentangling Persuasion and Manipulation Nathaniel Klemp Part 2: Political Psychology 4. Changing Brains: Lessons from the Living Wage Campaign George Lakoff 5. Emotional Manipulation of Political Identity Rose McDermott 6. Mimesis, Persuasion, and Manipulation in Plato’s Republic Christina Tarnopolsky Part 3: Mass Media 7. “News You Can’t Use”: Politics and Democracy in the New Media Environment Richard Fox and Amy Gangl 8. The Betrayal of Democracy: The Purpose of Public Opinion Survey Research and Its Misuse by Presidents Lawrence Jacobs 9. The Political Economy of Mass Media: Implications for Informed Citizenship Shanto Iyengar and Kyu Hahn 10. Exploiting the Clueless: Heresthetic, Overload, and Rational Ignorance Andrew Sabl



Blogging the PoliticalPolitics and Participation in a Networked Society

Antoinette Pole, Montclair State University, USA

In an era of depressed civic engagement, where access to the media by common citizens is limited, blogs have the power to change the political landscape. This book catalogs the individuals engaged in political blogging, explains why they started blogging, and examines what they hope to gain from it.

2009: 229 x 152: 176ppHb: 978-0-415-96341-1: £85.00Pb: 978-0-415-96342-8: £22.99eBook: 978-0-203-86631-3


80


EXTREMISM

EXTREMISM

FORTHCOMING

Fascism and the Extreme RightRoger Eatwell, University of Bath, UK


In recent years the revival of the far right and anti-Semitic, racist and fascist organizations has posed a significant threat throughout Europe and in the United States. Fascism and the Extreme Right examines the historical development of fascist ideology, explaining its post-war and contemporary variations. Subjects covered include:

• the problems of defining ’fascism’

• the ideological roots of fascism

• electoral support for the far right

• holocaust denial

• cyber-fascism.

This is an essential guide to a complicated and extremely important subject, and will be an invaluable source for students, academics and activists.

Selected Contents: Introduction Part 1: Fascism in the Inter-War Era 1. Universal Fascism 2. Fascism as a Syncretic Ideology 3. The Nature of Fascism 4. Was Fascism a ‘Political Religion’? 5. Theorising the Rise of Fascism Part 2: The Contemporary Extreme Right 6. Neither ‘Extreme’ nor ‘Right’? 7. Is there a New ‘Clerical Fascism? 8. Theories of Extreme Right Support 9. The Rebirth of Right-Wing Charisma 10. From Street Fascism to Cyber Fascism 11. Holocaust Denial and the Continuing Appeal of Anti-Semitism 12. Whither Fascism in the 21st Century?



FORTHCOMING

New British FascismThe Rise of the British National Party (BNP)

Matthew J. Goodwin, University of Nottingham, UK


This book examines the recent development of the far right in Britain against the backdrop of changing public attitudes toward race and immigration in Britain. Focusing in particular on the British National Party (BNP) which has been the most electorally successful far right party in British history, the book examines the worrying rise in support for extremist and racist ideas.

Selected Contents: Part 1 1. The Legacy of History 2. In the Ghetto: The BNP, 1982-1999 3. From Street Gang to Political Party: 1999-2009 4. Organization and Membership 5. Who Votes for Griffin? Part 2 6. The Activists: Who are They? 7. Why do they Join? 8. Why do They Stay? 9. The BNP at a Crossroads. Conclusions

July 2011: 198 x 129: 208ppHb: 978-0-415-46500-7: £90.00Pb: 978-0-415-46501-4: £26.99


Racist Extremism in Central & Eastern Europe Cas Mudde


2004: 234 x 156: 336ppHb: 978-0-415-35593-3: £100.00Pb: 978-0-415-35594-0: £26.99


The New Extremism in 21st Century BritainEdited by Roger Eatwell, University of Bath, UK and Matthew J. Goodwin, University of Nottingham, UK


‘This work is an ambitious attempt to examine in detail the causes and impacts of far right extremism alongside Islamist inspired extremism. Many may be uneasy about such comparisons but this volume lays to rest such concerns. Above all, it contains choice articles by a strong team of experienced researchers and commentators. There are

superb contributions on state-group relations, policing issues and public attitudes. It should be consulted by all those interested in extremism in modern Britain.’ - Shamit Saggar, University of Sussex, UK

‘The New Extremism in 21st Century Britain is by far the most important consideration yet of the two principal extremist challenges to the existing political order, namely militant Islamism and far right politics. Eatwell and Goodwin have assembled an expert range of contributors to explore the causes, challenges and coping strategies associated with the rise of extremism in a hitherto largely benign polity. Chapters draw upon a range of attitudinal and electoral evidence to assess the levels of potential and actual support for the British National Party amongst the white working class and for Islamic militancy among British Muslims. Measured, informed and well-researched throughout, The New Extremism needs to be read by any student interested in the ongoing challenges to consensus in British politics.’ - Jon Tonge President, University of Liverpool, UK

Selected Contents: Introduction: The ’New’ Extremism Roger Eatwell and Matthew J. Goodwin Part 1 1. Religious Extremism in Britain and British Muslims: Threatened Citizenship and the Role of Religion Maria Sobolewska 2. Mobilization, Recruitment, Violence and the Street: Radical Violent takfiri Islamism in Early 21st Century Britain Jonathan Githens-Mazer 3. Faith and State: British Policy Responses to ‘Islamist’ Extremism Erik Bleich 4. Policing the ‘New Extremism’ in 21st Century Britain Frank Gregory 5. Policing within a Counter-Terrorism Context Post 7/7: The Importance of Partnership, Dialogue and Support when Engaging with Muslim Communities Basia Spalek and Robert Lambert 6. Preventing Violent Extremism: Why Local Context Matters Vivien Lowndes and Leila Thorpe Part 2 7. Who Might Vote for the BNP? Survey Evidence on the Electoral Potential of the Extreme Right in Britain Robert Ford 8. In Search of the Winning Formula: Nick Griffin and the ‘Modernization’ of the British National Party Matthew J. Goodwin 9. Who Votes Extreme Right in Twenty-First Century Britain? The Social Bases of Support for the National Front and British National Party Matthew J. Goodwin, Robert Ford, Bobby Duffy and Rea Robey 10. Responses to the Extreme Right in Britain Roger Eatwell. Conclusion Roger Eatwell and Matthew J. Goodwin






81


GENDER POLITICS

GENDER POLITICS

2nd Edition

Gender and Global RestructuringSightings, Sites and Resistances

Edited by Marianne H. Marchand, Universidad de las Américas, Puebla, Mexico and Anne Sisson Runyan, University of Cincinatti, USA


‘A new edition from Marchand and Runyan is cause for celebration. They and their smart contributors show us here so graphically that the surprising twists and turns of today’s globalizing trends cannot be realistically tracked without taking women’s working lives and political resistances seriously.’ - Cynthia Enloe, author of Nimo’s War, Emma’s

War: Making Feminist Sense of the Iraq War

‘Bringing together leading scholars in international political economy, Gender and Global Restructuring illuminates the changing effects of neoliberal economic policies on the governance of intimacy, family formation, and the production of raced, gendered, sexualized identities. Sweeping in scope, the volume provides new insights into the complex dynamics of nationstates, international institutions, and transnational social movements as they grapple with increasing inequalities in the twenty-first century.’ - Mary Hawkesworth, Rutgers University, USA

Selected Contents: Introduction: Feminist Sightings of Global Restructuring: Old and New Conceptualizations Marianne H. Marchand and Anne Sisson Runyan Part 1: Sightings 1. Globalization and its Intimate Other: Filipina Domestic Workers in Hong Kong Kimberly A. Chang and L.H.M. Ling 2. Querying Globalization: Sexual Subjectivities, Development, and the Governance of Intimacy Amy Lind 3. Governing Gender in Neoliberal Restructuring: Economics, Performativity, and Social Reproduction Suzanne Bergeron 4. ’Where the streets have no name’: Getting Development out of the (RED)™? Michelle V. Rowley Part 2: Sites 5 Global Restructuring and Women’s Economic Citizenship in North Africa Valentine M. Moghadam 6. Remittances, Gender, and Development Jonathan Bach 7. Women’s Work Unbound: Philippine Development and Global Restructuring Pauline Gardiner Barber 8. The ’Making Women Productive’ Strategy: Uncovering Gendered Sightings, Sites, and Resistances to Global Restructuring in Rural Mexico Rahel Kunz Part 3: Resistances 9. Globalization and Gender at Border Sites: Femicide and Domestic Violence in Ciudad Juárez Kathleen Staudt 10. Reclaiming Spaces of Resistance: Women’s Human Rights and Global Restructuring Laura Parisi 11. Globalization, Feminism, and Information Society Gillian Youngs. Conclusion: Restructuring the Intimate and the Global: Towards ’Post’-Neoliberalism? Anne Sisson Runyan and Marianne H. Marchand



Gender Matters in Global PoliticsA Feminist Introduction to International Relations

Edited by Laura J. Shepherd, Birmingham University, UK

‘Feminist IR isn’t a static thing. It is something you try to do. As the contributors to this lively book show, to engage in the hard and invigorating work of doing feminist IR means to think and re-think, to listen and re-listen, to explore and re-explore.’ - Cynthia Enloe, Clark University, USA

‘The authors of this textbook convincingly demonstrate

the importance of putting on our gendered lenses to fully understand a broad array of issues in global politics. A valuable resource for teachers and students of international relations.’ - J. Ann Tickner, University of Southern California, USA

Selected Contents: Part 1: Theory/Practice Part 2: Ethics and the Human Subject Part 3: Violence and Security Part 4: Political Economy Part 5: Identities, Orders, Borders Part 6: Information, Communication, Technology

2009: 246 x 174: 440ppHb: 978-0-415-45387-5: £90.00Pb: 978-0-415-45388-2: £25.99eBook: 978-0-203-86494-4


FORTHCOMING

Feminism and the Transformation of International RelationsThe Challenge of Feminism and its Critical ‘Others’

Marysia Zalewski, University of Aberdeen, UK


Examines whether feminism has succeeded in transforming International Relations by assessing what feminist theories offer to study of international politics and exploring feminism’s relationship with the study of International Relations.

Selected Contents: 1. Feminists Confront International Relations 2. The Appeal of Masculinity Studies 3. Challenging the Privilege of Whiteness 4. Defying Compulsory Heterosexuality: The Queer Challenge 5. Resisting Women, Rejecting Feminism? The Challenge of Neo-Feminism 6. Transforming International Politics? Transforming Feminism

October 2011: 234 x 156: 192ppHb: 978-0-415-44921-2: £80.00Pb: 978-0-415-44922-9: £22.99


NEW4th Edition

Women’s Rights in the USAPolicy Debates and Gender Roles

Dorothy E. McBride, Florida Atlantic University, USA and Janine A. Parry, University of Arkansas, USA

In Women’s Rights in the USA, Fourth Edition, McBride and Parry examine the policy debates critical to women in American society. Analyzing both the historical contexts and current controversies, the authors show the processes behind the statutes, court cases, and administrative rules pertaining to issues such as education, work pay, family, sexuality, and economic status

and examine the role of women activists in shaping them.

This fourth edition also features updates on contemporary issues of women and public policy, including same-sex marriage and lesbian issues, pay equity, conservative trends in courts, reproductive rights, and women in electoral politics. Themed boxes highlight information in five areas: Personal Stories; Intersections; Equality and Difference: Cases; Equality and Difference: Laws; and Voices in Debates.



Gender and International SecurityFeminist Perspectives

Edited by Laura Sjoberg, University of Florida, USA

Series: Routledge Critical Security Studies

This book defines the relationship between gender and international security, analyzing and critiquing international security theory and practice from a gendered perspective.

Selected Contents: Part 1: Gendered Lenses Envision Security Part 2: Gendered Security Theories Part 3: Gendered Security Actors: Women in International Security Part 4: Gendered Security Problematiques

2009: 234 x 156: 304ppHb: 978-0-415-47546-4: £90.00Pb: 978-0-415-47579-2: £23.99eBook: 978-0-203-86693-1


82


GENDER POLITICS POLITICAL THEORY

FORTHCOMING

Feminism and International RelationsConversations About the Past, Present and Future

Edited by J. Ann Tickner, University of Southern California, USA and Laura Sjoberg, University of Florida, USA

This important introduction to feminist International Relations discusses the history, present and future of the field. With a unique format, it examines issues including global governance, the United Nations, war, peace, security, science, beauty and human rights.

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction: International Relations through Feminist Lenses Laura Sjoberg and J. Ann Tickner 2. Reclaiming Agency for Social Change: Feminism, International Relation and the Women’s International League for Peace and Freedom, 1945 -1975 Catia Confortini Engagement by Brooke Ackerly 3. Pursuing Interests Which are Both Deep and Wide: Women’s Human Rights and the United Nations Abigail Ruane Engagement by Brent Steele 4. Feminist Problems with Norms: Gender Mainstreaming in Global Governance Jacqui True Engagement by Jane Jaquette 5. Security as Emancipation: A Feminist Perspective Soumita Basu Engagement by Laura Sjoberg 6. Russian Veterans of the Chechen Wars: A Feminist Analysis of Militarized Masculinity Maya Eichler Engagement by Cynthia Enloe 7. The Technoscience Question in Feminist IR: Unmanning the U.S.War on Terror Eric M.Blanchard Engagement by Sandra Harding 8. Targeting Women in Wars: Gender and Intentional Civilian Death Laura Sjoberg and Jessica Peel Engagement by J.Ann Tickner 9. Beauty and the Quinceanera: Reproductive, Productive and Virtual Dimensions of the Global Political Economy of Beauty Angela McCracken Engagement by V. Spike Peterson 10. Conclusion



Resisting CitizenshipFeminist Essays on Politics, Community, and Democracy

Martha A. Ackelsberg, Smith College, USA

This book brings together many of Martha Ackelsberg’s writings over the past 25 years, combining her own field work and interviews with cutting edge research and theory on democracy and activism. She explores these efforts in order to draw lessons — and attempt to incorporate knowledge — about current notions of democracy from those who engage in ’non-traditional’

participation, those who have, in many respects, been relegated to the margins of political life in the United States.

Selected Contents: Part 1: Rethinking Politics/Rethinking Community Part 2: Challenging Dichotomies: Dependency, Privacy, Identity, Power Part 3: Is Citizenship the Goal?

2009: 229 x 152: 288ppHb: 978-0-415-93518-0: £100.00Pb: 978-0-415-93519-7: £29.99


NEW

War and RapeLaw, Memory and Justice

Nicola Henry, La Trobe University, Australia


In this book, Henry asks some critical questions about the relationship between mass rape, politics and law. In what ways does law contribute to the collective memory of wartime rape? How do ‘counter-memories’ of victims compete with the denialism of wartime rape?

Providing a comprehensive overview of the politics of wartime rape and the politics of

prosecuting such crimes within international humanitarian law, this text will be of great interest to scholars of gender and security, war crimes and law and society.

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction: How the Past is Made to Matter 2. Traces of Truth: Collective Memory and the Law 3. A History of Silence: The Nuremberg and Tokyo Trials 4. Casualties of Law: Wartime Rape and War Crimes Courts 5. Trials and Trauma: The Impossibility of Bearing Witness 6. Wartime Rape and the Legacy of Law



The Industrial VaginaThe Political Economy of the Global Sex Trade

Sheila Jeffreys, University of Melbourne, Australia


This book demonstrates the importance of the global sex industry to the field of international politics, exploring the development of the industry and the wider social implications.


POLITICAL THEORY

Contemporary Political Theorists in ContextAnthony M. Clohesy, University of Essex, UK, Stuart Isaacs, London Metropolitan University, UK and Chris Sparks, Institute of Technology, Sligo, Ireland

This exciting new textbook presents a clear framework for students to understand how themes and issues in political thought have emerged and developed throughout the 20th Century.

Charting the progression from the preoccupation with the boundaries of the modern state, through to the current debates on rights, identity and justice; the three sections of the

book enable the ideas of significant political thinkers to unfold through a telling of the key political events that gave a social context for their thought.

Selected Contents: Part 1: The Inter-War Debate: New Theories of the State Part 2: Post-War Debates: The Recovery of Politics Part 3: Contemporary Debates: Rights, Identity and Justice

2009: 246 x 174: 168ppHb: 978-0-415-35728-9: £80.00Pb: 978-0-415-35729-6: £23.99eBook: 978-0-203-00313-8


FORTHCOMING4th Edition

Political IdeologiesAn Introduction

Edited by Vincent Geoghegan and Rick Wilford, Robert Eccleshall

This informative and widely used text is now available in a fourth edition. Building on the success of previous editions, it continues to provide a clear and accessible introduction to the complexities of political ideologies.

Selected Contents: 1. From Ideology to Ideologies 2. Liberalism 3. Conservatism 4. Socialism 5. Anarchism 6. Nationalism 7. Fascism 8. Ecologism 9. Feminism 10. Religion and Politics 11.The End of Ideology?

July 2011: 246 x 174: 336ppHb: 978-0-415-61816-8: £80.00Pb: 978-0-415-61817-5: £23.99


83


PUBLIC POLICY

Fascism and Political TheoryCritical Perspectives on Fascist Ideology

Daniel Woodley, DLD College, London, UK

Series: Routledge Issues in Contemporary Political Theory

‘This is a captivating and well-researched contribution to political theory and historical sociology. Woodley’s sophisticated, wide-ranging, and clearly-written book convincingly dissects the anatomy of fascism, including its relation to the modern imperial-international context.‘ - Patricia Owens, author of

Between War and Politics: International Relations and the Thought of Hannah Arendt (Oxford, 2007)

2009: 234 x 156: 288ppHb: 978-0-415-47354-5: £85.00Pb: 978-0-415-47355-2: £25.99eBook: 978-0-203-87157-7


FORTHCOMING

Neuroscience and Political TheoryEdited by F. Vander Valk

This book provides an important overview and valuable new perspectives on what political theory can bring to the debates about climate change.

Selected Contents: 1. On the Seductive Power of Neuro-explanations for Political and Moral Theory: An Intellectual Genealogy, Maurizio Meloni 2. What is Ancient in Contemporary Neuroscience?: Lessons From Descartes on Constructing a Model of Mind Patricia Easton 3. Hobbes and Neuroscience: Early Modern Strategies for Negotiating Contemporary Subjectivity James R. Martel 4. Minding Our Language John G. Gunnell 5. Educating the Brain: Neuroscience and the Habit of Good Judgment Leslie Paul Thiele 6. The Brain, Explanatory Pluralism, and the Question of Healthy Politics Machiel Keestra 7. Does Deliberation Make You Angry? Neuroscience, Emotions, and Theories of Deliberative Democracies Marlene Sokolon 8. Minds, Memes, and Micropolitics Frank Vander Valk 9. Evolution, Neuroscience, and Prosocial Behavior in Disasters John Protevi 10. Performing Gender Through Scientific Research Emily B. Ngubia Kuria 11. The Absent Revolution Suparna Choudhury, Jan Slaby, Max Stadler

October 2011: 234 x 156: 224ppHb: 978-0-415-78201-2: £80.00Pb: 978-0-415-78202-9: £25.99


Out of AfricaPost-Structuralism’s Colonial Roots

Pal Ahluwalia, University of South Australia

Series: Postcolonial Politics

At the heart of this book is the argument that the fact that so many post-structuralist French intellectuals have a strong ‘colonial’ connection, usually with Algeria, cannot be a coincidence. The ‘biographical’ fact that so many French intellectuals were born in or otherwise connected with French Algeria has often been noted, but it has never been theorised. Ahluwalia makes a

convincing case that post-structuralism in fact has colonial and postcolonial roots. This is an important argument, and one that ‘connects’ two theoretical currents that continue to be of great interest, post-structuralism and postcolonialism.

The re-reading of what is now familiar material against the background of de-colonial struggles demonstrates the extent to which it is this new condition that prompted theory to question long-held assumptions inscribed in the European colonial enterprise. The wide-ranging discussion, ranging across authors as different as Foucault, Derrida, Fanon, Althusser, Cixous, Bourdieu and Lyotard, enables the reader to make connections that have remained unnoticed or been neglected. It also brings back into view a history of struggles, both political and theoretical, that has shaped the landscape of critique in the social sciences and humanities.

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. Algeria and Colonisation 3. Sartre, Camus and Fanon 4. Derrida 5. Cixous 6. Althusser, Bourdieu, Foucault and Lyotard 7. Conclusion



Zizek’s Politics Jodi Dean

2006: 216 x 140: 160ppHb: 978-0-415-95175-3: £95.00Pb: 978-0-415-95176-0: £27.99eBook: 978-0-203-95661-8


PUBLIC POLICY


Analyzing Public PolicyPeter John, University of Manchester, UK

Series: Routledge Textbooks in Policy Studies

The fully revised and updated new edition of this textbook continues to provide the most accessible overview of the main approaches in the study of public policy. It explains the most common and widely used frameworks in the study of policy analysis:

• institutionalism

• network theory

• socioeconomic theories

• rational choice

• ideas-based.

The book explains each one, offers constructive criticisms and explores their claims in the light of American, British and European examples.

Peter John argues that no one approach offers a comprehensive explanation of public policy, so a combination is needed. After reviewing some recent attempts at synthesis, he advocates an evolutionary approach which is best able to account for the importance of ideas and interests in the policy process.

Combining both a clear summary of debates in public policy and a new and original approach to the subject, this book remains essential reading for students of public policy and policy analysis.

Selected Contents: 1. The Study of Public Policy 2. ’Stages’ Models 3. Institutional Approaches 4. Group and Network Approaches 5. Socio-Economic Approaches 6. Rational Choice Approaches 7. Ideas 8. A Synthesis Through Evolution 9. Conclusions

July 2011: 246 x 174: 256ppHb: 978-0-415-47626-3: £80.00Pb: 978-0-415-47627-0: £23.99


State ManagementAn Enquiry into Models of Public Administration & Management

Jan-Erik Lane, University of Freiburg, Germany

’Jan-Erik Lane has once again produced a timely and provocative book - this time upon the distinctive challenges of public management in the twenty first century. It is sure to become a classic text for researchers and students in the field alike.’ - Stephen P. Osborne, University of Edinburgh, UK

2009: 216 x 138: 192ppHb: 978-0-415-49234-8: £85.00Pb: 978-0-415-49235-5: £21.99eBook: 978-0-203-87988-7


84


PUBLIC POLICY


Applied Policy ResearchConcepts and Cases

Peter J. Haas, San Jose State University, USA and J. Fred Springer, EMT Associates

Many textbooks on policy research focus on methodological and statistical theories, while leaving students little indication of how they will actually apply them to their future policy positions. Moreover, the theories they do teach are often not practical for the research that students will do upon entering the workforce.

This book takes theories of policy research and puts them into practice, demystifying the subject by translating it into real world situations in which students can actively engage.

In this new edition, a new chapter has been added to reflect current trends in research such as:

• evidence-based policies, programs, and practices

• performance monitoring and quality control

• cost effectiveness

• new systems to inform the need and status of social, health, education, and economic conditions.

New cases capture these current approaches and are now grouped according to types of policy research. Ideal for masters programs in public administration and public policy, Applied Policy Research is critical for preparing students for their future policy analysis and program evaluation positions.

Selected Contents: Part 1: Principles of Policy Research 1. Introduction to Policy Research 2. Strategies for Policy Research in Context 3. Research Methods and Techniques in Practice 4. Policy Research and the Policy Process 5. How to Design and Conduct Policy Research: A Practical Approach Part 2: Case Studies in Policy Research 2.1. Needs Assessment and Planning: Behavioral Health Needs and Planning Services in Tennesse 2.2. Performance Monitoring and Quality Improvement: The CDC-INFO Performance Scorecard 2.3. Identifying Evidence-based Policies Programs and Practices: Principles of Effective Youth Interventions 2.4. Program evaluation 2.5. Cost and Cost-Effectiveness: The Cost of Substance Use in San Diego County 2.6 Policy Choice Analysis: Bikes and Trains: A Policy Comparison



Understanding Government BudgetsA Practical Guide

R. Mark Musell, City College of New York, USA

2008: 246 x 174: 120ppHb: 978-0-415-99011-0: £95.00Pb: 978-0-415-99012-7: £22.99eBook: 978-0-203-89272-5



Comparative Public AdministrationEdited by J.A. Chandler, Sheffield Hallam University, UK

Comparative Public Administration 2nd edition provides a clear introduction to the contemporary system of public administration and management in a number of significant countries. This text examines, country-by-country, the extent to which new public management, politicians and public opinion can influence bureaucracies in various countries; in addition, it explores the role of public administration systems within the wider political systems and democratic frameworks of their states.

The new edition revises and updates all of the original country studies and adds three more chapters on Poland, India and China. Each chapter is written to a common framework which makes comparison easier and covers the following issues:

• political culture • the constitutional framework• the civil service• central government agencies• federal and local government • financing the system• coordinating the system• managing the system • accountability, secrecy and openness • democracy and the administrative system• further developments and issues with the system.

A wide number of countries are covered, including: the United States, the European Union, China, France, UK, Germany, the Republic of Ireland, Italy, India and Poland.

This textbook is essential reading for students of comparative public administration.



Immigration and American DemocracySubverting the Rule of Law

Robert Koulish, Philadelphia University, USA

’This is a powerful book that takes on an urgent and under-researched topic. Here in one place at last is an overview and analysis of the shifting landscape of immigration control and the increase of executive power in the U.S. that have characterized the last decade. It is a must-read, not just for immigration scholars, but for all who want to stay

informed of the trajectory of American democracy.’ – Kitty Calavita, University of California Irvine, USA

2009: 229 x 152: 240ppHb: 978-0-415-99617-4: £95.00Pb: 978-0-415-99618-1: £20.99eBook: 978-0-203-88322-8


NEW

Designing Public PoliciesPrinciples and Instruments

Michael Howlett, Simon Fraser University, Canada


This textbook provides a concise and accessible introduction to the principles and elements of policy design in contemporary governance. Howlett seeks to examine in detail the range of substantive and procedural policy instruments that together comprise the toolbox from which governments select specific tools expected to resolve policy problems.

Guiding students through the study of the instruments used by governments in carrying out their tasks, adapting to, and altering, their environments, this book:

• discusses several current trends in instrument use often linked to factors such as globalization and the increasingly networked nature of modern society.

• considers the principles behind the selection and use of specific types of instruments in contemporary government

• evaluates in detail the merits, demerits and rationales for the use of specific organization, regulatory, financial and information-based tools and the trends visible in their use

• addresses the issues of instrument mixes and their (re)design in a discussion of the future research agenda of policy design.

Providing a comprehensive overview of this essential component of modern governance and featuring helpful definitions of key concepts and further reading, this book is essential reading for all students of public policy, administration and management.



85


PUBLIC POLICY

NEW

Making Policy WorkPeter John, University of Manchester, UK


Many tools are on offer to politicians and other policy-makers when they seek to change policy outcomes. Often they choose to concentrate on one set of tools, but fail to see the costs as well as the benefits – and may not consider the available evidence regarding their effectiveness. This innovative new textbook clearly sets out the main tools of government, and provides an

analysis of their efficacy when applied to public problems.

Each chapter examines the relative benefits and costs of using a key tool that is available to improve policy outcomes, drawing on a diverse literature, a large number of empirical studies and a range of contexts. Areas covered include:

• governments and policy outcomes

• law and regulation

• public spending and taxation

• bureaucracy and public management

• institutions

• information, persuasion and deliberation

• networks and governance.



5th Edition

Budgetary Politics in American GovernmentsJames J. Gosling, University of Utah, USA

Gosling clearly explains the intergovernmental dynamics of the actors, institutions, and processes of U.S. public budgeting — both now and through changes of the last several decades. Thoroughly updated, this edition examines tax policy in the 2008 presidential campaigns, military budgeting, budget shortfalls in state and local governments, and a new chapter on budget organization and structure.

2009: 229 x 152: 312ppHb: 978-0-415-80015-0: £90.00Pb: 978-0-415-99511-5: £30.99eBook: 978-0-203-88945-9


6th Edition

The Politics of BureaucracyAn Introduction to Comparative Public Administration

B. Guy Peters, University of Pittsburgh, USA

‘An astutely up-dated old favourite whose several editions are sound testimony to the enduring nature of bureaucracy. A treasure chest of facts, insights and reasoning about structures and dynamics so central to the state and government. Excellent for both graduate and undergraduate teaching.’ - Ian Thynne, Charles Darwin University, Australia

2009: 246 x 174: 400ppHb: 978-0-415-34209-4: £95.00Pb: 978-0-415-34210-0: £26.99eBook: 978-0-203-87914-6


The Public Policy PrimerManaging the Policy Process

Xun Wu, National University of Singapore, M. Ramesh, University of Hong Kong, Michael Howlett, Simon Fraser University, Canada and Scott Fritzen, National University of Singapore


This short guide provides a concise and accessible overview of the entire policy cycle taking the reader through the various stages of agenda setting, policy formulation, decision making, policy implementation and policy evaluation.

This book provides an introduction to the key policy functions, the challenges they entail, and how the challenges may be addressed by public

officials. Written from a comparative perspective, the authors include examples from a diverse range of countries at different stages of development, highlighting key principles and practices through which officials can effectively manage their policy processes and outcomes.

Selected Contents: 1. Introductions: Public Managers and the Policy Process 2. Agenda-Setting 3. Policy Formulation 4. Decision-Making 5. Policy Implementation 6. Policy Evaluation 7. Conclusion: Enhancing Policy Effectiveness Through Integrated Policy Making



Complexity and Public PolicyA New Approach to 21st Century Politics, Policy And Society

Robert Geyer, University of Lancaster, UK and Samir Rihani, University of Liverpool, UK

’Complexity and Public Policy is not only an excellent read, but it provides a thought provoking analysis of how and why so many policy initiatives – including those in public health, the war on terrorism, aid and development, the war in Iraq, and so on – have been such disappointments, disasters even. What the authors do is nothing less

than challenge all of us, policymakers, scholars and citizens alike, to begin to think much differently than we ever had before. Quite simply, to stop thinking that the world unfolds in a linear way when there is all kinds of evidence to the contrary. It might sound like a truism to say that this should be required reading for all policymakers, but this time the truism happens to be true.’ - Mark Gibney, University of North Carolina-Asheville, USA

’This is an eminently readable book, a primer to complexity written specifically for social scientists. It is highly recommended reading for teachers as well as students of methods, and for anybody interested not just in science but also in public policy and what it can and cannot do. Particularly important and impressive is what the authors have to say on public policies aimed at simplification and rationalization of social structures, and on the high social costs of their inevitable failure.’ - Wolfgang Streeck, Max Planck Institute, Cologne, Germany

Selected Contents: Preface. Introduction 1. From Orderly to Complexity Science and Public Policy 2. Concepts of Complexity 3. Tools of Complexity 4. Politics 5. Health 6. The International Realm 7. Development 8. Planning Dreams into Nightmares: The Iraq Adventure 9. Exploding the Myths of Terrorism 10. Conclusion: Towards a Complex and Humane Public Policy for the 21st Century



86


PUBLIC POLICY

FORTHCOMING

Social DemocracyA Comparative Account of the Left Wing Party Family

Hans Keman, Vrije University, Amsterdam, the Netherlands

This book focuses on social democracy as a party and a broad movement as well as a unique political force in the industrialised world. It provides a critical comparative survey of when, where, how and why social democracy developed within established capitalist democracies.

It explains the electoral successes and failures of social democratic parties, the influence of the party system and the nature of competition and co-operation between parties. It also examines the ideological tensions within social democratic parties between socialists and reformists.

It features a broad range of case studies including Australia, Austria Belgium, Denmark, Finland, France, Greece, Germany, Italy, Luxembourg, Netherlands, New Zealand, Norway, Portugal, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland, United Kingdom as well as comparisons with the United States, Canada and Japan.

August 2011: 234 x 156: 208ppHb: 978-0-415-57406-8: £80.00Pb: 978-0-415-57407-5: £26.99


NEW

Cities, Politics & PowerSimon Parker, University of York, UK

Series: Routledge Critical Introductions to Urbanism and the City

Cities, Politics and Power combines a traditional concern with how the cities in which we live are organised and run with a broader focus on cities and urban regions as multiple sites and agents of power.

Selected Contents: Part 1: 1. Introduction Part 2: The Political Life of Cities 2. The Civic City: The Emergence of Urban Societies 3. The Uncivil City: Violence,

Conflict and Resistance Part 3: Urban Governance 4. Political Organisations and the Quest for Urban Power 5. The Government of Cities 6. The Confines of Power: Cities, Regions and States in a Global Perspective Part 4: Identity, Communication and Space 7. The Politics of Urban Identity 8. Information, Communication and the Networks of Urban Power 9. The Landscapes of Urban Power Part 5: Conclusion 10. Power and Politics in the City



Evidence-BasedPolicymakingInsights from Policy-Minded Researchers and Research-Minded Policymakers

Karen Bogenschneider and Thomas J. Corbett, both at University of Wisconsin–Madison, USA

This book examines ways to enhance evidence-based policymaking, striking a balance between theory and practice. The attention to theory builds a greater understanding of why miscommunication and mistrust occur. Until we better appreciate the forces that divide researchers and policymakers, we cannot effectively construct strategies for bringing them together.

Selected Contents: 1. Exploring the Disconnect Between Research and Policy 2. Do Policymakers Want Evidence? Insights from Research-Minded Policymakers 3. When Researchers Delivered Evidence to Policymakers 4. Who are These Knowledge Producers and Knowledge Consumers Anyway? 5. Why Research is Underutilized in Policymaking: Community Dissonance Theory 6. Breaking Through Stereotypes of Policymakers 7. What Knowledge Producers Should Know About the Policymaking Process 8. Barriers to and Rewards of Cross-Cultural Communication 9. Communicating With Policymakers: Insights from Policy-Minded Researchers 10. Approaching Policymakers: Moving Beyond ’What’ to ’How’ 11. Generating Evidence on Disseminating Evidence to Policymakers 12. Where Do We Go from Here? Appendix: Methodological Notes. References



FORTHCOMING

Digital GovernanceNew Technologies for Improving Public Service

Michael Milakovich, University of Miami, Coral Gables, Florida, USA

In this timely and thorough analysis, Michael Milakovich examines the assumptions underlying the ‘e-government revolution’ in light of the financial exigencies facing many commercial enterprises, governments and other organizations. Computer-driven information and communications technologies are impacting all aspects of public sector service delivery worldwide and many governments are moving away from an agency-centric toward a more citizen-centric approach to offering online services.

This book explores the transition from electronic government (e-gov) to digital or d-governance, emphasizing the importance of citizen participation and information technology to accomplish the change. The chapters concentrate on strategies for public administration organizational transformation and their implications for improved and measurable government performance.



The American Political EconomyInstitutional Evolution of Market and State

Marc Allen Eisner, Wesleyan University, USA

Policy debates are often grounded within the conceptual confines of a state-market dichotomy, as though the two existed in complete isolation. In this innovative text, Marc Allen Eisner portrays the state and the market as inextricably linked, exploring the variety of institutions subsumed by the market and the role that the state plays in creating the institutional foundations of economic activity.

Through a historical approach, Eisner situates the study of American political economy within a larger evolutionary-institutional framework that integrates perspectives in American political development and economic sociology. This volume provides a rich understanding of the complexity of U.S. economic policy, explaining how public policies become embedded in bureaucracy and reinforced by organized beneficiaries and public expectations. This path dependent layering process helps students better understand the underlying historical dynamics, which provide a clearer sense of the constraints faced by policymakers now and in the future. Thorough coverage of the entitlement crisis, globalization’s impact on the U.S. political economy, and the recent financial crisis in the final chapters demonstrate the importance of this historical institutionalist framework.

Selected Contents: Part 1: Making Sense of the Political Economy 1. Beyond the Market-State Dichotomy 2. Making Sense of Institutions and Institutional Change Part 2: The Evolution of the American Political Economy 3. The Progressive Regime and the Regulatory State 4. The Rise of the New Deal Regime 5. The Postwar Consolidation of the New Deal Regime 6. The Rise and Pause of the Keynesian Welfare State 7. The Neoliberal Regime and the Return of the Market Part 3: Neoliberalism and Its Discontents 8. The Two Welfare States and the Coming Entitlement Crisis 9. The Global Economy and the Persistence of the State 10. The Financial Crisis and the Great Recession 11. Continuity and Change in the American Political Economy



87


RELIGION AND POLITICS


NEW IN PAPERBACK

Routledge Handbook of Religion and PoliticsEdited by Jeff Haynes, London Metropolitan University, UK

This Handbook provides a global survey of the interaction between religion and politics.

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction Part 1: ‘The World Religions and Politics’ 2. Buddhism and Politics 3. Christianity: Protestantism 4. The Catholic Church and Catholicism in Global Politics 5. Confucianism, from above and Below 6. Hinduism 7. Sunni Islam and Politics 8. Shiism and Politics

9. Judaism and the State Part 2: ‘Religion and Governance’ 10. Secularisation and Politics 11. Religious Fundamentalisms 12. Religion and the State 13. Does God Matter, and If So whose God? Religion and Democratization 14. Religion and Political Parties 15. Religion and Civil Society 16. Religious Commitment and Socio-Political Orientations: Different Patterns of Compartmentalisation among Muslims and Christians? Part 3: ‘Religion and International Relations’ 17. Integrating Religion into International Relations Theory 18. Religion and Foreign Policy 19. Transnational Religious Actors and International Relations 20. Religion and Globalisation Part 4: ‘Religion, Security and Development’ 21. On the Nature of Religious Terrorism 22. Conflict Prevention and Peacebuilding 23. Religion and Women: Canadian Women’s Religious Volunteering: Compassion, Connections, and Comparisons 24. Faith-based Development Aid 25. Religion, Climate Change and Human Suffering

August 2010: 246 x 174: 448ppPb: 978-0-415-60029-3: £29.99


Muslims in the West after 9/11Religion, Politics and Law

Edited by Jocelyne Cesari, Harvard University, USA

Series: Routledge Studies in Liberty and Security

This book is the first systematic attempt to study the situation of European and American Muslims after 9/11, and to present a comprehensive analysis of their religious, political, and legal situations.

Selected Contents: Part 1: Overview: Muslims in Europe and the US Part 2: Anti-Terrorism and International Constraints Part 3: Influence of International

Constraints on Politics, Law and Religion in the West

2009: 234 x 156: 264ppHb: 978-0-415-77655-4: £95.00Pb: 978-0-415-77654-7: £24.99eBook: 978-0-203-86396-1



Global Political IslamPeter Mandaville

’Global Political Islam, is a well-informed account of the origins of mainstream Islamism, the strategies of Islamisation, the emergence of the radical fringe, the competition for authority among Muslim elites and the impact of globalisation on Muslim politics. This is a study which sets out to transcend the ’narrow moment’ of al-Qaeda.’ - The Economist

’Global Political Islam is the best panoramic view of Muslim politics today. With lucidity and insight, Peter Mandaville effortlessly explains the complexity of Islamism without becoming bogged down in jargon or narrowly defending one line of interpretation. He displays an equally impressive command of specific movements such as the Muslim Brotherhood and al-Qaida and critical issues such as globalisation, the crisis over the state, and competition over religious authority. It is difficult to imagine a more reliable or informed treatment of a shifting and ever widening Islamic landscape.’ - James Piscatori, Oxford Centre for Islamic Studies, UK

Selected Contents: Introduction: Thinking about Islam and Politics in Global Perspective 2. Islam and Politics: History and Key Concepts 3. State Formation and the Making of Islamism 4. Explaining Islamism 5. Islam in the System: The Evolution of Islamism as Political Strategy 6. Islam as the System: Islamic States and ’Islamization’ from Above 7. Islam for Lack of a System: Islamism in Weak and Failed States 8. Radical Islamism and Jihad Beyond the Nation-State 9. Muslim Transnationalism: Brotherhoods, Networks Diasporas 10. Who Speaks for Islam? Religious Authority in the Global Umma 11. Islamic Political Thought: Debating Shari’ah and the Islamic State 12. Beyond Islamism: Globalization and Muslim Politics. Appendix: Key Economic and Political Indicators for Muslim Countries



Religion and Politics in South AsiaEdited by Ali Riaz, Illinois State University, USA

Religion and religio-political forces have become potent influences in the domestic politics of many countries irrespective of geographical location, stages of economic growth, and systems of governance. The growing importance of religion as a marker of identity and a tool of political mobilization is reshaping the political landscape in an unprecedented

manner, and South Asia, which contains the world’s largest populations of Muslims and Hindus with significant number of Buddhists, is no exception to this fact.

This book presents a comprehensive analysis of the interaction of religion and politics in Afghanistan, Bangladesh, India, Nepal, Pakistan and Sri Lanka. Although the specific circumstances of each country are different, in recent decades, religion, religio-political parties, and religious rhetoric have become dominant features of the political scenes in all six countries. The contributors offer a thorough examination of these developments by presenting each country’s political system and the socio-economic environment within which the interactions are taking place. The analysis of the various factors influencing the process of the interactions between religion and politics, and their impact on the lives of the people of the region and global politics constitute the core of the chapters.

Selected Contents: Introduction: Three Arguments about Religion-Politics Nexus Ali Riaz 1. The Strategic Use of Islam in Afghan Politics Abdulkader Sinno 2. The Politics of Islamization in Bangladesh Ali Riaz 3. Religion, Politics and Violence in India Amalendu Misra 4. Nepal: From Hindu Monarchy to Secular Democracy Subho Basu 5. Pakistan: A State for the Muslims or an Islamic State? Farhat Haq 6. Politicization of Buddhism and Electoral Politics in Sri Lanka A R M Imtiyaz. Appendix. Glossary

2010: 234 x 156: 224ppHb: 978-0-415-77800-8: £85.00Pb: 978-0-415-77801-5: £25.99





88



FORTHCOMING

Man’s DominionReligion and the Eclipse of Women’s Rights in World Politics

Sheila Jeffreys, University of Melbourne, Australia

Series: Routledge Studies in Religion and Politics

The Sacred Men’s Club examines the global struggle of religious conservatism against women’s rights, and the ways in which a rise in the power of organised religions in western countries in the last two decades affects the lives of women.

Institutionalised religion is, as feminist theorist Mary Daly points out, a ‘sacred men’s club’. The rise of religious ideals and movements in world politics can be understood as representing a movement focusing on men’s rights and power. Contrary to this lies the marginalisation of women in religion and religious power structure.

The book explores and provides:

• a feminist critique of the politics of religion

• a view that the contemporary rise of religion endangers the rights of women in two ways: on the world stage through the United Nations, and in western democracies through multifaithism and desecularisation

• concrete examples of the ways in which the rise of religion affects women’s status by looking at polygamy and dress practices.

Following on from The Industrial Vagina, Sheila Jeffrey’s incisive and often controversial views provide a polemical and radical re-envisioning of some of the most important issues in the fields of religion, politics and gender studies.

Selected Contents: 1. The Devilís Gateway: Feminism and Religion 2. The Feminist Critique of Multiculturalism 3. Desecularisation and the Consolidation of Women’s Subordination 4. The Right to Religion and Women’s Human Rights 5. A Harem for Every Man: The Campaign to Decriminalise Polygamy 6. Clothed in Submission: The Modesty Requirement 7. The Master’s Tools?: Feminist Reinterpretation or Rejection of Religion 8. Conclusion: Combating the Rise of Religion

August 2011: 234 x 156: 208ppHb: 978-0-415-59673-2: £85.00Pb: 978-0-415-59674-9: £24.99


NEW

Islamic Radicalism and Multicultural PoliticsThe British Experience

Tahir Abbas, Fatih University, Turkey

‘Much of the commentary on Islam today is shrill and one-dimensional which further widens the gap between Muslims and non-Muslims. Because Tahir Abbas’ Islamic Radicalism and Multicultural Politics is reasoned, scholarly and aims to provide historical context it is a powerful corrective. Being both British and Muslim allows him to

present us with a truly insider’s account.’ - Akbar Ahmed, American University, USA

‘In the face of so many superficial denunciations of radical Islam in Britain, Tahir Abbas provides an account that is both broad in its historical coverage and profound in its social analysis. In his sweep of several centuries of South Asian Islamic thinking, Abbas includes the conflicts engendered by British colonialism, and the complex processes of immigration and settlement in Britain. He is especially good in his own speciality, the patterns of inequality in education and in the labour market, through which he shows how the global growth in radical thinking can articulate with domestic social disparities. Here is a distinctive voice entering the debate.’ - John R. Bowen, Washington University in St. Louis, USA

Selected Contents: Preface 1. From the Historical to the Contemporary 2. Islamic Political Radicalism: Origins and Destinations 3. Post-war Immigration: Ethnicity, Identity and Spatiality 4. The Formation of Muslim Capital: Education, Employment and Entrepreneurialism 5. Neo-Orientalism and Islamophobia: The Media and Print News 6. The Political Philosophy of Multiculturalism and the ‘Modern Muslim’ 7. Islamist Identity Politics in the Context of Glocalisation 8. Muslims, Crime, Terror and the Law 9. British Islam Tomorrow and the Battle Ahead



Mawlana Mawdudi and Political IslamAuthority and the Islamic state

Roy Jackson, University of Gloucestershire, UK

Mawlana Mawdudi was one of the most influential and important Islamic thinkers of the 20th century, whose brand of political Islam has won widespread acceptance in South and South East Asia as well as the Middle East. This book is the first to critically engage and assess his career and legacy. It includes coverage of his early life and influences, and examines his considerable

influence in the contemporary Islamic world.

Selected Contents: Introduction Part 1: The Life and Times of Mawdudi 1. A Noble Lineage. 1903-1919 2. ‘A hidden power within me’, 1920-1930 3. Crisis of the Spirit, 1930-1939 4. The Birth of a New Party, 1940-1947 5. The Pakistan Years, 1947-1979 Part 2: Mawdudi and Political Islam 6. The Need for ‘Intellectual Independence’ 7. The Salafiyyah 8. Mawdudi’s Paradigms: The Four Sources of His Islamic Constitution 9. Theo-Democracy (or Divine Government?) 10. Jihad and the Permanent Revolution 11. Mawdudi’s Legacy



FORTHCOMING

Muslims in BritainMaking Social and Political Space

Edited by Waqar Ahmad, Middlesex University in London, UK and Ziauddin Sardar

This book examines the social and political position of Muslims in Britain. Contributions from academics and policy makers explore issues of religion and politics, Britishness, governance, parallel lives, gender issues, religion in civic space, ethnicity, and inter ethnic and religious relations.

Selected Contents: Introduction Waqar Ahmad and Ziauddin Sardar 1. Reimagining and Renegotiating Muslim Spaces Waqar Ahmad 2. Talking or Shouting? Religion and Public Space Ziauddin Sardar 3. Multiculturalism and the Gender Gap: Issues for Muslim Communities in Britain Heidi Safia Mirza 4. Muslim, Female and Political: Creating Space and Challenging Myths Bano Murtuja 5. Young Muslims in London: Gendered Negotiations of Local, National and Transnational Places Louise Ryan and Ludovica Banfi 6. Exploring Social Spaces of British Muslims Lucinda Platt 7. Are British Muslims Socially Segregated? Ludi Simpson and Nissa Finney 8. Local Britain, Islam and the Governance of Diversity Michael Keith 9. Britain and Britishness: Place, Exclusion and Belonging Rosemary Sales

October 2011: 234 x 156: 224ppHb: 978-0-415-59471-4: £85.00Pb: 978-0-415-59472-1: £22.99


Full Table of ContentsFor full table of contents on all titles

featured in this catalog, visit:


89


RESEARCH METHODS

Political IslamA Critical Reader

Edited by Frédéric Volpi, University of St. Andrews, UK

This reader provides the student with an accessible and comprehensive introduction to the study of political Islam. Offering a clear route to the most influential literature in the field, the diverse range of viewpoints presented allows students to obtain a detailed, authoritative and critical perspective on the most pressing questions of the post-9/11 era.

With detailed introductory chapters and clear presentation of existing literature, thematically-arranged sections cover:

• modern understandings and explanations of Islamism

• the emergence and development of Islamist groups

• political responses to the phenomenon

• democracy and democratization

• multiculturalism

• political violence and terrorism

• globalization

• the future of political Islam.

This overview of political Islam will help students at all levels to appreciate its many manifestations and dimensions. A relevant text to introductory courses on history, international affairs, government and sociology, this reader is an essential tool for students of the Middle East, Muslim politics, religion in politics and Islamism.

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction: Critically Studying Political Islam 2. Modern Understandings and Explanations of Islamism 3. Political Islam, the State and Political Power 4. Political Islam and Democracy 5. Islamist Movements in Multicultural Settings 6. Political Islam and Political Violence 7. The Globalization of Islamism 8. The Future of Political Islam



RESEARCH METHODS

Political ResearchAn Introduction

Lisa Harrison

2001: 246 x 174: 200ppHb: 978-0-415-22655-4: £100.00Pb: 978-0-415-22656-1: £26.99


3rd Edition

Issues and Methods in Comparative PoliticsAn Introduction

Todd Landman, University of Essex, UK

‘If this textbook had been available when I was a college senior or first-year graduate student, it would have saved me months of muddled thinking about what comparative politics is and how it should be done.

Landman distills a vast literature into a coherent synthesis of all the fundamental methodological issues that arise in

comparative politics, which he organizes under the rubrics of comparisons of many cases, few cases, or single cases. He generously evaluates the strengths and limitations of each one and illustrates these tradeoffs in seven substantively rich chapters that survey actual research on economic development, violence and revolution, social movements, democratization, institutional design, human rights, and the growing overlap between international relations and comparative politics.

Within the positivist camp, Landman’s perspective is comprehensive, balanced, and methodologically pluralistic. This book is a wonderfully clear and complete introduction to comparative politics and several of its most prominent research programs.’ - Michael Coppedge, University of Notre Dame, USA

2008: 246 x 174: 384ppHb: 978-0-415-41236-0: £90.00Pb: 978-0-415-41237-7: £24.99



A Positive Political Theory PrimerPeter C. Ordeshook, California Institute of Technology, USA

A Positive Political Theory Primer is designed to introduce students to the application of game theory to modeling political processes.

Selected Contents: 1. Representation of Political Processes 2. Analysis of Extensive Form Games 3. Analysis of Strategic Form Games 4. Some Special Political Games 5. Games with Incomplete Information 6. Cooperation and Coalitions

December 2011: 229 x 152: 324ppPb: 978-0-415-99542-9: £34.99


Surviving Field ResearchWorking in Violent and Difficult Situations

Edited by John C. King and Julie A. Mertus, both at American University, Washington DC, USA, and Chandra Lekha Sriram, Olga Martin-Ortega and Johanna Herman, all at University of East London, UK

’Research on civil war and peacebuilding has grown substantially in the past decade, but there is as yet little guidance for those willing to go to the field in the special conditions of conflict zones. This volume of case studies provides a wealth of ethnographic information about what to expect and extremely useful advice from those who have

done it. Practitioners as well as students will find it immensely welcome.’ - Susan L. Woodward, City University of New York, USA

’This sensitive guide to the ethical and practical issues that accompany the conduct of field research in conflict and post-conflict settings is an absolute must for those who care about the safety and well being of those among whom they work. Gracefully written, this collection of the reflections of remarkably talented scholars should make a major impact on thinking about the responsibilities of the field researcher in situations where their questions and conclusions can pose threats to the subjects of their research and to themselves.’ - William Reno, Northwestern University, USA

Selected Contents: Part 1: Ethics Part 2: Access Part 3: Veracity Part 4: Security Part 5: Identity, Objectivity, Behaviour

2009: 234 x 156: 280ppHb: 978-0-415-48934-8: £80.00Pb: 978-0-415-48935-5: £22.99eBook: 978-0-203-87527-8


90


RESEARCH METHODS

FORTHCOMING

Understanding MethodsCoping with the Quantitative - Qualitative Divide

Marianne Franklin, Goldsmiths College, University of London, UK

This textbook is designed to introduce advanced undergraduates and graduate students to the research process. It explains how the research process works, from the initial research question to formulating an overall research design in line with contemporary disciplinary and inter-disciplinary frameworks. The textbook explains the key methodological and theoretical

debates and gives equal weight to both qualitative and quantitative methods while remaining focussed on the practical concerns of the research student.

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. Theoretic-Methodological Debates in Historical Perspective 3. Piecing Together a Puzzle: First Steps in Designing a Research Proposal 4. Situating Yourself 5. Making Choices: Quantitative or Qualitative? 6. Doing the Research 7. Writing it All Up 8. Same Question, Different Methods? 9. Conclusion: Surviving the Research Process

August 2011: 234 x 156: 224ppHb: 978-0-415-49079-5: £90.00Pb: 978-0-415-49080-1: £24.99


The Future of Political Science100 Perspectives

Edited by Gary King, Harvard University, USA, Kay L. Schlozman, Boston College, USA and Norman Nie, Stanford University, USA

This book contains some of the newest, most exciting ideas now percolating among political scientists, from hallway conversations to conference room discussions. To spur future research, enrich classroom teaching, and direct non-specialist attention to cutting-edge ideas, a distinguished group of authors from various parts of this sprawling and pluralistic

discipline has each contributed a brief essay about a single novel or insufficiently appreciated idea on some aspect of political science. The one hundred essays are concise, no more than a few pages apiece, and informal. While the contributions are highly diverse, readers can find unexpected connections across the volume, tracing echoes as well as diametrically opposed points of view. This book offers compelling points of departure for everyone who is concerned about political science — whether as a scholar, teacher, student, or interested reader.

2009: 229 x 152: 304ppHb: 978-0-415-99700-3: £90.00Pb: 978-0-415-99701-0: £19.99eBook: 978-0-203-88231-3


FORTHCOMING

Interpretive Approaches to Research DesignConcepts and Processes

Dvora Yanow, University of Amsterdam, the Netherlands and Peregrine Schwartz-Shea, University of Utah, USA

Series: Routledge Series on Interpretive Methods

Research design is fundamentally central to all scientific endeavors, at all levels and in all institutional settings. This book is a practical, short, simple, and authoritative examination of the concepts and issues in interpretive research design, looking across this approach’s methods of generating and analyzing data. It is meant to set the stage for the more ’how-to’ volumes that will come later in the Routledge Series on Interpretive Methods, which will look at specific methods and the designs that they require. It will, however, engage some very practical issues, such as ethical considerations and the structure of research proposals.

Interpretive research design requires a high degree of flexibility, where the researcher is more likely to think of ’hunches’ to follow than formal hypotheses to test. Yanow and Schwartz-Shea address what research design is and why it is important, what interpretive research is and how it differs from quantitative and qualitative research in the positivist traditions, how to design interpretive research, and the sections of a research proposal and report. It demonstrates how interpretive researchers engage with ’world-making’, context, systematicity and flexibility, reflexivity, investigation, bottom up concepts, and explanatory description.

Selected Contents: 1. What is Research Design and Why is it Important? 2. What is ’Interpretive’ Research? 3. Designing for Interpretive Research 4. Sections of a Research Proposal and Their Relationship to a Research ’Report’



FORTHCOMING

Political CultureAn Introduction to the Cultural Analysis of Politics

Jan-Erik Lane and Uwe Wagschal, both at University of Freiburg, Germany

This short accessible text presents an overview of the relevance of culture for politics. Culture figured prominently in the theories of the great classics, such as Marx, Durkheim and Weber and discussion of cultural politics has been revived and variegated with the influence of postmodernism.

Selected Contents: Section 1 1.On the Cultural Analysis (CA) of Politics 2. CA and Scientific Objectivity Section 2: Elements of Culture 3. Ethnicity 4. Religion 5. Tradition Section 3: New Vistas Into The Research On Value Orientations 6. Methodology for Enquiry into Value Orientations 7. Gender, Homosexuality and Culture 8. What is Post-Materialism? 9. Social Capital: Identification and Existence of the Trust Concept 10. The Main Value Orientations in Post-Modern Society 11. Culture and the Environment 12. Conclusion

June 2011: 234 x 156: 224ppHb: 978-0-415-67325-9: £95.00Pb: 978-0-415-67326-6: £25.99


ESSAY COLLECTIONS

FORTHCOMING

In Search of DemocracyLarry Diamond

This book takes stock of democratic progress in the world, reflecting upon the causes of democratic difficulty in the world. Diamond addresses some of the critical conditions for democratic success, analyzes democratic dilemmas and prospects in particular regions and countries, and then concludes by assessing the policy implications for promoting and assisting

democratic development internationally.

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction: In Search of Democracy Part 1: The Dynamics and Foundations of Democracy 2. The Surge and Recession of the Third Wave of Democracy 3. Is Pakistan the Reverse Wave of the Future? 4. Economic Development and Democracy Reconsidered 5. Rethinking Civil Society: Toward Democratic Consolidation 6. The Quality of Democracy: An Overview Part 2: In Search of Democracy in Africa 7. Class Formation in the Swollen African State 8. Class, Ethnicity and the Democratic State 9. Cleavage, Conflict and Anxiety in the Second Nigerian Republic 10. Issues in the Constitutional Design of a Third Nigerian Republic 11. Progress and Retreat in Africa Part 3: Other Cases 12. Why China’s Democratic Transition Will Differ From Taiwan’s 13. Rule of Law as Transition to Democracy in China 14. Indonesia’s Place in Global Democracy 15. Prospects for Democratization in Hong Kong 16. What Went Wrong and Right in Iraq Part 4: Promoting Democracy: Policy Implications 17. Empowering the Poor: What Does Democracy Have to Do with It? 18. Promoting Real Reform in Africa 19. A Transatlantic Strategy to Promote Democratic Development in the Broader Middle 20. Promoting Democracy in Post-Conflict and Failed States 21. Supporting Democracy: Refashioning U.S. Global Strategy

August 2011: 234 x 156: 288ppHb: 978-0-415-78127-5: £80.00Pb: 978-0-415-78128-2: £24.99


91


ESSAY COLLECTIONS

FORTHCOMING

Carole PatemanDemocracy, Feminism & Welfare

Terrell Carver, University of Bristol, UK, and Samuel A. Chambers

Series: Routledge Innovators in Political Theory

Carole Pateman is one of the world’s leading political theorists who has made significant contributions in the fields of feminism, sexual politics and democratic theory. This collection features her most significant contributions in these fields as well as a frank and wide-ranging interview where she discusses the influences on her work, the state of the art of political

theory and future research directions. This is an essential collection for all those with an interest in contemporary political theory and feminist studies.

Selected Contents: Introduction: Pateman’s Innovations Terrell Carver and Sam Chambers 1. Political Culture, Political Structure and Political Change 2. A Contribution to the Political Theory of Organizational Democracy 3. Political Obligation and the Sword of Leviathan 4. If Voting Could Change Anything, it Would be Illegal 5. Feminism and Democracy 6. The Shame of the Marriage Contract 7. Sex and Power 8. Equality, Difference, Subordination 9. Three Questions about Womanhood Suffrage 10. Wollstoncraft 11. The Legacy of T.H.Marshall 12. Freedom and Democratization 13. Another Way Foreward 14. An Interview with Carole Pateman

April 2011: 234 x 156: 288ppHb: 978-0-415-78111-4: £80.00Pb: 978-0-415-78112-1: £26.99


Ethno-symbolism and NationalismA Cultural Approach

Anthony D. Smith, London School of Economics, UK

Provides a concise explanation of an ethno-symbolic approach to the study of nations and nationalism and simultaneously embodies a general statement of Anthony D. Smith’s contribution to this approach and its application to the central issues of nations and nationalism.

Selected Contents: Introduction 1. Perennialism and Modernism 2. Basic Themes of Ethno-

Symbolism 3. The Formation of Nations 4. The Role of Nationalism 5. Persistence and Transformation of Nations 6. Pro et Contra

2009: 216 x 138: 192ppHb: 978-0-415-49795-4: £80.00Pb: 978-0-415-49798-5: £23.99eBook: 978-0-203-87655-8


NEW

Hegemony and DemocracyBruce Russett, Yale University, USA


‘Bruce Russett is one of America’s leading international relations scholars, and he has long been interested in how democracy affects world politics. In this collection of his essays —some old, some new — he focuses on how America’s democratic character affects its hegemony. He has no simple answer, but he provides a

variety of important insights on the matter. This book deserves to be widely read.‘ - John J. Mearsheimer, University of Chicago, USA

‘Exploring the relationships between democracy and hegemony, Bruce Russett deploys a rare combination of rigor and nuance. Filled with insights and evidence, these essays by a master at the top of his game teach us a great deal about central issues of world politics.’ - Robert Jervis, Columbia University, USA

Selected Contents: 1. A Democratic Hegemon? 2. Democracy, War, and Expansion through Historical Lenses 3. Dimensions of Resource Vulnerability: Some Elements of Rigor in Concept and Policy Analysis 4. U.S. Hegemony: Gone or Merely Diminished, and How Does it Matter? 5. The Real Decline in Nuclear Hegemony 6. The Future as Arbiter of Theoretical Controversies: The Scientific Study of Politics and Predictions with James Lee Ray 7. Courting Disaster: NATO vs. Russia and China with Allan C. Stam 8. A Neo-Kantian Perspective: Democracy, Interdependence and International Organizations in Building Security Communities 9. Democratic Intergovernmental Organizations Promote Peace with Jon Pevehouse 10. Security Council Expansion: Can’t and Shouldn’t 11. Liberalism 12. No Clear and Present Danger: A Skeptical View of the United States Entry into World War II 13. Democracy, Hegemony, and Collective Action



FORTHCOMING

Liberal PeaceSelected Essays

Michael W. Doyle, Columbia University, New York, USA

This volume is a collection of the best essays by Prof. Michael Doyle on the topics of liberalism and peace.

The connection between liberalism and peace is important because liberal republics have proven to be the dominant practice in the international system. For many, they are the ideal of modern politics and their separate peace has emerged as the most significant and stable zone of peace in modern world history. This collection includes Prof. Doyle’s seminal articles from the 1980s, which helped launch the ’Democratic Peace’ debate, through to the policy implications of liberal internationalism in the post-Cold War era. The volume concludes with a new essay that addresses a variety of criticisms that have been made of his interpretation of the liberal peace.

This book will be essential reading for students of democratic peace theory, International Relations theory, foreign policy, political science, and peace and security studies.

Selected Contents: Introduction Part 1: Kantian Theory of Liberalism 1. Kant, Liberal Legacies, and Foreign Affairs: Part I (1983) 2. Kant, Liberal Legacies, and Foreign Affairs: Part II (1983) 3. Liberalism and World Politics (1986) Part 2: Liberalism in Theoretical Context 4. Politics and Grand Strategy (1993) 5. The Voice of the People: Political Theorists on the International Implications of Democracy (1994) 6. One World, Many Peoples: International Justice in John Rawls’s The Law of Peoples (2006) Part 3: Liberal Grand Strategies: Ethics and Politics 7. An International Liberal Community (1992) 8. A More Perfect Union? The Liberal Peace and the Challenge of Globalization (2000) 9. A Few Words on Mill, Walzer and Nonintervention (2009) Part 4: Conclusion 10. Conclusion: Liberal Peace revisited (2010). References

July 2011: 234 x 156: 224ppHb: 978-0-415-78174-9: £90.00Pb: 978-0-415-78175-6: £23.99





92


ESSAY COLLECTIONS

Power, the State, and SovereigntyEssays on International Relations

Stephen D. Krasner, Stanford University, USA

Stephen Krasner has been one of the most influential theorists within international relations and international political economy over the past few decades. This book is a collection of his key academic work as well as a meditation on his time in office.

Selected Contents: Introduction: Actors and Institutions in the Study of International Politics Part 1: Domestic Politics and

Foreign Policy 1. Defending the National Interest 2. US Commercial and Monetary Policy: Unravelling the Paradox of External Strength and Internal Weakness 3. Approaches to the State: Alternative Conceptions and Historical Dynamics 4. Sovereignty: An Institutional Perspective Part 2: International Politics 5. Structural Causes and Regime Consequences: Regimes as Intervening Variables 6. State Power and the Structure of International Trade 7. Global Communications and National Power: Life On the Pareto Frontier Part 3: Sovereignty 8. Sovereignty and Its Discontents 9. Organized Hypocrisy in Nineteenth Century East Asia 10. Sharing Sovereignty: New Institutions For Collapsed and Failing States. Conclusion: Garbage Cans and Policy Streams: How Academic Research Might Affect Foreign Policy

2009: 234 x 156: 328ppHb: 978-0-415-77482-6: £80.00Pb: 978-0-415-77483-3: £24.99eBook: 978-0-203-88213-9


Practical Judgement in International Political TheorySelected Essays

Chris Brown, London School of Economics, UK

’Chris Brown is what many scholars wish to be - a writer whose lucid expositions never fail to engage, challenge, and enlighten. For thoughtful students of international affairs, these essays are an education in the subject at its self-reflective best.’ - Terry Nardin, National University of Singapore

’I urge every student of international relations and

political thought to read this book. You will find yourself on an amazing journey through the essential currents of contemporary intellectual history. Chris Brown is an incomparable guide. He shows us his subject in all of its magnificent scope. His clarity, discernment and charming wit carry you lightly through even the heaviest of arguments. It is a rare collection of essays that can re-cast an entire genre of literature. This volume does so. Like all great essayists, Chris Brown gives us ideas, characters and stories that delight and instruct.’ - Joel H. Rosenthal, Carnegie Council for Ethics in International Affairs

‘This is an invaluable volume. Each essay is immensely insightful, unfailingly engaging, and boldly provocative. Moreover, the collection as a whole maps the evolution in thinking of an eminently important scholar who has done no less than pioneer the field of study variously known as a ‘international political theory’, ‘normative international relations (IR) theory’ and ‘international ethics.’’ - Toni Erskine, Aberystwyth University, UK

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction: A Life in Theory Part 1: Communitarians and Cosmopolitans 2. The Modern Requirement: Reflections on Normative Theory in a Post-Western World 3. Ethics of Co-Existence: The International Theory of Terry Nardin 4. International Theory and International Society: The Viability of the Middle Way 5. Universal Human Rights: A Critique 6. Towards a Neo-Aristotelian Resolution of the Communitarian Cosmopolitan Debate 7. Cultural Diversity and International Political Theory 8. The Construction of a Realistic Utopia: John Rawls and International Political Theory Part 2: The Discourse of International Relations 9. Not my Department? Normative Theory and International Relations 10. Hegel and International Ethics 11. Turtles All the Way Down: Antifoundationalism, Critical theory and International Relations 12. Liberalism and the Globalisation of Ethics 13. Tragedy, Tragic Choices and International Political Theory Part 3: The Exercise of Judgement 14. Cosmopolitanism, World Citizenship and Global Civil Society 15. On Morality, Self-Interest and Foreign Policy 16. Selective Humanitarianism: In Defence of Inconsistency 17. Practical Judgement and the Ethics of Pre-emption 18. Bob Dylan, Live Aid, and the Politics of Popular Cosmopolitanism



FORTHCOMING

Religion, Politics and International RelationsSelected Essays

Jeff Haynes, London Metropolitan University, UK

Series: Routledge Studies in Religion and Politics

A leading authority in the discipline, Jeffrey Haynes has contributed to many of the most significant debates in the fields of religion & politics and religion & international relations in the last twenty years. This book brings together many of his most influential essays, offering a comprehensive analysis of religious actors and their political goals.

In recent years, scholars have identified a range of religious actors with a variety of political goals. The aim of this collection is to identify and examine political activities of selected religious actors in both domestic and international contexts. The introductory chapter sets the scene for the collection, providing a clear understanding of why, how and when religious actors act politically both within and between countries. Over the course of 15 essays, Jeffrey Haynes presents a survey of the interaction of religion and politics, both domestically and internationally, in relation to a variety of issues, and draws the findings together in a new conclusion written for the volume.

This work will be of great interest to the growing number of scholars and students and practitioners internationally who work on religion and politics, in both domestic and international contexts.

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. Religion, Secularization and Politics: A Postmodern Conspectus 3. Religious Fundamentalism and Politics 4. Religion and Politics: What is the Impact of September 11 5. Popular Religion and Politics in Sub-Saharan Africa 6. Religion, Ethnicity, and Civil War in Africa: the Cases of Uganda and Sudan 7. The Political and Social Context of Intercivilisational Conflict, and the Possibilities of Peace-building 8. Conflict, Conflict resolution and Peace-building: The Role of Religion in Mozambique, Nigeria and Cambodia 9. Religion and International Relations: What are the Issues 10. Religion and Foreign Policy Making in the USA, India and Iran: Towards a Research Agenda 11. Politics, Identity and Religious Nationalism in Turkey: From Atat¸rk to the AKP 12. Transnational Religious Actors and International Politics 13. Transnational Religious Actors and International Order 14. Religion and a Human Rights Culture in America 15. Al-Qaeda: Ideology and Action 16. Islamic Militancy in East-Africa 17. Conclusion



93


ESSAY COLLECTIONS

The Puzzles of PoliticsInquiries into the Genesis and Transformation of International Relations

Friedrich Kratochwil, EUI, Italy


‘A collection of Fritz Kratochwil’s essays is self-recommending - his standing as one of the most interesting and challenging of contemporary scholars of International Political Theory is incontestable. The particular merit of this collection is that it contains a number of less well-known and difficult to find pieces as well as some of his most

famous contributions to the field. This is a book that deserves a very wide audience.’ - Chris Brown, London School of Economics, USA

‘Nobody has done more to expand the scope of IR theory and to explore how politics is enabled and sustained by social order and how order in turn rests on principles of justice. These essays bring together some of Fritz’s outstanding essays on these subjects and should be read by anyone with a serious interest in IR theory.’ - Richard Ned Lebow, London School of Economics, UK

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction: An Intellectual Biography Part 1: Defining the Approach 2. The Human Conception of International Relations 3. On the Notion in International Relations 4. Sovereignty, Property and Propriety: The Generative of Modernity Part 2: Writings on International Law 5. Thrasymmachos Revisited: On the Relevance of Norms and the Study of Law 6. The Limits of Contract 7. Has the Rule of Law become a Rule of Lawyers? Part 3: Writings on Epistemology 8. Constructing a New Orthodoxy? Wendt’s Social Theory of International Politics 9. History, Action and Identity: Revisiting the Great Debate and Assessing its Importance for Social Theory 10. Then Points to Ponder about Pragmatism: Some Critical Reflections on Knowledge Generation in the Social Sciences Part 4: Drawing Boundaries: the Inter/External and the Private/Public Nexus 11. Of Systems and Boundaries: An Inquiry into the Formation of the State System 12. The Politics of Place and Origin: An Enquiry into the Chasing Boundaries of Representation and Legitimacy 13. Global Governance and the Emergence of World Society



FORTHCOMING

War and IdeasSelected essays

John Mueller, Ohio State University, USA

This book collects the key essays, together with updating notes and commentary, of Professor John Mueller on war and the role of ideas and opinions.

Mueller has maintained that war (and peace) are, in essence, merely ideas, and that war has waned as the notion that ’peace’ is a decidedly good idea has gained currency. The first part of the book extends this argument, noting that as ideas have spread, war is losing out not only in the developed world, but now in the developing one, and that even civil war is in marked decline. It also assesses and critiques theories arguing that this phenomenon is caused by the rising acceptance of democracy and/or capitalism.

The second part argues that the Cold War was at base a clash of ideas that were seen to be threatening, not of arms balances, domestic systems, geography, or international structure. It also maintains that there has been a considerable tendency to exaggerate security threats—currently, in particular, the one presented by international terrorism—and to see them in excessively military terms.

The third section deals with the role public opinion plays in foreign policy, and argues that many earlier conclusions about opinion during the Korean and Vietnam Wars, including especially ones concerning the importance of casualties in determining popular support for war, apply to more recent military ventures in the Persian Gulf, Bosnia, Iraq, and Afghanistan. It also assesses the difficulties leaders and idea entrepreneurs often encounter when they try to manage or manipulate public opinion.

Selected Contents: Preface: Marketing Mousetraps Part 1: War, Ideas, and Peace Introduction 1. The Obsolescence of Major War 2. Policing the Remnants of War 3. War Has Almost Ceased to Exist: An Assessment 4. Why Isn’t There More Violence? Part 2: Threat Perception, Ideas, and Foreign Policy Introduction 5. What Was the Cold War About? Evidence from Its Ending 6. Simplicity and Spook: Terrorism and the Dynamics of Threat Exaggeration 7. Faulty Correlation, Foolish Consistency, and Fatal Consequence: Democracy, Peace, and Theory in the Middle East Part 3: Public Opinion, Foreign Policy, and War Introduction 8. American Foreign Policy and Public Opinion in a New Era: Eleven Propositions 9. The Iraq War and the Management of American Public Opinion

May 2011: 234 x 156: 272ppHb: 978-0-415-78176-3: £90.00Pb: 978-0-415-78177-0: £24.99


NEW

Power and ProgressInternational Politics in Transition

Jack Snyder, Columbia University, USA


This book draws together many of Jack Snyder’s essays to create a coherent volume that explores a liberal realist theory of international politics. It tackles the question of change in a heterogeneous, incompletely modern international system from a perspective that draws on realism in stressing pragmatism in tactics and on liberalism in defining the ultimate goals of change. The

book features a new introduction that explains the general themes that unify the prescriptive articles on international justice, the marketplace of ideas, and democratization and is divided into three parts that explore:

• Anarchy and Its Effects

• The Challenges of Democratic Consolidation

• Empire and the Promotion of a Liberal Order.

This fascinating and must-have collection will be of interest to students and scholars of international relations, especially those interested in the debates on liberalism and realism, and comparative politics.

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction Anarchy and Its Effects 2. Chain Gangs and Passed Bucks with Thomas Christensen 3. Averting Anarchy in the New Europe 4. Civil War and the Security Dilemma with Robert Jervis 5. Anarchy and Culture The Challenges of Democratic Transition 6. Turbulent Transitions: Why Emerging Democracies Go to War with Edward Mansfield 7. Nationalism and the Marketplace of Ideas with Karen Ballentine 8. Democratization and Civil War, with Edward Mansfield 9. Russian Backwardness and the Future of Europe Empire and the Promotion of a Liberal Order 10. Myths of Empire and Strategies of Hegemony 11. Trials and Errors: Principles and Pragmatism in International Justice, with Leslie Vinjamuri 12. Conclusion

March 2011: 234 x 156: 224ppHb: 978-0-415-57572-0: £75.00Pb: 978-0-415-57573-7: £18.99


Can’t find what you’re looking for?

Visit our up-to-date website for a complete listing of all our titles.


94


INDEX

AAbbas, Tahir . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88

Achieving Human Rights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67

Ackelsberg, Martha A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82

Adams, Gordon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49

Adelphi series (series) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20, 24, 25, 52

Adkins, Randall E. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7

After the Globe, Before the World . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36

Agathangelou, Anna M. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71

Ahluwalia, Pal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83

Ahmad, Waqar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88

Akbarzadeh, Shahram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46

Akram, Susan M. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22

Alden, Chris . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45

Aldrich, Richard J. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64

Alexander, Christopher . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23

Aligica, Paul Dragos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70

American Anomaly, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5

American Foreign Policy and The Politics of Fear . . . . 46

American Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3

American Political Economy, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86

American Political Process . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5

American Soldiers in Iraq . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64

America’s ‘Special Relationships’ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47

Amoore, Louise . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53

Analyzing Public Policy 2nd ed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83

Anderson, Ewan W. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20

Anderson, Liam D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20

Andre Gunder Frank and Global Development . . . . . 68

Andrew, Christopher . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64

Anievas, Alexander . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74

Applied Policy Research . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84

Arab-Israeli Conflict, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23

Archer, Clive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44

Arend, Anthony . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31

Armstrong, David . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31

Ascher, William . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78

Ash, Robert . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27

Asia’s Transformations (series) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28, 29

Atlas of Middle Eastern Affairs, An . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20

Autobiographical International Relations . . . . . . . . . . 33

Axford, Barrie . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12

BBakker, Isabella . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72

Balbus, Isaac D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12

Balzacq, Thierry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56

Barack Obama and the Politics of Redemption . . . . . . 6

Barberia, Lorena . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15

Barma, Naazneen H. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70

Barnett, Michael . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50

Bartelson, Jens . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33

Bartrop, Paul R. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65, 66

Basics (series) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12

Baxter, Kylie . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46

Beail, Linda . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11

Beck, Robert J. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31

Bellamy, Alex J. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53

Bennett, Gill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64

Benson, David . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76

Berdal, Mats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52

Berinsky, Adam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9

Best, Jacqueline . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70

Beswick, Danielle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50

Beyond Anti-Americanism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47

Beyond States and Markets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72

Bichler, Shimshon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70

Bilderberg People . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72

Biopolitics of Security in the 21st Century . . . . . . . . . 55

Biswas, Shampa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37

Black Politics after the Civil Rights Revolution . . . . . . 10

Black Politics Today . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10

Black, David R. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54

Blair, Alasdair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31

Blaney, David L. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71

Blogging the Political . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79

Blyth, Mark . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69

Boettke, Peter J. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70

Bogenschneider, Karen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86

Bond, Jon R. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9

Bonneau, Chris W. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10

Booth, Ken . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33, 61

Braddock, Kurt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60

Bradnock, Robert W. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24

Brettell, Caroline B. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36

Brincat, Shannon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37

Britain and Europe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19

Britain and European Integration since 1945 . . . . . . . 19

British National Party . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20

Brown, Chris . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92

Browne, Stephen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41, 43

Browning, Gary K. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12

Brunn, Stanley D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24

Budgetary Politics in American Governments. . . . . . . 85

Building Peace After War . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52

Bulkeley, Harriet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38

Burgess, J. Peter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56

Burnell, Peter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32

Business and Global Governance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70

Butler, Michael J. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59

Buying National Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49

Byrne, Sean . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59

CCallaghan, John . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47

Campaigning for President 2008 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7

Campaigning in the Twenty-First Century . . . . . . . . . . 7

Capital as Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70

Carole Pateman . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91

Carson, Jamie L. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6

Carvalho, Edzia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66

Carver, Terrell . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91

Cases in Congressional Campaigns . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7

Cases in Environmental Politics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77

Cass Military Studies (series) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5, 64

Cass Series: Naval Policy and History (series) . . . . . . . 63

Castañeda, Jorge G. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16

Century of Genocide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65

Cesari, Jocelyne . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87

Chaffee, Daniel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75

Challenges of Globalization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73

Challenging Institutional Analysis and Development . 70

Chambers, Samuel A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91

Chandler, David . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55

Chandler, J.A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84

Charting China’s Future . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28

China’s African Challenges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24

Chinese Foreign Policy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28

Chinese Politics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28

Chinese Security Policy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28

Chinese Society . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29

Chu, Yin-wah . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26

Churchill’s Man of Mystery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64

Cities, Politics & Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86

Civilizations in World Politics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32

Claes, Dag Harald . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71

Clapp, Jennifer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39

Clayton, Dewey M. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8

Climate Conflict . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52

Clohesy, Anthony M. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82

Coakley, John . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19

Cohen, Benjamin J. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72

Cohen, Hillel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23

Colomer, Josep M. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13

Communication and Society (series) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78

Comparative European Politics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13

Comparative Politics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13

Comparative Politics of Latin America . . . . . . . . . . . . 14

Comparative Public Administration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84

Complexity and Public Policy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85

Conca, Ken . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76

Conduct of Inquiry in International Relations, The . . . 31

Conducting Terrorism Field Research . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61

Conflict Management and Resolution . . . . . . . . . . . . 58

Conflict Management in Divided Societies . . . . . . . . . 58

Conflict Transformation and Peacebuilding . . . . . . . . 58

Conflict, Security and Development . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50

Congressional Representation & Constituents . . . . . . . 7

Connelly, James . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76

Connors, Michael . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27

Conspiracy Theories in the Arab World . . . . . . . . . . . 20

Contemporary China - An Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . 29

Contemporary Debates on Terrorism . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60

Contemporary European Politics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16

Contemporary European Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50

Contemporary Inter-American Relations (series) . . 14, 15

Contemporary Middle East (series) . . . . . . . . 21, 22, 23

Contemporary Political Theorists in Context. . . . . . . . 82

Contemporary Security Studies (series) . . . . . . . . 46, 54

Contemporary Terrorism Studies (series) . . . . . . . . . . 61

Contemporary U.S.-Latin American Relations . . . . . . 14

Contesting Global Order . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44

Controversies in Electoral Democracy and Representation (series) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7, 8, 9, 10

Cool, Ian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20

Cooper, Andrew F. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41

Copsey, Nigel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20

Corbett, Thomas J. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86

Corbridge, Stuart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73

Corporate Power and Ownership in Contemporary Capitalism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70

Cottam, Martha L. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78

Cox Han, Lori . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6

Cox, Michael . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48

Cramer, Jane K.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46, 54

Crenshaw, Martha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61

Crisis in Public Opinion Polling, A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9

Crisis of Global Environmental Governance, The . . . . 76

Critical International Relations - An Introduction . . . . 37

95


INDEX

Critical Issues in Global Politics (series) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33, 35, 50, 55, 68

Critical Security Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55

Critical Terrorism Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60

Critical Theorists and International Relations . . . . . . . 37

Critical Theory in International Relations and Security Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37

Critical Theory of International Politics . . . . . . . . . . . . 37

Cronin, Patrick M. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52

Crowson, N.J. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19

Cultural Political Economy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70

Culture and Politics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90

Curtis, Steven . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31

DDavies, Philip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63

Davis Jr., Theodore J. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10

Davison, Remy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27

Dayton, Bruce W. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58

de Goede, Marieke . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53

Dean, Jodi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83

Debating U.S.-Cuban Relations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15

Deconstructing International Politics . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32

Dedman, Martin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17

Dedman, Martin J. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17

DeGarmo, Denise . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57

Demmers, Jolle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57

Democracy Advantage, Revised Edition, The . . . . . . . 13

Democracy and Intervention . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50

Democratic Innovations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13

Democratization Studies (series) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32

Der Derian, James . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34, 37

Designing Public Policies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84

Devezas, Tessaleno . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75

Diamond, Larry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90

Dietz-Uhler, Beth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78

Digital Governance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86

Dillon, Michael . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29, 32, 36, 55

Diplomatic History of Postwar Japan, The . . . . . . . . . 34

Dixit, Priya . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60

Dobson, Andrew . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76

Dobson, Hugo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27

Dodd, Lawrence C. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7

Dolnik, Adam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61

Dominguez, Jorge I. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15

Domínguez, Jorge I. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14

Dosch, Jörn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27

Dowdle, Andrew . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6

Doyle, Michael W. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91

Duff Wrobbel, E. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57

Dulio, David A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7

Dumbrell, John . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47

Dumper, Michael. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22

Dunn Cavelty, Myriam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49

Dunne, Tim . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61

Dying Empire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74

EEast Asia’s New Democracies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26

East Asian Transformation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26

Eatwell, Roger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80

Eckstein, Susan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15

Edkins, Jenny . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30, 37

Eisner, Marc Allen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86

Elias, Juanita . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12

Elliott, Anthony . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75

Elman, Colin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35

End of European Integration, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17

End of Terrorism?, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61

Ender, Morten G. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64

Ending Wars, Consolidating Peace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52

Ennaji, Moha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21

Environmental Governance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76

Environmental Policy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77

Environmental Politics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77

Environmental Politics (series) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76

Environmental Politics 2E + Cases in Environmental Politics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77

Ericson, David F. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11

Ethical Subject of Security, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56

Ethnic Conflict . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56

Ethno-symbolism and Nationalism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91

Europe and Global Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52

European Union . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16, 17

European Union: The Basics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12

European Union’s New Democracies, The . . . . . . . . . 17

Evans, James . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76

Everyday Practice of Race in America. . . . . . . . . . . . . 11

Evidence-Based Policymaking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86

Experiencing War . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58

Explaining Politics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12

Explaining Terrorism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61

Extremism and Democracy (series) . . . . . . . . . . . . 61, 80

FFair Trade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75

Falk, Richard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67

Fascism and Political Theory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83

Fascism and the Extreme Right . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80

Federalism and the Making of America . . . . . . . . . . . . 6

Fell, Dafydd . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26

Feminism and International Relations . . . . . . . . . . . . 82

Feminism and the Transformation of International Relations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81

Feminist Security Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56

Fernández de Castro, Rafael . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14

Fernández Sola, Natividad . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45

FIFA (Fédération Internationale de Football Association) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41

Fifty Key Thinkers on the Holocaust and Genocide . . 66

Finger, Matthias . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76

Fleisher, Richard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9

Foreign Policy Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45

Foreign Policy Analysis (series) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48

Framing Sarah Palin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11

Franklin, Marianne . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90

Frederick, Brian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7

Fried, Amy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9

Fritzen, Scott . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85

Fukuda-Parr, Sakiko. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38

Future of Asia-Pacific Sea Power, The . . . . . . . . . . . . 52

Future of Conflict, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52

Future of Global Currency, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72

Future of Political Science, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90

GGalbreath, David J. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50

Gallagher, Michael . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19

Galtung, Johan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57

Ganguly, Rajat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56

Garver, John W. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27

Geissel, Brigitte . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13

Gender and Global Restructuring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81

Gender and International Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81

Gender and Violence in the Middle East . . . . . . . . . . 21

Gender Matters in Global Politics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81

Genocide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65

Genocide Studies Reader, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65

Geoghegan, Vincent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82

Geyer, Robert . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85

Giegerich, Bastian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52

Gillespie, Andra . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11

Gills, Barry K. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68

Gilson, Julie . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27

Global Development . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68

Global Economy Contested . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72

Global Environmental Politics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75

Global Finance in Crisis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72

Global Governance, Poverty and Inequality . . . . . . . . 39

Global Health Governance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42

Global Horizons (series) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36

Global Institutions (series) . . . . . . . . . . 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 66, 67, 68

Global Institutions and the HIV/AIDS Epidemic . . . . . 39

Global Political Economy of Intellectual Property Rights, 2nd ed, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71

Global Political Islam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87

Global Politics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30

Global Politics and the Responsibility to Protect . . . . . 53

Global Politics and the Responsibility to Protect (series) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53

Global Poverty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43

Global Poverty, Ethics and Human Rights. . . . . . . . . . 74

Global Terrorism and New Media . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61

Global Think Tanks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39

Globalization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75

Globalization as Evolutionary Process . . . . . . . . . . . . 75

Goodwin, Matthew J . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80

Gordenker, Leon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41

Gosling, James J. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85

Governance of Life in Chinese Moral Experience . . . . 29

Governing Climate Change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38

Governing Subjects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12

Governing the Global Economy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71

Government and Politics in Taiwan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26

Government and Politics of the Contemporary Middle East . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21

Government Official History Series (series) . . . . . . . . . 64

Governmentality . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35

Gowland, David . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19

Grant, Alan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5

Gray, Colin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32

Gray, Matthew . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20

Green Political Thought . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76

Green, Simon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17

Gregoratti, Catia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41

Grenfell, Damian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53

Gries, Peter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28

Group of Twenty (G20), The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41

96


INDEX

Guy Liddell Diaries Vol.II: 1942-1945, The . . . . . . . . . 65

Guy Liddell Diaries, Volume I: 1939-1942, The . . . . . 65

HHaas, Peter J. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84

Hadfield, Amelia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29

Hale, William . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46

Halikiopoulou, Daphne . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74

Hall, Melinda Gann . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10

Halperin, Morton H. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13

Halperin, Sandra . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68

Hamilton, Keith . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32

Handbook of Conflict Analysis and Resolution . . . . . . 59

Handbook of Peace and Conflict Studies . . . . . . . . . . 57

Handel, Michael I. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63

Hanhimaki, Jussi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45

Harman, Sophie . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42

Harrison, Lisa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12, 89

Harriss, John . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73

Hashim, Ahmed S. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20

Hassan, Riaz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60

Haworth, Nigel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39

Hayner, Priscilla B. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67

Haynes, Jeff . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87, 92

Haywood, Robert . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39

Hegemony and Democracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91

Helleiner, Eric . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72

Hellinger, Daniel C. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14

Helping America Vote . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8

Henderson, Jeffrey . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26

Henderson, Karen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17

Henehan, Marie T. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54

Henry, Nicola . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82

Herman, Johanna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67, 89

Hernandez, Rafael. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15

Herz, Mônica . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38

Hirschfelder-Ascher, Barbara . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78

Hoglund, Kristine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57

Hollifield, James F. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36

Holmes, Jennifer S. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16

Homolar, Alexandra . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51

Hooghe, Liesbet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13

Hook, Glenn D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27

Horgan, John . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60, 62

Hough, Dan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17

Houghton, David P. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78

Howard, Robert . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10

Howlett, Michael . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84, 85

Hsu, Eric . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75

Hubert, Don . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66

Huggins, Richard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12

Hughes, Christopher W. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25, 27, 49

Hughes, Steve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39

Hulme, David . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43

Human Development . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68

Human Rights Reader, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67

Human Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66

Humanitarianism Contested . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50

Huysmans, Jef . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55

Hyde-Price, Adrian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51

IIdea of World Government, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43

Ideologies of US Foreign Policy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47

Imber, Mark F. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29

Immigrant Divide, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15

Immigration and American Democracy . . . . . . . . . . . 84

Imperfect Primary, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8

In Defense of Judicial Elections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10

In Search of Democracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90

Inayatullah, Naeem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33, 71

India as a Rising Great Power: Challenges and Opportunities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52

India, Pakistan, and Democracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25

Indian Political Thought . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25

Industrial Vagina, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82

Intelligence and Politics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63

International Conflict Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59

International Development and Global Politics . . . . . . 68

International History & International Relations . . . . . . 29

International Humanitarian Order, The . . . . . . . . . . . 50

International Labour Organization (ILO) . . . . . . . . . . . 39

International Law & the Use of Force . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31

International Law and the Israeli-Palestinian Conflict . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22

International Law, International Relations and Global Governance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40

International Migration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38

International Migration and Citizenship Today . . . . . . 73

International Organisations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44

International Political Economy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69, 71

International Politics of HIV/AIDS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75

International Politics of Mass Atrocities, The . . . . . . . 54

International Politics of the Asia Pacific, The . . . . . . . 27

International Relations and States of Exception . . . . . 37

International Relations Scholarship Around the World . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36

International Relations Theory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35

International Relations: The Basics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12

International Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51

International Security & Peace Science . . . . . . . . . . . . 53

International Statebuilding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55

International Trade Centre, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41

Interpretive Approaches to Research Design . . . . . . . 90

Interventions (series) . . . . . . . 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 82

Introduction to African Politics, An . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24

Introduction to Global Politics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30

Introduction to Political Communication, An . . . . . . . 78

Introduction to Political Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78

Iokibe, Makoto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34

Iranian Foreign Policy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46

Iraq’s Sunni Insurgency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20

Isaacs, Stuart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82

Ishay, Micheline R.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67

Islamic Radicalism and Multicultural Politics . . . . . . . . 88

Ismael, Jacqueline S. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21

Ismael, Tareq Y. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21

Israeli-Palestinian Conflict, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22

Israel-Palestine Conflict, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23

Issues and Methods in Comparative Politics . . . . . . . . 89

Issues In International Relations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29

Italy Today . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18

JJackson, Nigel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12

Jackson, Patrick Thaddeus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31

Jackson, Paul . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50

Jackson, Richard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60

Jackson, Roy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88

Jacobs, Steven L. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66

Jacoby, Tim . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57

James, Paul . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53

Janbek, Dana M. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61

Japan’s International Relations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27

Japan’s Remilitarisation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25

Jeffreys, Sheila . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82, 88

Jenkins, Robert . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38

Jeong, Ho-Won . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58

Jillson, Cal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3, 4

Johansen, Jorgen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56

John, Peter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83, 85

Johnson, Dennis W. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7, 10

Jolly, Richard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42

Jones, Adam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65, 66

Judging Law and Policy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10

KKakabadse, Andrew . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72

Kakabadse, Nada . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72

Kane, Thomas M . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63

Katzenstein, Peter J. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26, 32

Keaney, Thomas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64

Keman, Hans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86

Kimball, David C. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8

King, Gary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90

King, John C. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89

Kingsbury, Damien . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68

Kingstone, Peter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15

Kirchner, Emil J. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43, 45

Kleinman, Arthur . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29

Knutsen, Carl Henrik . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71

Koser, Khalid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38

Koulish, Robert . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84

Koutrakou, Vassiliki N. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18

Krasner, Stephen D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92

Kratochwil, Friedrich . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93

Kriesberg, Louis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58

Kropf, Martha E. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8

Ku, Charlotte . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40

Kurds and Iraq, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22

Kutting, Gabriela . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75

Kütting, Gabriela . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76

LLai, Yew Meng . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49

Laird, Sam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41

Landman, Todd . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66, 89

Lane, Jan-Erik . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83, 90

Langhorne, Richard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32

Lanteigne, Marc . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28

Latin American Democracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16

Laws That Shaped America, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10

Le Cheminant, Wayne . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79

Leander, Anna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70

Lebanon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21

Ledwidge, Mark . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47

97


INDEX

Lees-Marshment, Jennifer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77

Leftovers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16

Lemert, Charles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75

Liberal Peace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91

Liberal Way of War, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36

Libya . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22

Lima, Laura . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37

Limits to Globalization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74

Ling, L.H.M. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71

Lipschutz, Ronnie . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76

Lisk, Franklyn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39

Little, Adrian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12

Lock, Ed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12

Longworth, Rhonda Kinney . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11

Lonsdale, David J. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63

Luck, Edward C. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42

Lynk, Michael . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22

MMacklin, Graham . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20

Macmillan, John . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50

Madsen, Frank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51

Magone, José . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16

Mahler, Alden R.W. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23

Mahler, Gregory S. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23

Mahnken, Thomas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63

Maiolo, Joseph A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63

Majeski, Stephen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46

Making Policy Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85

Making Sense of Media and Politics . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79

Maleki, Abbas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46

Malici, Akan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48

Mammone, Andrea . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18

Mandaville, Peter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87

Manheim, Jarol B. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79

Mani, Rama . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40

Manipulating Democracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79

Manning, Patrick . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68

Man’s Dominion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88

Mansbach, Richard W. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30

Maranto, Robert . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6

Marchand, Marianne H. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81

Maritime Piracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39

Marks, Gary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13

Marshall, Katherine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40

Martin-Ortega, Olga . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67, 89

Marxism and World Politics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74

Masters of War . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63

Mastors, Elena . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78

Matthews, Elizabeth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23

Mauer, Victor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49

Mawlana Mawdudi and Political Islam . . . . . . . . . . . . 88

May, Christopher . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71

Mazo, Jeffrey . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52

McAllister, Richard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17

McBride, Dorothy E. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81

McGann, James . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39

McGarry, John. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19

McKinnon, Catriona . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76

McKnight, Utz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11

McMaster, H.R. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52

McNair, Brian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78

McNeill, Desmond . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74

Measuring Human Rights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66

Media, War and Security (series) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61

Medvic, Stephen K. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8

Mertus, Julie . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67

Mertus, Julie A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89

Mexican Security Failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14

Middle East Today, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23

Migration Theory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36

Milakovich, Michael . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86

Millennium Development Goals (MDGs) . . . . . . . . . . 38

Miller, Linda B. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47

Miller, Norman . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77

Miller, Raymond C. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69

Millett, Richard L. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16

Milton-Edwards, Beverley . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22

Miskimmon, Alister . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17

Mitra, Subrata K. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25

Mittelman, James H . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44

Modelski, George . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75

Modern State, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31

Modern Strategy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63

Modern Turkey . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22

Mohapatra, Silika . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25

Morales, Marco A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16

Mudde, Cas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80

Mueller, John . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93

Multiculturalism Backlash, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18

Multilateral Counter-Terrorism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38

Murray, Donette . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46

Murray, Douglas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75

Musell, R. Mark . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84

Muslims in Britain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88

Muslims in the West after 9/11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87

NNair, Sheila . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37

Najem, Tom . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21

National Security Cultures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45

National Security in the Obama Administration . . . . . 49

Nationalism and Globalisation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74

Neuroscience and Political Theory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83

New British Fascism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80

New Challenges to Democratization . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32

New Directions in American Political Parties . . . . . . . . 9

New Directions in American Politics (series) . . . . . 6, 8, 9

New Directions in Campaigns and Elections . . . . . . . . 8

New Directions in Congressional Politics . . . . . . . . . . . 6

New Directions in Genocide Research . . . . . . . . . . . . 66

New Directions in Public Opinion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9

New Directions in the American Presidency . . . . . . . . . 6

New Directions in US Foreign Policy . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47

New Extremism in 21st Century Britain, The . . . . . . . 80

New Global Politics of the Asia Pacific, The . . . . . . . . 27

New International Relations (series) . . 31, 33, 71, 81, 93

Newell, Peter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38

Newton, Kenneth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13

Nie, Norman . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90

Nitzan, Jonathan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70

Nixon, Paul G. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18

No Place for Amateurs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7

Non-Governmental Organizations in World Politics . . 40

Norrander, Barbara . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8

Nunes, Joao . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37

OObama Presidency, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6

Oberg, Magnus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57

O’Connor, Brendon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47

Oldenburg, Philip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25

O’Leary, Brendan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19

Ordeshook, Peter C. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89

Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD), The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41

Organization of American States (OAS), The . . . . . . . 38

Origins & Development of the European Union 1945-2008, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17

Ougaard, Morten . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70

Out of Africa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83

Owen, Roger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22

Ozcan, Gul Berna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73

PPagliari, Stefano . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72

Park, Bill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22

Park, Jacob . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76

Parker, Simon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86

Parmar, Inderjeet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47, 48

Parrish, John M. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79

Parry, Janine A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81

Paterson, Matthew . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70

Peace and Conflict Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56

Peace Research . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58

Peacebuilding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38

Peoples, Columba . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55

Perceptions and Policy in Transatlantic Relations . . . . 45

Pérez, Orlando J. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16

Pérez-Stable, Marifeli . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15

Perpetual Menace, A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51

Perry, Elizabeth J. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29

Perspectives on American Government . . . . . . . . . . . . 4

Peters, B.Guy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85

Phillips, Nicola . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71

Pierson, Christopher . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31

Pinderhughes, Dianne . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10

Pin-Fat, Véronique . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36

Polarized! . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9

Pole, Antoinette . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79

Political Development . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68

Political Economy of Central Asia, The . . . . . . . . . . . . 73

Political Economy of Latin America, The . . . . . . . . . . 15

Political Economy Reader, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70

Political Ideologies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82

Political Institutions and Lesbian and Gay Rights in the United States and Canada . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11

Political Islam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89

Political Marketing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77

Political Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78

Political Research . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89

Political Theory and Climate Change . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76

Political Violence (series) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60, 61, 62

Politics and the Environment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76

Politics in Asia (series) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26, 27

Politics in India . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25

Politics in the Republic of Ireland 5th ed. . . . . . . . . . . 19

Politics of Bureaucracy, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85

Politics of Inclusion and Exclusion, The . . . . . . . . . . . 11

Politics of the New Germany, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17

98


Politics: An Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12

Politics: The Basics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12

Politics: The Key Concepts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12

Ponzio, Richard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68

Positive Political Theory Primer, A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89

Postcolonial Politics (series) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11, 83

Postcolonial Theory & International Relations . . . . . . 35

Post-Liberal Peace, A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57

Power and Progress . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93

Power, the State, and Sovereignty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92

Practical Judgement in International Political Theory . 92

Practice of Diplomacy, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32

Presidential Campaign of Barack Obama, The . . . . . . . 8

Preston, Thomas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78

Preventive Human Rights Strategies . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40

Prime, Penelope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27

PRIO New Security Studies (series) . . . . . . . . . . . . 55, 56

Psychology of Counter-Terrorism, The . . . . . . . . . . . . 62

Public Policy Primer, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85

Puzzles of Politics, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93

RRacist Extremism in Central & Eastern Europe . . . . . . 80

Raine, Sarah . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24

Ramcharan, Bertrand G. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40, 42

Ramesh Thakur . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41

Ramesh, M. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85

Ramsbotham, Oliver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59

Ranstorp, Magnus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62

Rawal, Rajash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18

Raynolds, Laura T. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75

Realism and World Politics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33

Realism Reader . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35

Recovering Realism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35

Reddy, Sanjay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73

Regional Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40

Reid, Julian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36

Religion and Politics in South Asia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87

Religion, Politics and International Relations . . . . . . . 92

Religious Institutions and Global Politics . . . . . . . . . . 40

Renshon, Stanley A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6, 49

Resisting Citizenship . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82

Responsibility to Protect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40

Responsibility to Protect, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53

Rethinking American Electoral Democracy . . . . . . . . . . 8

Rethinking Foreign Policy Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48

Rethinking Globalizations (series) . . . 53, 68, 72, 74, 75

Rethinking Insecurity, War and Violence . . . . . . . . . . 53

Rethinking Japanese Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26

Reuveny, Rafael . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74

Revitalizing Political Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78

Riaz, Ali . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87

Richardson, Ian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72

Richardson, Jeremy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16

Richmond, Oliver P. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57

Rid, Thomas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64

Rihani, Samir . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85

RIPE Series in Global Political Economy (series) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70, 71, 72, 81, 82

Rise and Fall of Arab Jerusalem, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23

Rise of Regional Authority, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13

Risk and the War on Terror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53

Roach, Steven C. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37

Robert D. Eldridge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34

Roberts, Jane . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77

Robertson, David . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4

Robertson, David Brian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6

Rofe, Simon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29

Romaniuk, Peter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38

Rosamond, Ben . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12

Rosen, Stanley . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28

Ross, Robert . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28

Routledge Atlas of Central Eurasian Affairs, The . . . . 24

Routledge Atlas of South Asian Affairs, The . . . . . . . 24

Routledge Companion to International Relations . . . . 31

Routledge Critical Introductions to Urbanism and the City (series) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86

Routledge Critical Security Studies (series) . . . . . . . . . 81

Routledge Global Security Studies (series) . . . 46, 51, 54

Routledge Handbook of International Law . . . . . . . . 31

Routledge Handbook of International Political Economy (IPE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69

Routledge Handbook of Public Diplomacy . . . . . . . . . 45

Routledge Handbook of Religion and Politics . . . . . . 87

Routledge Handbook of Security Studies, The . . . . . . 49

Routledge Innovators in Political Theory (series) . . . . . 91

Routledge Introductions to Environment (series) . 76, 77

Routledge Issues in Contemporary Political Theory (series) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76, 83

Routledge Key Guides (series) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12, 66

Routledge Perspectives on Development (series) . . . . 69

Routledge Research on Taiwan Series (series). . . . 26, 27

Routledge Series on Identity Politics (series) . . . . . . . . 10

Routledge Series on Interpretive Methods (series) . . . 90

Routledge Studies in Liberty and Security (series) . . . . 87

Routledge Studies in North American Politics (series) . 11

Routledge Studies in Peace and Conflict Resolution (series) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57, 58, 59

Routledge Studies in Religion and Politics (series) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88, 92

Routledge Studies in Security and Conflict Management (series) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58

Routledge Studies in US Foreign Policy (series) . . . 47, 48

Routledge Studies on the Arab-Israeli Conflict (series) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23

Routledge Textbooks in Policy Studies (series) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83, 84, 85

Routledge/UACES Contemporary European Studies (series) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17

Roy-Chaudhury, Rahul . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52

Ruparelia, Sanjay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73

Russett, Bruce . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91

Russian Politics and Society . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16

SSabatini, Richard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39

Sadiqi, Fatima . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21

Sakwa, Richard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16

Salmon, Trevor C. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29

Sandole, Dennis J.D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59

Sandole-Staroste, Ingrid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59

Sardar, Ziauddin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88

Savage Economics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71

Schäfer, Axel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47

Schafer, Mark . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48

Schaffner, Brian F. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77

Schakel, Arjan H. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13

Schlozman, Kay L. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90

Schoenborn, Benedikt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45

Schraufnagel, Scot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9

Schwartz-Shea, Peregrine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90

Scobbie, Iain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22

Seapower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63

Seckinelgin, Hakan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75

Secret Intelligence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64

Securitization Theory. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56

Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55

Security and Governance (series) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26, 50, 54, 67, 91, 93

Security Governance of Regional Organizations, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43

Security Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49

Seddon, David . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68

Seib, Philip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61

Selden, Mark . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29

Sellers, Patrick J. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77

Senehi, Jessica . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59

Serrano, Monica . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14

Seth, Sanjay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35

Shambaugh, David . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28

Shapiro, Michael J . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34

Sheffield Centre for Japanese Studies/Routledge Series (series) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27

Shepherd, Laura J. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81

Shor, Francis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74

Short Cuts (series) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60

Siegle, Joseph T. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13

Silke, Andrew . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62

Silvey, Rachel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72

Sinclair, Samuel J. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60

Singer, J. David . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53

Singh, Aakash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25

Singh, J.P. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42

Sisson Runyan, Anne . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81

Sjoberg, Laura . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81, 82

Skidmore, David . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48

Sloan, Elinor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63

Smith, Anthony D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91

Smith, Graham . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76

Smith, Michael . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45

Smith, Miriam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11

Smith, Raymond A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5

Snow, Nancy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45

Snyder, Jack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93

Sobel, Andrew . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73

Social Democracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86

Social Power in International Politics . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33

Soederberg, Susanne . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70

Soft Power and US Foreign Policy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48

Sovereignty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33

Sparks, Chris . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82

Sperling, James . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45

Springer, J. Fred . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84

Sriram, Chandra Lekha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67, 89

St John, Ronald Bruce . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22

Stansfield, Gareth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22

State Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83

State Terrorism and Human Rights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62

State, Power and Politics in the Making of the Modern Middle East . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22

StClair, Asunción Lera . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74

Steigerwalt, Amy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10

Steiner, Niklaus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73

INDEX

99


INDEX

Sterling-Folker, Jennifer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35

Stewart, Dona . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23

Stiehm, Judith . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5

Stonecash, Jeffrey M. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9

Storey, David . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33

Strategic Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63

Strategy in Information and Influence Campaigns . . . 79

Streb, Matthew J. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8

Stump, Jacob L. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60

Suicide Bombings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60

Surviving Field Research . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89

Sutch, Peter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12

Sylvan, David . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46

Sylvester, Christine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34, 58

Synnott, Hilary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25

TTaiwan’s Democracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27

Tansey, Stephen D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12

Tavares, Rodrigo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40

Taylor, Kirsten L. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30

Taylor, Marcus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72

Taylor, Paul . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17

Taylor, Philip M. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45

Territories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33

Territory, War, and Peace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54

Terror in Our Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61

Terrorism Studies. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60

Terrorism Versus Democracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60

Texas Politics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4

Thakur, Ramesh . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53

Theories and Practices of Development . . . . . . . . . . . 69

Theories of Development . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68

Theories of Violent Conflict . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57

Thinking About Congress . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7

Thinking about Global Governance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44

Thinking about War and Peace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57

Thinking the International Differently . . . . . . . . . . . . 36

Third Party Blues . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9

Thompson, William R. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74, 75

Thomson, Alex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24

Thrall, A. Trevor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46, 54

Tickner, Arlene B. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36

Tickner, J. Ann . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82

Till, Geoffrey . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52, 63

Time of the City, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34

Tomlinson, Alan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41

Toops, Stanley . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24

Totten, Samuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65

Transatlantic Relations since 1945 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45

Transforming Pakistan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25

Transforming Violent Conflict . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59

Transforming World Politics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71

Transnational Organized Crime . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51

Truth Commissions and Transitional Societies . . . . . . 67

Tu, Weiming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29

Tunisia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23

Turkish Foreign Policy since 1774 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46

Turner, Arthur . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19

Turner, John . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12

UU.S. Foreign Policy in Perspective . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46

UCLA Center for Middle East Development (CMED) series (series) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21, 23

UN Global Compact, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41

UN Human Rights Council, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42

UN Secretary-General and Secretariat, The . . . . . . . . 41

UN Security Council . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42

Understanding Conflict and Violence . . . . . . . . . . . . 57

Understanding Contemporary Strategy . . . . . . . . . . . 63

Understanding Counterinsurgency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64

Understanding E-Government in Europe . . . . . . . . . . 18

Understanding Government Budgets . . . . . . . . . . . . 84

Understanding India’s New Political Economy . . . . . . 73

Understanding Methods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90

Understanding Northern Ireland . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19

Understanding Peace Research . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57

Understanding U.S.-Latin American Relations . . . . . . 15

Understanding Violent Radicalisation . . . . . . . . . . . . 62

UNICEF (United Nations Children’s Fund) . . . . . . . . . . 42

Unilateralist Temptation in American Foreign Policy, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48

United Nations and Human Rights, The . . . . . . . . . . . 67

United Nations Development Programme and System (UNDP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43

United Nations Educational, Scientific, and Cultural Organization (UNESCO) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42

United States and Cuba, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15

United States and Mexico . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14

Universality, Ethics and International Relations . . . . . . 36

Unspeakable Truths . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67

US Foreign Policy and Iran . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46

US Foreign Policy in the Middle East . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46

US Military, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5

US Role in the World, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52

US Security Policy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51

VValk, F. Vander . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83

van Ham, Peter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33

van Raemdonck, Dirk C. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6

Vasilopoulou, Sofia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74

Vasquez, John A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54

Vaughan-Williams, Nick . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37, 55

Veltri, Giuseppe A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18

Vertovec, Steven . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18

Virtuous War . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34

Vogel, Steven K. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70

Volpi, Frederic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89

WWæver, Ole . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36

Wagschal, Uwe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90

Walker, RBJ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36

Walker, Stephen G. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48

Walker, William . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51

Walking Away from Terrorism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62

Wallensteen, Peter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58

Walters, William . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35

War and Ideas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93

War and Rape . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82

War, Conflict and Human Rights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67

War, Feminism & International Relations . . . . . . . . . . 34

War, Peace and International Relations . . . . . . . . . . . 32

War, Politics and Experience (series) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58

Wark, Wesley K. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64

Warleigh-Lack, Alex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12

Warwick Studies in Globalisation (series) . . . . 70, 71, 72

Weaver, Catherine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71

Webel, Charles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56, 57

Weber, Cynthia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35

Weinberg, Leonard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61

Weinstein, Michael M. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13

Weiss, Thomas G. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40, 44, 50

Wennmann, Achim . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52

Wessendorf, Susanne . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18

West, Nigel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65

Whose Black Politics? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11

Why Did the US Invade Iraq? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54

Wibben, Annick T.R. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56

Wiebelhaus-Brahm, Eric . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67

Wilford, Rick . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82

Wilkinson, John . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75

Wilkinson, Paul . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60, 62

Wilkinson, Rorden. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39

Willetts, Peter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40

Williams, Andrew . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29

Williams, Cindy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49

Williams, David . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68

Williams, Mark Eric . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15

Williams, Paul D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49, 54

Willis, Katie . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69

Winning with Words . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77

Wolff, Stefan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58

Wolfsfeld, Gadi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79

Women in the Middle East and North Africa . . . . . . . 21

Women’s Rights in the USA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81

Wong, Siu-lun . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26

Woodley, Daniel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83

Woodward, Richard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41

Worlding Beyond the West (series) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36

Woshinsky, Oliver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12

Wright, Alex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19

Wu, Xun . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85

YYahuda, Michael . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27

Yakinthou, Christalla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58

Yanow, Dvora . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90

Youngs, Richard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32

Yunker, James A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43

ZZagorski, Paul W. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13

Zalewski, Marysia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81

Zancheta, Barbara . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45

Zehfuss, Maja . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30

Zhang, Everett . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29

Zimmermann, Hubert . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72

Zizek’s Politics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83

ORDER YOUR BOOKS TODAY...Please use this form to order directly from us. If for any reason you are not satisfied with a book ordered directly from us, simply return it in saleable condition within 30 days (UK) or 60 days (Europe) and we will refund you the cost of the book.

Prices and publication dates are correct at time of going to press, but may be subject to change without notice. All prices are net in the UK.

Alternatively, contact your regular supplier.

FREEPOST: Taylor & Francis Group Bookpoint (T&F) Freepost RRXG-BBUL-LAER Abingdon, Oxon OX14 4SB (Please affix stamp if posting from outside UK.)

TELEPHONE (credit cards): +44 (0)1235 400524

FAX: +44 (0)20 7017 6699

EMAIL: [email protected]

ONLINE: www.routledge.com

EBOOKS: www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk

Qty Title ISBN Price

P&P

TOTAL

Method of Payment – Please tick and/or fill relevant boxes and select card type.

Please send me a pre-payment invoice. My Reference Number is: __________________________________________________

I enclose a cheque (made payable to Taylor & Francis) for £ ____________________________________

Please charge my debit/credit card:

Card number:

Start date: _______ /_______ Expiry date: _______ /_______ Issue No.*: _______

Security No. (last 3 digits of security number on back of card):

Signature: ______________________________________________________________________ Date: ______ /______ /______(order not valid without signature) *only if paying by Maestro

First Name: Surname:

Email:

Department:

Institution:

Address:

Postcode: Country:

Telephone: VAT No. (EU Member States):

Your Details – Please use block capitals.


POSTAGE & PACKAGINGUK: 5% of total order (£1 min charge, £10 max charge). Next day delivery +£6.50*Europe: 10% of total order (£2.95 min charge, £20 max charge). Next day delivery +£6.50*Rest of World: 15% of total order (£6.50 min charge, £30 max charge).

*We only guarantee next day delivery for orders received before noon.

ISBN: 978-0-418-25227-7 POLL1101 A B C

LIBRARY RECOMMENDATION

Title:

Author:

ISBN: Price:

Title:

Author:

ISBN: Price:

Title:

Author:

ISBN: Price:

I recommend you purchase this/these book(s):To:

From:

Position:

Department:

Course(s) for which the book(s) would be relevant and why:

ORDER ONLINE AND RECEIVE FREE P&P!

Order your books fromwww.routledge.com

and receive FREE postage & packaging when spending

£20 or more. (in UK only)

Routledge, 2 Park Square, Milton Park, Abingdon, Oxon OX14 4RNTel: 020 7017 6000 Fax: 020 7017 6699 Email: [email protected]

Paper used in this catalogue is chlorine free and environmentally friendly. It is manufactured with pulp supplied from sustainable managed forests.


Page 16 Page 20 Page 21 Page 31

Page 36 Page 49 Page 53 Page 93

R O U T L E D G E

Politics & IR Textbooks Catalogue 2011

Documents

Transcript of Politics & IR Textbooks Catalogue 2011